You are on page 1of 206

Who Are You?

Published by admin July 27th, 2006 in Life Purpose


What makes us who we are? Is it our work? Is it the thoughts in our head? The emotions we
feel? Are we our morals and ethics? Are we the inner critic? Or we
the inner child? Are we the emotions and thoughts that are strongest and most prevalent - the
most obvious? If so what about the weaker, subtler ones? Are
we the the things that we act out? The things that we do? Or are we also the things that we do
not do? That remain unexpressed?
Isn’t the truth that all these are part of us at one time or another?
Our power comes from understanding how to walk the paths of the parts of us which we truly
connect with - the ones that resonate with us.
The ones that give us meaning and purpose.
This is and becomes our life purpose.
Just because we have loud thoughts, or strong emotions - does not mean that they are the only
important ones. Just as in the external world it is not only the
loud, extroverted people that are important. The power of the loud and obvious is that it is
easily noticed. If you have pain - you know about it. If you have
strong emotion - you know about it. If your inner critic is having a field day - you know about it.
Real purpose comes from meaning, not simply from presence.
The power of the obvious is in the fact that our attention goes there. It is like a telephone
ringing in our ears - we find it hard to concentrate on the subtler
sounds. But this does not negate the existence or the importance of the subtle. Having said that
though, sometimes what is most important is big and loud
and standing right in our face!
Meaning is not about big or small, loud or soft - it is about us. What is important to us. What
brings us joy, passion, inspiration, love.
What gives us reason to live.
Finding and listening to that reason, focusing on that reason reveals our life purpose.
The only difference between a big flame and small flame is the fuel there is to burn. Internally,
attention is our fuel. Where the attention goes, energy flows.
Sometimes when we are trying to put out big fires we are actually throwing petroleum on the
flames. Our attention is so fixated on our issues that we stand in
the fire while wondering why we can’t cool ourselves down.
We fight with our inner critic, we fight with our emotions and ego. The real fight, the real
struggle only stops when we stop fighting.
We are like a football team that is more concerned with arguing with the fans of the opposing
team, listening to their taunts and jeers rather than focusing on
the ball and on the game itself.
We need to keep our eyes on the ball.
Connecting to life purpose requires looking deep within and finding that which gives us meaning.
What is important when listening for it is not necessarily how loud or distracting it is.
We are looking for the quality of the feeling.
Many of us who have low-self esteem believe that because our thoughts and feelings of doubt,
confusion and self denigration are present and strong, that they
are all that matter - that they must be true. We have trained our mind to see and feel mostly
those feelings and thoughts that bring us down. As a result the
thoughts, feelings and emotions which would build our self esteem and help us connect to life
purpose have been repressed.
We all have the vibration of passion and inspiration within us.
We all have the vibration of clarity and purpose within us.
It is there regardless of the presence of fear and doubt.
It is there regardless of the presence of confusion and pain.
The truth is all of these thoughts and feelings can be part of who we are at this moment. We
become empowered through recognizing the entirety of who we
are, knowing where we want to go, and understanding that the main principle in how to get
where we want to go is to continually fuel our destination.
Acknowledge what we are - focus and give attention to what we want to nourish and grow.
If we desire to become flexible we will not do so by constantly focusing on the fact that we are
stiff while not stretching. We become flexible by acknowledging
that we are stiff - this creates the desire to become flexible- and then we stretch regularly.
The continued application of practice will bring us to our goal.
If we want to feel empowered we will not achieve it by feeding the frequency of
disempowerment.
Empowerment is achieved though realization.
Realization is achieved by listening and feeling for it.
Whatever it is that we desire to be, happier, extroverted, introverted, calm, excited, peaceful or
angry we can achieve by placing more attention at those parts.
Life purpose does not happen by removing limits. It happens by transcending limits.
If we wait until our “limits” have been removed before we continue our journey then we will be
waiting a long time. “Limits” will exist for as long as we are
“limited” by them. It is not they that truly stop us - it is our mind that has fooled itself into
believing that it cannot move past them. It’s like a painter who has
been fooled into thinking they can only use certain colors. How to break the pattern? Start using
different colors.
Explore, be adventurous, do something different.
Who we are is not set in stone it is simply a pattern of what is now. This does not determine
who we must be tomorrow. It’s about choice. We all have the
freedom to choose who we want to be, but that freedom is not realized unless we give ourselves
permission to choose.
Permission as it exists in the mind is about focus and awareness. When the door of permission
slams shut it is focus and awareness that opens it back up.
When all we can see are our patterns and old beliefs it is focus and awareness that allow us to
see more. These tools are the bridge between intellectual
concepts and actually experiencing real change.
Hieu Doan
How to Increase Focus
Published by admin July 29th, 2006 in Basic Techniques
Focus is the single defining attribute that will manifest ideas and dreams into reality.
Focus gives us sustained action to produce results. It allows us to move towards our goal or
destination regardless of doubt, fear or external distraction. Focus
is the strength to persist, the key to transforming lack of discipline into discipline. It is the
“secret” to success in any area.
Without focus positive thinking will never work, ideas will never be created, conscious change
will never take place.
Without focus real manifestation never gets beyond moments of inspiration. Dreams remain
dreams.
Awareness is knowing where we want to go. Focus is the engine that brings us to our
destination.
Focus whether used for physical or mental experience is a trait of the mind - and so it is here
where it is developed and trained.
Through practice we learn to deepen our focus as well as lengthen the amount of time that we
can maintain it.
I’ve outlined two methods below. They are basic and yet will if practiced regularly will bring
mastery to the mind.
1. Breathe deeply into your lower abdomen allowing your mind as much as possible to “be with”
the breath. Imagine your breath being infused with focused
energy as it flow in and filling your body as you exhale with clear, focus.
2. Allow your breath to be natural and simply observe the rise and fall of your abdomen and
front torso area as you breathe. Do nothing except maintain
awareness.
The first technique is “active” in that you are consciously directing energy to your body and
mind - it is a “doing” method.
The second technique is “receptive” in that you are “listening” or “observing” the breath doing
what it normally, naturally does. It is a “being” method.
Most people who practice this technique will find that within seconds their minds will wander.
This is the training ground for learning to bring the mind back to
the object of focus, in this case the breath. If we whip the mind back to the object over time we
will create resentment and tension. It is far more effective to
simply favor the object of focus. There is a balance between relaxing too much that the mind
drifts away and using just the right amount of concentration. As
with all things practice will refine your understanding of what works best for you.
I suggest practicing the first method for a given amount of time then shifting to the second
method for the same time. The active method helps to bring
energy into the body, the receptive method helps to let the body adapt and make focus and
observation natural.
Regular practice will bring results. Even 1 minute a day in the beginning is better than nothing.
It is also better to practice every day than doing 1 long session
a week. Regularity helps the body and mind adapt easier. Whatever you do, 1 minute or 1 hour
- do your best to give 100% to the time you allocate.
These simple techniques will over the weeks and months bring an enormous amount of depth to
the rest of the concepts discussed on this site, but this insight
will only be forthcoming with regular practice.
These methods are what will make positive thinking work. They are the engine behind
emotional mastery and neurological remapping. They are the foundation
of any spiritual exploration and higher consciousness development. Over time I will be adding
new techniques to this site but the foundation of them all will
rely on the practices of focus and observation.
Hieu Doan
We Are Creators
Published by admin July 27th, 2006 in Emotional Healing
Who is the real you?
Is it under the mask that you wear? Is it the face that you find in the darkest hours of the night?
The parts you show no one else? Or is it the spiritual self?
Who is it?
The truth is it’s all “real” - the mask, the deeper aspects, the facade - all of it. We create our
world, and it is a many layered one. Even the so called real self -
the spiritual self is only realized by us when we choose to pay attention to it. It is still there if
we do not - we simply lose our connection to it. The same goes
for anything.
Energy goes where attention flows.
Just because something is hidden doesn’t make it more real -just because something is obvious
doesn’t make it less real. Sometimes we get so caught up in
the mystery that we want to deny what is right up in front of our nose.
We realize power when we choose to give power to the aspects that we want to grow. The parts
of us that we want and desire to illuminate.
This is the reason that people can get trapped in trying to be aware. When we are simply aware
of what we have always known we get trapped in our “story”.
All the reasons why we are who we are. It is awareness - but it is awareness limited to a certain
space - a limited area of our mind.
Expanded awareness is literally that. It is to stretch our awareness of ourselves to see what else
is there. When we look over the hills we realize there is more
to us than we thought.
For people who are not used to stretching their awareness in this way it will seem like there is
nothing to stretch - we may understand the concept but not the
reality - how it feels to stretch. This is as it should be. In fact - this is how the stretch feels in
the beginning. Like we don’t understand. Like it is unknown. A
kind of void.
The greatest folly of the human ego is to think that because it doesn’t understand something
that it is not worth or possible to ever grasp. And so it continues
to do what it has always done.
Stretching consciousness begins with imagination. Imagination takes us into the unknown and
begins to make sense of it. In the beginning we need to look
and almost guess for what else is there in our minds and senses.
How many aspects of yourself are there? How many “truths?”
How many masks?
There may be one for family, one for work, one for sport, one for catching the bus, one for
driving, one for shopping. Then there is angry one, the tolerant
one, the obliging one, the fun one, the serious one, the perceptive one, the ignorant one, the
arrogant one, the humble one, the spiritual one, the crude one.
How many can we have?
The mind is infinite. We can keep on creating another aspect for another occasion just like that.
We truly are creators aren’t we?
Creativity and life are inseparable - and where would creativity lead without imagination?
A spiritual person becomes spiritual not because they have no masks or because they have no
“non-spiritual” attributes (whatever the hell they are!). A person
becomes spiritual because they focus their energy and attention on that part of themselves
which they would define as spiritual.
A person becomes courageous not because they have no fear, but because they focus their
energy and attention on that part of themselves that aligns with
courage.
What we call a mask is often defined only because it is at the very least semi acceptable in our
society. What we often label our “true” or deeper self is usually
only the parts that we are afraid or ashamed to reveal to other people. None of this actually
makes any of these selves our true self! They are still all just
reflections of society. We’ve just assumed that the hidden self must be true and that the mask
must be false. What if they’re all masks?
Moving on a moment.
The myth of the pure seeker is what holds so many back from being what they truly want to be.
They believe that they must be purified of their “taint” before
they can be “good.”
In truth we bring the “light” to the “darkness” and then we can see clearly.
In other words - focus on your solution - on your goal and destination and all else will fall into
place.
Pure awareness will not take you to your goals unless that in itself is your goal. We need
awareness plus conscious direction.
If we are trapped in a cycle, a pattern or “story” we can play this out until eternity if we choose
to simply remain aware of this part of reality. Acknowledge
where you are - but focus on where you want to go.
Be there now and you will draw it to you.
Here is an exercise to stretch your awareness into a direction of conscious and nurturing
empowerment. It will help you to move out of cycles or patterns you
are ready to leave.
Connect to all the reasons that you cannot achieve what you want in life. Feel all the emotions
and feelings that hold you back. Be aware of all the reasons
why you are “not good enough.”
Sit in it for a moment - right now.
Allow your awareness to encompass it all - all your feelings, thoughts, emotions. All the hurt,
doubts and pain.
Take as long as you need to connect.
Hear what you are thinking. How does it make you feel? Feel how you’re feeling - how do you
react to this?
Let yourself be in it.
Observe how you “sit” in it. How you react, think and feel “in it.”
Now imagine a feeling, a consciousness, an energy - however you would like to define it -
imagine this consciousness as one that can hold all of the hurt, the doubt and pain. Imagine
how this consciousness has to feel, how expansive it needs to be, how gentle and nurturing and
sincerely compassionate it is to be
easily capable of holding all that you are in it’s embrace.
No matter how guilty or unworthy you may feel. No matter the hurt, the doubt, the pain. This
consciousness is able to hold you easily. It’s compassion is
totally unconditional. It’s love is totally unconditional. Total acceptance.
Observe this feeling.
Do not be concerned with how weak or strong this feeling should or shouldn’t be. Simply
imagine and know that your mind is beginning to connect with it.
Let yourself feel it.
It is there. You simply need to look.
Infinite compassion and love. The very definition of unconditional support and acceptance.
It meets all your pain, all your doubts and fears exactly how they are.
It asks no more of them than to be how they are.
Let yourself be here now.
Take how ever long you wish.
To some this is god. To others their higher self, or spirit. The name is unimportant. It is the
meaning that has power. The strength of our connection to this
essence is through how much we can learn to open our minds to it. Open our minds and pay
attention. Attention expands and nurtures the connection
between you and spirit. The more we nurture the connection, the clearer we perceive spirit or
god.
Most people who have been in a cycle or pattern have been feeding and putting energy into the
conduit between themselves and their patterns of pain, hurt,
doubt and fear. By connecting to the essence that is able to embrace us no matter who we are
and what we are feeling - we learn to heal that pain and to find
a better way to live.
Life does not have to be about more and more suffering and I challenge anyone to truly
question themselves if they believe it is. If you practiced the technique
above then you already have insight into a connection that can truly empower you.
Responsibility and choice are all that are needed to continue to strengthen
that connection. Practice is all that it takes to make the connection permanent.
We are all creators. The choice is given to us in every moment. If we are conscious we have the
opportunity to move out of a cycle. If we a unconscious we
will continue to move in the patterns that we are in.
What do you want? Pain or joy? Self-hate? or Love? For me the answer has always been clear.
The application of that answer simply requires knowledge and
practice. You now have the means to both.
Hieu Doan
Announcement - The Journey to Enlightenment Journal!
Published by admin August 12th, 2007 in Asharem Light Circle
Dear Friends,
The time has come to take the practice and training of spiritual Enlightenment further. The
discussions and support that I have received from all of you has
been wonderful but in the last year I have received countless requests for deeper and more
accelerated training. This indicates to me that it is time to put
more of my energy into teaching more advanced training.
It is a true pleasure to meet so many dedicated spiritual seekers and it is going to be an honor
to take the training further, however it is not something that
ethically could be shared on a public site such as this.
In the future, I will be taking a back seat and inviting other teachers and students of many
different esoteric schools and traditions to write and to bring their
gifts to the world through a free newsletter called the “Journey to Enlightenment Journal”. It
has always been my belief that all Esoteric schools, religions and
spiritual faiths share common roots and often the same goals. This has always been the belief of
the Asharem Guild and it is a belief that I whole heartedly
believe also.
So I hope you enjoy the knowledge and gifts of these other teachers, students, healers and
practitioners of the way. They are all walking “The Path of Power”
and are contributing so much to the spiritual evolution of this planet.
For the many who have requested to receive the “Journey to Enlightenment Journal” you will
have received an email earlier this week. For all others or people
who did not receive an email I encourage you all to be part of this – age and experience are no
barrier. We have people of all ages and all experiences but the
one goal they all share is a desire for spiritual and planetary evolution. Sign up for free HERE.
Love and Light to you all!
Hieu Doan
The Path of Teaching
Published by admin August 10th, 2007 in Asharem Light Circle
True power is power that reveals truth – and it is also the power that truth is. Truth is simply
what remains when illusion has been transcended and stripped
away. This is the cultivation of Enlightenment. It is the awakening of truth.
Why is it that all beings that have walked the path of Enlightenment and all seekers of truth
have become teachers?
It is because to teach is to give and the very cultivation of Enlightenment is one of giving.
It is the giving of truth, awareness, wisdom and understanding.
One of the lessons that humans have the opportunity to learn is that of transcending the illusion
of separateness. The realization and dissolution of this illusion
comes through understanding and experiencing unity. To understand unity you must seek truth
and share it for the simple reason that in the moment that
truth is shared and realized the illusion of separateness is shattered.
In that moment the teacher receives the experience and understanding of how to transcend
illusion within another - and the illusion of separateness is bridged
and dissolved.
This path of sharing and teaching is one that has existed ever since sentient beings began to
understand and seek true empowerment. It is important that
students become teachers and teachers continue to learn and evolve.
Life is a journey that goes beyond death. The perception of death as an ending is simply an
illusion created in order to provide the opportunity to realize your
true infinite nature. However the opportunity also exists to simply continue to perceive the finite,
even into death. The choice to know or not to know always
has been and always will be yours.
We of the Asharem invite you to become teachers. Learn all that you can and give – give and
share who you are with all that would know the truth.
The Circle of Light: The Asharem
Published by admin August 8th, 2007 in Asharem Light Circle
What is the purpose of The Asharem?
The purpose is to transcend illusion at all levels of being – this directly leads to a full awareness
of the light.
It is in this purpose that all sentient beings are joined on the one path. Masters and guides have
been pointing us to our legacy and triggered our dormant
memories of freedom, empowerment and truth. The first step is always the acknowledgment of
a direction, purpose, meaning or reason. The Asharem have
always been a part of this and their role has always been in activating realization and
ascendance through whole understanding.
What is whole understanding?
Whole understanding encompasses the intellectual, spiritual and conscious, but it also is found
within the subconscious and physical levels of being. Each cell
and atom of the physical must be brought to light. This means that each cell and atom becomes
awake, aware and sentient. Disease can no longer exist in
this state, because the cells and atoms have experienced the reality of transcending illusion.
What is the reality of transcending illusion?
It is that location and time is an illusion. When the cells and atoms understand that location is
an illusion then becoming light, becoming aware and achieving
complete understanding occurs right here and now. The gap no longer exists. This is a journey
that all sentient beings including those which you call
ascended masters are walking. When energy, matter, body and soul understands and
experiences the truth which is that location and time is an illusion, then
there is no separation between disease and health, abundance and lack, life and death,
ignorance and enlightenment and light and dark. What exists then is
‘whole’ understanding.
Could you please speak more of ‘whole’ understanding?
‘Whole’ understanding is to know and experience that enlightenment exists but that complete
ignorance also exists simultaneously and within the same space
and time. It is to understand and experience that disease exists but that pure health also exists
simultaneously within the same atoms and cells. ‘Whole’
understanding is to know and experience that the dark exists simultaneously with the light.
‘Whole’ understanding is to know, experience and be conscious at
a level that is not only intellectual and not only physical or spiritual.
‘Whole’ understanding is to know at all levels of being and complete understanding is to know
all levels of being.
It is to understand that there is no separation, that there is no gap between you and another. It
is to understand that there is no separation between the
ignorant and the master, between you and us. This is the path of ‘whole’ and complete
understanding. This is the path of transcending illusion. This is the
path of ascension.
How does one begin to transcend illusion and ascend?
The first step has always been desire. It is what determines who will act and who does not act.
This then determines who will be and who will not be.
Complete enlightenment and understanding is who you are right now, however without the
ability to perceive or experience this, your reality will not reflect
this - you will not know. This is the reason that the physical body and the subconscious and
unconscious also needs to understand – because the body is
simply the spirit in physical form, the mind is simply the spirit in mental form. Understanding
must reach these forms within the boundaries of their
understanding, then it must stretch and expand these boundaries. This is the process of
expanded consciousness which when sustained crosses boundaries
and limits – this is the state of whole understanding.
Transcending illusion occurs through saturating yourself with knowledge, training, light and
awareness. It occurs through bringing light to the dark and
creating enlightenment. The very moment that light meets dark, the darkness becomes awake.
At the same time our perception of light must be refined and
developed so that we are capable of connecting to purer and purer light. This process is
important for all sentient beings.
The very moment that awareness and understanding meets ignorance the ignorance is
transformed forever. Darkness still exists, ignorance and illusions still
exists, but they exist within a consciousness and being that experiences no separation between
awareness and light and darkness and illusion. The separation
no longer exists and so the gap is removed and not only at the intellectual level, but at the most
physically dense level of reality also. This is what has been
foretold – that ascension would mean complete ascension, that no one and no-thing would be
left behind. Not the body, not the dark, not the ignorance, not
that illusion. All things are brought back to unity.
The pieces of this prophecy have fallen into place and are accelerating towards fruition. The
blueprints for activating deep cellular and atomic understanding
has been flowing into this planet and reaching those who have the ability to use it. As activation
and realization occurs, it becomes clear that the one path is
supported for all when the knowledge and understanding is shared to all. This is the reason why
so many masters and light workers are coming to this planet
to help. There is tremendous opportunity for all beings involved in this transformation. The
transformation of light for one supports the transformation of light
for all.
We the Asharem have come at a time where the intellectual understanding of this planet is at
its peak once again. It is through this channel that we make our
knowledge known. Our role is to fulfill the logical and the intellectual and thus open the doors of
permission for deeper transmissions into the physical,
subconscious, unconscious and spiritual. We work with all those within the Circle of Light for this
goal.
The Asharem Circle of Light
Commanding the Universe
Published by admin August 6th, 2007 in Realization
Power is found in the ability to control and master all the energies of the universe. The path of
the novice begins in controlling the energy of the mind, body
and progresses to mastering the energies of the earth, sun, moon and larger universe. As ability
extends, so too does the power that is realized. Cycles of
ability spiral through a grid of sacred geometry and in time the novice becomes the adept. The
forms of power dissolve in on themselves and as deeper
mastery is realized internal and external energies lose their form. The consciousness that was
once mind, body and spirit becomes one, yet at the same time
expands outwards. The ability to control energies in all their forms is realized, yet the
separateness, the uniqueness and the finite forms are perceived in even
more depth and exquisite detail. This is the mountain peak where all religions, spiritual
traditions and Esoteric schools find that their true essence meets.
The ability to command the universe is the ability to command the consciousness in full. What is
full is expanded to its outer limit as the portals to further
realization are found, expanded once more and illuminated.
There is no longer any separation between the desire to create and the creation, as the space in
between has been mastered. There is no longer space
between ignorance and Enlightenment because the illusion between these has been bridged.
The training of technique gives way to the understanding of the self and of truth. The
understanding of form gives way to the understanding of creation. This
understanding is what opens the consciousness to full Enlightenment.
Hieu Doan
Purification, the Master of Karma
Published by admin August 4th, 2007 in Realization
To really understand purification you need to understand Karma first. Karma is like doing
something because we did something else. You can pretty much get
to the root of your Karma if you keep asking yourself “why you are doing that?” and following it
back. In any case, eventually you will come back to sensation
which is where all action, thought and impulse comes from. This is the Karma regenerator – it’s
what keeps churning out those programs, reactions and
instincts.
Ever wonder why you are having such a good life? Karma. Ever wonder why you are having
such a bad life? Karma. Ever wonder why you never think about
these things at all? Karma. Ever wonder why you have ethics or values? Karma.
There’s no getting away from it as long as you play its game. The moment you stop playing the
game, Karma begins to dissolve. This is what purification is
all about. It is essentially taking a consciousness of purity and applying it to all the rest. The
two meet and because true purity can’t really be tarnished it
purifies everything that it meets. This essence of purity is the esoteric version of the story of
the Philosopher’s stone which turned all material substances into
gold.
So the key as you see is tapping into that essence of purity. This is the link between all religions,
spiritual paths and Esoteric Mystery schools. Sure the
details have become a bit askew over the years with arguments over this way of reading it or
that way, but the message remains the same – purification leads
to “God.”
John Gregor
A Different Mind For Enlightenment
Published by admin August 2nd, 2007 in Realization
It was Einstein who said that “you can’t solve a problem with the same mind that created it,”
and the same principle applies to realizing Enlightenment.
Basically all the obstacles that limit your consciousness from experiencing your reality in a
different way (which is essentially what Enlightenment is) need to
be changed from the inside out. The mind that doesn’t believe in or know about Enlightenment
needs to start believing and knowing – big time. This is the
belief that gets the engine moving and keeps it moving. Through belief a person can then take
the logical steps to seeking knowledge, gaining practice and
having real experience of Enlightenment.
Through cultivating a different state of mind, a person will find that the old mind has been left
behind. Doubt and self-criticism hold value, but they cease to
exist as limiting beliefs in the Enlightened mind. As “light” moves in darkness must change –
this is natural law.
All esoteric training has some element of “no-mind” practice and the reason for this is because
the mind that is always thinking will always delude itself into
believing it has the answers. It will “discover” new knowledge and seemingly understand new
perspectives – but all along these perspectives are being seen
from the same eyes and mind.
This is the same mind.
The practice of “no-mind” is a shift into a completely different state and it is this state that
offers true expansion of consciousness because instead of simply
rehashing and re-shuffling old material – it steps out into the new.
And so the old is changed.
Now it does people little good to walk around all day in “no-mind” but the trick is to be the
“master” mind. That is to have the ability to stop, move, shift and
shuffle at will. It’s not so unlike dancing – and just like the master dancer’s body changes so
that even walking and breathing is performed differently, so
must the mind to know Enlightenment also change and find a new way.
John Gregor
The Importance of Receiving Precision Attunements –
By John Gregor(Guest Teacher)
Published by admin July 31st, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind
You wouldn’t want to take your car to a hack mechanic would you? The same goes for attuning
your consciousness and I’d pick a bad mechanic over a bad
attunement facilitator any day of the week.
The key to choosing a good teacher or facilitator of attunements is in the details. It is definitely
not enough to just be regurgitating the motions, energies and
forms of an attunement. A true master can call themselves a master because they are
connected with even the smallest details of energy and form that are
occurring within the attunement. The higher the skill of the facilitator the clearer and more
precise the attunement, while at the same time minimizing and
neutralizing any unnecessary impact.
Remember that an attunement is the creation of specific maps of consciousness. The more
detailed the map, the easier it is to use and the deeper and more
effective your understanding will be. At the same time the map just like a road map, should be
neutral. A neutral map allows you to use it through your own
will and choice. A subjective map or one that contains limiting beliefs of a facilitator will control
your movement and limit your ability to move freely. These
types of attunements have a very fixed energy, where as a neutral attunement will adapt to
your own spiritual evolution and choices. Frankly speaking a fixed
energy attunement can be like a curse, where as a neutral attunement is liberation and freedom.
Attunements form maps that potentially may work on many dimensions. Each level of an
attunement will correspond to a respective level of consciousness.
So if the attunement is created on 5 dimensions, then you’ll be able to access these maps and
directions within 5 levels of consciousness. Attuning correctly to
however many levels are required is vital to creating the pathways to precise and accurate wells
of energy, knowledge and information.
John Gregor
So What Is An Attunement Anyway?
Published by admin July 28th, 2007 in Realization, Unlimited Mind
An attunement is basically a way of making a map in your consciousness. Before the map it’s
like searching for the needle in the proverbial haystack – only
you may not even be able to see the haystack. The attunement forms the pathways required to
feel, see, hear or otherwise perceive certain directions. Keep
in mind that this is a very simplified description of a process that can be very complex, but that
is the overall meaning of it.
In the past disciples have received attunements without really thinking about the consequences
and it is more in recent years, particularly with the internet
that information is now getting out about the downside. Basically when we talk about energetic
contracts we are talking about an attunement and this can go
either way depending on the person doing the attuning.
An attunement creates energetic pathways that help to channel or connect with parts of your
consciousness and the dimensions that are accessed through
those pathways. Look at it like how a radio tunes into particular frequencies and you have an
idea of how a basic attunement may work. The thing to
remember though is that you can’t always just turn an attunement off the same way that a
radio can be turned off. This is the reason why it is important to
have trust with the facilitator doing the attuning.
Trust needs to be there on many levels. Ideally you’d like the facilitator to be a master at what
they do. Now these days everyone and their uncle is suddenly
a grandmaster of this certification or that system and new religion but it is critical to always
remember what mastery really means: It is absolute control over
every aspect of what is involved.
A master needs to be able to do the work with absolute precision, but they also need to be able
to undo the work.
It’s also important that the facilitator has good intentions and I’ll extend this to also mean that
they are not so arrogant as to believe that they are the only
ones to understand your spiritual destiny and so take it upon themselves to add all their own
beliefs – often limiting into the attunement.
In my opinion, the best attunements are done by facilitators who respect and understand the
importance of allowing others to discover their own spiritual
destiny. This means that rather than trying to push or pull through adding energies and
unnecessary contracts into the attunement, that they simply create a
neutral map within the consciousness and allow the choice to remain with the person. This may
not seem like the most “exciting” option in the beginning but
in the long run the opportunity to drive your own spiritual vehicle will take you far further than
any tour bus could ever hope to. Furthermore, it is the
freedom to choose and to master your own spiritual destiny that is ultimately important. It’s
what the journey is all about!
So choose wisely. Choose facilitators, teachers, guides and knowledge that respect your
freedom to understand and choose your own destiny in your own
way. These will be the ones that offer tools, systems and guidance but do not require that you
conform to their rules or worse still, try to shuffle their rules in
through the back door.
John Gregor
The Cost of Spirituality – Simone Simpson (13 Year Old
Apprentice)
Published by admin July 26th, 2007 in Spirit, Truth
A healer that I knew was once was asked a question about money and spirituality that went
something like this: “How can you, a spiritual healer charge
money for spiritual healing?”
The healer replied: “Because my creditors still charge me even though I’m a spiritual healer!”
This notion that spirituality and money should not mix has been an odd one. Spiritual people
and teachers still eat, they often live in houses, pay bills and live
in the world – and the last time I checked these things cost money.
So why do some people believe that spirituality and money should not mix?
Now let’s see…the church is not poor, so it can’t be as a result of one of the leading religious
groups setting the example.
Perhaps it is because these people believe that spirituality is not important enough…but if this
was the case then why would they care at all?
It could be the opposite…it could be that spirituality is too important and so it becomes
priceless…but being undercharged would hardly be a reason for
complaint so that doesn’t make sense either.
This is something that I’ve had trouble understanding ever since I began studying the healing
and spiritual arts. My only conclusion is that many people still
believe that money is wrong or evil and so it shouldn’t be associated with spirituality. But once
again this begs the question: “How are healers and spiritual
teachers supposed to eat and live?”
When friends found out that I needed to pay for my spiritual learning a few exclaimed
indignantly: “But if your teachers are truly spiritual then they wouldn’t
be charging you!!”
When I asked them “Why?” no one could come up with an explanation other than: “Well true
spiritual people aren’t interested in money.”
It gets more and more intriguing.
I pointed out: “Money is a means to create opportunities. Some of those opportunities include
things like eating, having shelter and paying the bills. So why
wouldn’t true spiritual people be interested in those things?”
Blank stares.
So I continued: “We pay pretty much everyone else a wage, actors get paid enormous amounts
to make movies that are not so important to us…so why do
you think that spiritual people should starve?”
More blank stares as my friends began to look at me a bit weird.
To this day I still can’t understand this mentality…I mean if people weren’t allowed to receive
money for spiritual healings and teachings then this would mean
that they would need to get work doing something non-spiritual. Which would mean that they
spent a lot less time doing spiritual work and practice, which
would mean that they may well know less about spiritual matters and would probably have less
time to teach also - which would end up meaning that their
overall spiritual contribution to the world could quite possibly be a lot less!
How can this be a good thing?
Beats me!
Simone Simpson
The Power of Observation
Published by admin July 27th, 2006 in Basic Techniques
The practice of observation is the practice of awareness. Awareness is the most important
fundamental for the mastery of anything. Without awareness we
would not even know that there was something that we wanted to transform or change. We
would not even move, because we would not even know that there
was something to move. In fact no human can be conscious and not be aware at some level.
The methods shown here are methods to deepen and strengthen
our awareness.
Awareness lets you know yourself. It is you that you are working with. You are the canvas, but
you are also the painter and the paint. Also the canvas is not
empty, it is full of all the patterns of our emotions, our personality, our feelings and impulses.
The practice of awareness lets us stand back and see all these
things. It involves expanding our field of perception to see it all - to be the observer.
The best physical position to be in is one in which you are comfortable enough that you can let
go of holding your body in any particular pose, but won’t fall
down or fall asleep.
This is a suggested sequence to observe but over time explore your own preferred method -
just be sure to allow everything to be observed.
Observe your thoughts as they come and go. No thought is too important - no thought is not
important enough. If they won’t go, then just let them stay. Let
them do what ever they want, just try not to be too attached. But of course there’s no need to
make a big fuss about being attached either. Just easy and
gentle. Favor the process of observation. If there is any tension, any struggle - just watch and
observe. There are no “right” thoughts here.
Observe your body - any feelings that feel. Any tension, relaxation. Your posture. The weight of
your body. Just observe. There is no “right” posture in this
practice. There are no “right” tensions or “wrong” relaxations or vice versa. You are simply
observing - watching the flow - watching the static.
Observe any emotions that are there. Let them come and go. If they go let them go. If they
don’t go - let them be. However any of them come to you, simply
let them be as they are. If you are struggling with any emotions, adverse or craving any
emotions - just observe the struggle, watch it, let it be.
Let yourself observe all 3 of these states simultaneously - whatever comes in and goes, stays,
struggles, releases. There is no “right” way this practice should
be. This practice is the practice of letting go of “should be”, right and wrong. It is the practice of
watching, of listening, of observing.
It is useful to note that we all have our “should be’s, we all have our rights and wrongs. These
will come up in the practice. These are our part of our
“personality”. When we meet a “should be”, a right or wrong - just let them be. Let them play
out their own struggles or releases or whatever it is that they
do. If we should feel guilty, or imperfect, frustrated or anything at all - just observe these
things. We are in a constant state of ebb and flow. There are
reactions then reactions to those reactions. We simply watch. If our mind should wander then
we come back as gently and easily as we can to observing.
Skill of this technique comes with practice. Depth of understanding of this technique comes with
practice. Practice 30 seconds a day, 1 minute, 10 minutes, 30
minutes - but make it a daily ritual and you will see and feel results feed into every aspect of
your life. Without the practice of awareness all other techniques
of mastery are of no real use. Whether a beginner or a master the practice of awareness is the
foundation.
“The secret of success is continuity of practice.”
Within time you will be aware of how your body and mind reacts when you hear certain sounds,
see certain sights, smell, taste, feel and think. The opportunity
for conscious change exists at this point of awareness.
This is the reason why observation is so powerful.
Hieu Doan
The Truth of the New Age
Published by admin July 30th, 2006 in Spirit
New age idealism is often seen as unrealistic. There is even among those dedicated to personal
development a distinction where we do not wish to be
perceived as practicing “new age fluff” but rather “real” and practical self development.
I would ask that we consider another perspective.
If we could have had the unconditional love that new age philosophy speaks of, if we could have
had that inner peace, that true bliss and happiness - the
majority of us would still be there.
What human being would not truly enjoy love? What human being would not truly enjoy bliss
and happiness? Joy and peace?
We sought the reality of these ideals but we couldn’t find them to last or work in any
sustainable way - and so we discarded the ideal as a myth.
We believed that if we couldn’t achieve it - then it doesn’t exist.
We touched on the new age - tried to grasp it’s ideals and found that they didn’t seem to mesh
with reality. We wanted love but when faced with our own
resentments, failures, anger, sarcasm and hatred were unable to love these.
The fact is the ideal wasn’t false we simply were unable to cultivate this level of love.
We were like untrained boxers stepping into the ring with a pro, getting knocked out and then
blaming boxing for being stupid and unrealistic. We totally
missed the point.
The pioneers who reminded us of unconditional love and divine peace were showing us a
destination. It wasn’t in most cases a “how-to”. It was a more like a
tap on the shoulder
to say “look over there!”
New age love is neither illogical or unrealistic - we were simply lacking in the skills and
understanding of how to apply them.
Unconditional love and happiness, bliss - and all the other things we call “fluff” are destinations.
Explorers of the new age connected that this is what we
ultimately wanted to find. They didn’t leave the “how-to” because it wasn’t part of their
message.
Their message was vision. A painting of beauty and love.
It is the journey of others to understand how to paint that painting.
Instead of rejecting the vision lets look at our skills.
Let’s look at our understanding.
Let’s look at how we can develop ourselves further.
Unconditional love is flexible and strong enough to embrace all the things that we call light and
dark. The reality of this is that we must feel and face all of it.
The good, the bad and the ugly. This is what it truly means to be “real.”
Work with this exercise:
Right now become observant of your thoughts and feelings.
Observe your body, your breathing.
Ask yourself if you really do desire unconditional love.
What comes to mind?
What thoughts?
What feelings?
Is it a taunt or yearning? Recognition or denial? Criticism or encouragement?
It is valuable to understand the other voices, the other parts and aspects that would ridicule or
restrain the places in you that desire love.
Acknowledge them all and allow them to be.
Find the places in you that desire unconditional love.
Find the places and feelings in you that desire inner peace.
Do not be concerned with whether or not the you are doing it right. Do not worry about doubts
or criticisms. Simply observe them, allow them to be and place
your attention on the places that desire love, peace and acceptance.
Begin to imagine the essence of unconditional love. It is there. You simply need to remember
how it feels.
Without force, allow yourself to remember the feeling.
It is a feeling that encompasses all of you.
It allows what is to just be.
It allows pain to be pain. Joy to be joy. Pleasure to be pleasure.
It sits with your inner critic as unconditionally as it sits with your inner nurturer.
Bring your awareness to the feeling of peace.
Imagine and feel it. It exists right here and now. Your mind is simply learning how to remember.
Trust that it is coming in.
Whether you perceive clearly or not your attention is allowing it to form.
Peace allows all that is to be exactly as it is.
Pain is pain. Joy is joy. Anger is anger. Love is love.
Your mere attention breathes life into those embers - no matter how dimly they may appear
right now. By continuing to place your attention on those feelings
no matter what your doubts, no matter what your criticisms you are training your mind and
body to remember unconditional love and peace.
Attention is like a torch - it illuminates what we focus it on.
Simply continue to spend time placing your attention on the feeling, the imagination of
unconditional love, peace and happiness.
Then ask yourself honesty - do I want this?
The practice of connecting to this feeling will begin an inner dialogue of whether these ideals are
important to you or not.
It is an opportunity for sincerity.
Sincerity is about asking yourself what it is that you deeply want - and allowing yourself to
move towards this ideal. It does not matter that we have doubts,
self-ridicule or criticism. What matters is that we choose our path regardless. This is what it
means to be true to ourselves. This is inner strength and it is the
strength required to realize the truth of the new age.
Hieu Doan
Integrity
Published by admin March 21st, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Integrity is our word as law. It is keeping our entire being aligned with that which is of true
value and meaning. This is not to say that there will not be
struggles. It is to say that even if our ego and emotions are bucking like wild horses, that we
remain resolute and persist in keeping to our path.
It is no secret that the path of self-mastery is paved with challenges. This is what mastery is all
about. Mastery is not about sitting back and waiting for the
accolades to rain down from the heavens. Without challenge there is no path to mastery. There
is only stagnation and perhaps apathy. Integrity is not tested
in shallow waters. It is tested in tsunamis. It is this constant battle testing that makes integrity
strong. This is what makes it worth something. Without
action and reality to challenge, prove and reflect the true worth of our integrity, it is simply a
nice word.
We need to know and define what has meaning for us in this world. We need to know and
define that which destroys our potential and limits our growth. We
need to know what our goals are. We need to know what we want. Then we need to remain true
to this destination.
Let all things that stand in our way become challenges to make us stronger and knowledge to
make us wiser.
Let all setbacks and falls provide us with the opportunity to increase our discipline and
persistence.
We need to honor that which is important and that which holds value and meaning. Each time
that we do not, we essentially slap ourselves in the face.
Integrity is not about waiting for others to give us permission to do what is right. It is about
taking the reins and showing others what happens when we do
what is right.
Some of us are born strong, some of us are born weak - all of us have the potential to be
powerful. In other words: It is not necessarily what we’ve got, it is
what we do with it that counts. Real power begins and ends with integrity. It is about remaining
true, remaining resolute and keeping our word as law.
Hieu Doan
Activating Etheric Manifestation
Published by admin June 19th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation
The Etheric is where manifestation first takes place, it begins with vibration and become denser
until reaching critical mass in the physical. Setting up ‘trends’
or self-sustaining currents of intention and energy within the Etheric is the most direct method
of bringing solid manifestation into physical reality. The best
method for this is to project directly into the emotional plane and then exit this plane by
continuing through to the subtler Etheric. Using this method will
ensure that emotional limitations have been transcended for the purposes of this excursion.
You will notice that in this plane your consciousness is devoid of the usual ‘mix’ of emotions.
This is because of the lighter density of this plane. Learning to
set up ‘trends’ or a current of self-sustaining manifestation is relatively easy because most
limiting beliefs simply cannot exist here. The main issue will simply
be learning to charge and build the ‘structure’ or ‘trend’ – this is something that will be rapidly
learned through practice.
Enlist the aid of devas, elementals and other beings of this plane – you should not have any
issues with lower plane entities because once again their density is
too ‘thick’ to enter. Elementals are often chaotic but observing and learning to communicate
with them will increase your understanding of how this plane
works. You will notice that they, devas and other beings manifest easily here and with a joyous,
reckless abandon. Their reasons and intentions may not
match your own, but what is important is to understand and observe the methods and principles
that they implement and to learn from this.
Returning to the physical you should have a strong, tangible impression or feeling of these
connections in the Etheric linking through to your own being. If you
have clairvoyance you will see the energies from these structures working with your own
energies and if you have clairaudience you will hear them
communicating with your own being. These structures and devices will sustain and create your
manifestations pretty much 24/7 so ensure to reprogram or
transform them when you have achieved your goals.
Hieu Doan
Way of the Shape Shifter
Published by admin July 30th, 2006 in Spirit, Esoteric Alchemy, Meditation, Realization
The power in practicing shape shifting is in training our minds to become more than what they
believe they can be. The object of shifting is not so important as
much as the experiences learned from the shifting.
For example, to imagine and feel that we are a dog we need to let go of certain attachments.
We need to expand and focus our imagination. We need to
stretch our mind to areas it is unfamiliar with. We contend with feelings of ridiculousness,
feelings of doubt. In the face of these resistances we have the
opportunity to train and strengthen our visualization and focus and ability to flow.
Beginners on the spiritual path often say that they want to connect to spirit but don’t know
where to start - the way seems to elude them. Why not then start
with what eludes us? Shape shifting directs our mind to become what it has trouble fathoming.
It is the same with spirit.
There is always something more. The conscious mind believes it has seen it all - it becomes
complacent then asks why meaning is lacking or why the answers
don’t add up. Stretching the mind is the way to keep the mind growing.
Emotions and feelings are what make us who we are. Our decisions come from the desire to
fulfill these emotions and feelings.
All these attachments are like various shapes - they come through us and in order to move
through we must make ourselves into the appropriate shape or
form - then they can move through.
Remember what mind mastery is. It is the ability to move the mind, stop the mind, focus the
mind and imagine. What does shape-shifting teach us? It teaches
us these very things.
A mind that has stopped does not believe that it can move beyond what it believes “reality” to
be. Shape shifting shows the mind that concentrated
imagination can surpass what we believe reality is.
Most people have never tried shape shifting before. The very idea seems ludicrous. A perfect
training ground for developing mastery. If we do not learn to
move beyond the voices of doubt and ridicule within, then we will never master ourselves. Learn
to move past the inner doubt and external world critics will
have no power over you either.
The power of shape-shifting comes from learning the principles behind how to become many
forms. When we understand the principle, we realize that the
form itself is not important and we become formless. Each shape we shift into teaches us to let
go of who we currently believe ourselves to be and become
something that we have always believed we are not. We train to make the impossible possible.
The exact same principles are used in mastering emotions. We become fixed in emotions
because we believe that this is all that is possible. When we
understand how to stretch what is possible our belief is changed. It is the same with anything
that we believe we can’t do - but once we’ve done it again and
again then we know without a doubt that we can.
It is all mind.
Work with this exercise:
Pick an object - any object at all.
Focus on it and imagine yourself becoming it.
Feel how you imagine it feels.
“See” how you imagine it would “see”.
“Hear” how you imagine it would “hear.”
If this is the first time you have done it and this exercise eludes you then this is a good sign! It
shows that your mind is striving to comprehend something that
it presently cannot - it means you are stretching it. Simply keep going with the exercise. Let
your doubts be as they are and just focus on the object. Allow the
main bulk of your mind as much as possible to be on the object. What ever your level is with
this exercise - it is working. Your imagination is being activated,
your focus is being exercised - your mind is learning to move.
Observe the object with all your senses.
What is it’s texture?
How does it’s structure feel?
Move your mind into it. Feel the depth and density of it.
Feel and observe the detail of it.
Observe any images, any impressions that you feel or see. Acknowledge them and continue to
observe the object.
Become one with it.
Allow yourself to surrender to the merging.
The more regularly you practice this the easier it will become. Remember that what is important
is not your doubts about the exercise but whether you
continue to focus and imagine anyway.
We can practice shape shifting anywhere. On the train, bus, sitting at home. I’d suggest not
doing it while driving a car - states of consciousness can shift
rapidly and dramatically with this technique.
Be creative. Practice with people, inanimate objects, tangible and intangible. It’s about training
our mind to realize that it is more than it currently believes.
This realization increases our ability to act, to create and manifest in spite of doubts and
insecurities.
If you have wondered why certain avenues, opportunities or mind states seemed unavailable to
you, the practice of shape shifting will open your eyes and
mind to understanding why and furthermore allow you to achieve these things.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Intention pt 2
Published by admin December 9th, 2006 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation
The space between the senses and the object of our senses is the place to observe and direct
intention. This space is like an empty canvas and it is precisely
this emptiness that is able to carry and contain the essence of our intention. It is like finding a
free area of land to plant some new trees. When the
foundations have been set it is possible to direct intention into areas that are not empty
because we have created enough structures that allow room for
further development and growth. This is similar to the process of developing focus and
observation before branching off into other areas such as the psychic
senses or manifestation. When we have developed the basic foundations or 1st level skills then
we will find that the 2nd level skills are able to be developed.
The practice of intention can be integrated through the development of our most basic practices
of observation and focus. To engrain our practice of focus with
the direction of clarity and effortlessness, we observe and find the space between the mind that
is focusing and the object of focus. Into this space we feel and
direct what we believe to be the effects of clarity and effortlessness. We refine this process by
questioning whether the clarity and effortlessness we are
observing is the clearest it can be. If it is not then we seek still deeper. We “listen” and feel for
the most genuine level of effortless clarity we can find. This is
the process of stretching and remember that a stretch will always feel like this. It will feel like a
long reach and at the very perimeter of the stretch it will feel
as if our hold or grasp on it is tenacious. This is as it should be. A stretch must feel like a stretch,
but through practice what at present may feel unstable will
become stable. We then can use this stability to stretch further. In time we will be able to
connect strongly to focus with clarity and effortless and the feeling
and effect will be 100% genuine.
Directing intention into observation works in the same way. We find the space between the
observer and what is being observed. Into this space we direct
what we believe to be the most genuine feeling of objective mind we can perceive. We further
direct this intention to continue to be alert to seeking a deeper
more genuine level of objective observation.
In developing these basic skills we are also creating the ability to engineer and manifest
consciousness. It is this consciousness and our mastery of it that
allows us to create our reality. Practicing and experiencing the effects of directing inspiration,
empowerment, love and clarity into the spaces in our
consciousness brings purpose, reason and meaning into our lives. Directing beacons of intention
that listen for information on how to integrate clairvoyance or
clairaudience brings knowledge and communication into our lives.
Intention is very much the practice of how to use skills. If skills were like paints then intention is
learning how to paint. The paint itself is the perception, belief
or frequency of energy that we seek to create. The inspiration behind the painting is the reason
or meaning that we choose to create in the first place. Each of
these aspects needs to be understood if we are to manifest our realities effectively and
congruently.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Experience
Published by admin December 3rd, 2006 in Paths of Power, Truth
There are no concepts or theories that can ever compare to actual experience. Experience is the
truest and deepest teacher because it allows feeling and
sensation to penetrate our being to the core and allow us to realize true meaning and power.
Perhaps just as importantly experience is the difference between
dissecting what works and what is fantasy.
When so much in the spiritual and personal development arena is puffed up by words and
promises the only thing that will directly cut to the core is
experience. Experience, actually feeling and living the reality of a theory or concept will
immediately clear the table of all that is not real. What is left is solid
and tangible. The opportunity that this provides us is two-fold. On the one hand it provides us
with a foundation upon which to build further skill and on the
other it presents our intellectual and doubting mind with results. From these results we sow the
seeds of confidence and this confidence in turn fuels and
sustains our practice. This is the cycle that ultimately brings us to our goals.
The first fundamental of all practice and therefore experience will always be focus. Without
focus our energies and mind are scattered. We may have
direction, we may have ideas and knowledge, but without focus all these are rendered impotent.
Focus is the energy and mind state that allows us to
integrate our other skills and knowledge. After focus we must realize awareness. Awareness is
the art of listening and it is the only way we have of
understanding the “canvas” upon which we are creating. Without awareness or listening it is like
having a conversation and not knowing what the other is
saying. The communication becomes ineffective. Where ever we are on the path these two
fundamentals must be entrained into us. Our mind and body
must be guided to experience the feeling of focus and the feeling of awareness. It is only
through this experience that our consciousness can receive the
knowledge at the deepest levels of mind and body. Without this integration we will always lack
focus and awareness and without these developing other skills
is a relative waste of time. They will have no foundation to stand on and no way of assessing
their potency.
When the foundation is built and by this I mean experienced solidly then there are many paths
or branches available. There is the path of Enlightenment,
Realization and Alchemy. There is the Hermetic path, the path of Magic and Metaphysics, the
Astral path or the path of Yoga. All these paths require their
principles to be internalized through experience to truly be understood. Otherwise they are
merely metaphors, stories, concepts and theories. Without
experience it is easy to argue about the differences of these paths for they surely do seem very
different. Through even the most rudimentary of experiences
and actual practice it is easy to understand the one true source that underlies them all. This
unifying essence is the mind which through all these practices is
being moved, stretched and shaped. It is learning forms and formlessness. It is experiencing
the finite and the infinite, yin and yang and the Tao. Through
experience whole books of lore can be proven to be dead ends or a single phrase can show the
way. Eventually all the texts and teachings will give way to the
experience of the inner-tuition that is true and alive knowledge and wisdom.
The journey to the top of our mountain is achieved when we stop to reflect on the way we are
going. Reflection is listening. Listening is observing the effects
of our experience. Through honest and open reflection we are able to navigate our path. Is it
likely that we will progress in this direction? Do we require the
development of other skills? These are the questions that come from honest reflection and the
answers provide us with the opportunity to go further.
Sitting at the bottom of the mountain it can be easy to dream about the peak and perhaps not
as exciting to think about picking up the rucksack and taking
those first steps. Even less exciting can be the prospect of sore muscles and aching breath, but
it is only in experiencing the mountain that we can develop
mastery of the mind and body. Sitting at the bottom we merely develop mastery of dreaming.
Furthermore it is only through taking the climb that we may
discover that we are able to not only climb the mountain but perhaps fly from its peaks.
Potential is only realized when we stretch who we are and experience
all that we could be. All of this lies in the province of practice and practice is experience.
Hieu Doan
Ability
Published by admin March 29th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Mastery
The technical level of self-mastery is about ability. Consistent progress requires ability and the
inner strength and discipline to persistently use that ability.
The world has been full of those who have rested on the laurels of their ability only to find that
what was cultivated was a weak mind. In light of this all that
ability becomes like a parlor trick. Strength is what carries ability from one step of development
to the next. Having said this after the cultivation of some
inner strength, ability and skill will make the journey to self-mastery more refined.
Ability and skill provides a structure for strength, discipline and focus to be channeled into.
Rather than simply ritualizing practice it then has purpose –
perhaps many levels of purpose. In all of this inner strength is never allowed to dissipate. This
is one of the temptations that arise from the lazy and
apathetic mind once it holds a little skill and ability. It believes that it can do some things and
then the ego compares itself to others and says “Gee, I can do
all this and other people can’t – well I’m so good I could do this with my eyes closed, hey I may
as well relax.”
A dirty trick as usual - and it comes at a time when we are most vulnerable.
We must remain steadfast and true at these times especially. It is futile to compare ourselves
with others. If our marker becomes dependant on the progress
of another than we have already set a limitation for our progress. We need to keep our eyes on
our purpose and destination. This is what is important.
One of the most powerful abilities is that of being able to maintain a solutions and results
orientated focus. This cultivates a mind that acknowledge
limitations, obstacles and mistakes, but then seeks to make good of them. It is a mind that
becomes like water, hitting one obstacle, going around it and
finding a way to its target. What really makes this mind state work however is persistent focus.
Gaining knowledge and information in itself is not difficult.
Maintaining the integration of this knowledge through mindfulness and action is what many
people will find challenging - the magnetism of the old needs to be
controlled in order to bring in the new. It is destruction at its finest. The failure to maintain new
directions and structures is the number one reason that
conscious transformation for many does not take place as they had hoped.
Being internally strong and persistent is the engine that drives us to our goals. Ability and skill
is what navigates the path, finds new openings and spaces and
allows that engine of strength and persistence to be elevated to an even higher level.
Hieu Doan
The Way of Manifestation part 3 - Letting it happen
Published by admin August 25th, 2006 in Manifestation
The principles of realization and the law of attraction are actually the same thing. By imagining
or visualizing what we want as if we had it now we open
ourselves to that dimensional reality - or as the law of attraction would put it ” we draw it to
us.”
Knowing that something exists here and now is the fundamental principle of manifestation. We
must know that our goal exists right now as if we literally held
it in our hands. We literally become the person that exists in that reality. Our level of being and
doing transforms. This level of knowing requires very strong
focus because often it requires us to overcome our beliefs that we are just dabbling in fantasy.
Just say for instance that we wish to manifest good health. We go through the motions and
visualize and so on. But at some level we still believe that this
won’t really work, that it’s just fantasy. Now if we were truly certain of something happening
then we would not have that belief. We would create with the
same certainty of knowledge that we have when we know that we can create speech from our
mouths. We don’t ask to create speech, we don’t try - we just
do it and it happens.
All the tools on this site are of use in coordinating the practice of manifestation. Emotional
healing is relevant because emotions that are not congruent with
our goals lead to resources working against each other. For example many meditation
practitioners speak of the obstacle of the chattering mind – when there
is emotional turmoil this chattering mind becomes louder.
Two skills which we will always come back to are observation and focus. Focus is the engine
that creates our desires. Our strength of focus will determine the
level at which we consciously manifest our reality. Meeting healers from theta, reiki, seichim,
kinesiologists, NLP practitioners, astral projection practitioners
and meditation practitioners of all types - the number one issue is keeping “connected.” In plain
English this is about focus. If a visualization, emotional
reshuffling, connecting to “God” is unclear, if there are “too many extraneous” thoughts,
distracting emotions or confusion - the issue is focus. Focus needs to
be emphasized and re-emphasized - it is the difference between small results and dramatic
results. It needs to be practiced every day to get any good at
manifesting. Observation on the other hand is our eyes and our ears. It is what allows us the
sensitivity to know which direction to place our focus. If we find
that we are creating a lot of what we don’t want, then it’s time to practice self-observation and
change the direction of our reality.
Remember that essentially manifestation is a game we play with ourselves. The more that we
discover, the more we realize previously unseen players within
ourselves.
Understanding the theory of realization is also important. Realization will make the practice of
manifestation exponentially more effective. Instead of “trying”
to create, we shift our minds to a dimension where our goal already exists. This provides the
essential balance. Extension of desire without excess
attachment.
Fundamentally the practice of manifestation comes down to “knowing” that the goal exists here
and now - but it can clearly be seen that “knowing” involves
much more than what we might believe at first glance. Knowing requires a very deep certainty.
Depending on what we are choosing to manifest this certainty may need to penetrate to the
cellular level of our body. This is the reason why I include methods for developing different
areas of the mind on this site.
Different methods will open up the mind in different ways, the more trained we are in these
differences the more flexibility and ultimately the greater inner
strength and opportunity we will have.
As we continue the practice of manifestation we will begin to observe what is holding us back,
we will feel resistance or it will become obvious in some other
way that what we are trying to manifest has not come to pass. Notice what these resistances
are and use the principles of observation, focus and shapeshifting
to learn how to move past them. Then go back to your main goal and keep going. Rinse and
repeat when necessary!
Know that the visualization, the imagery, the feeling and emotions are there as soon as the
process of manifestation is initiated in the mind. Instead of trying
for it with great effort - see if you can find the picture and feeling within all the rest of the stuff
going on in the mind. It is already there playing the perfect
scene. Imagine where it would be. Look and feel for the genuine, effortless visualization that
exists here and now. Let it come to you - leave the struggle as
it is.
Look back through past articles on this site. All of them relate to the method of manifestation in
some way. They train the mind to move and think and be
shaped in specific ways that teach flexibility and inner strength. The purpose is to create a mind
that is able to actualize realization. It’s as simple as that.
Understand the theory. The theory supports the practice. Keep researching, cross-referencing,
discussing and exploring all knowledge related to this field.
The more that the logical, rational mind understands, the more it will give permission and
energy to practice. The less it understands the more it will define
such pursuits as a waste of time. We want to get the mind working for us as much as possible.
As an ally it is a great friend. All great things start in the
mind as ideas and inspiration.
Hieu Doan
Practicing Realization ~ Part 2
Published by admin January 10th, 2007 in Realization, Unlimited Mind
The first step of practicing realization is always observation. Observation is what allows us to
know where we are, and it is only in knowing where we are that
we can begin to move. Movement is the essential key for transcending illusion, because through
movement of the mind illusion can no longer exist as it was.
When the mind becomes aware of that world outside illusion the walls effectively begin to
crumble!
Movement begins by focus. It is through focus and concentration that we pull our mind toward a
goal and attract that goal toward ourselves. The stronger
and more intense our focus the greater our steps toward that goal. The more patient and
sustaining our focus the longer we can maintain our journey.
Intensity provides depth and patience provides continuity. In the long run patience and
persistence by their very nature will bring depth, knowledge and
understanding so it is important to develop these abilities even if all others are lacking.
It is important to understand and investigate what movement of the mind is. The truth is that
the mind is always moving, however it tends to move within set
patterns of thought, emotion and feelings. These patterns are what we know as our
personalities and the stronger they are, the more sure we are that we are
who we are. The type of movement that we want to develop is one where we are in control.
That is to say that the mind does not simply flit back and forth
between thoughts and emotions at its own will, but that we are able to directly move and hold it
on particular thoughts, feelings, images and sounds as we
desire. In the beginning our level of control may well be weak, but through continuous practice
all beings are capable of mastery.
In the beginning it is unimportant what methods we use for concentration, but in time if we are
to improve we need to assess what it is that our practices are
developing in us. For example if we are wishing to develop receptive and sensitive movement
and control, we may not gain much from focused and hard
breathing exercises. On the other hand if we are seeking to elevate our energy levels we may
well choose these. By remaining alert and paying close
attention to what and how consciousness is being formed and shape as we practice, we will
begin to see the bridges that link any and all meditations. This is
essentially what realization is about - finding, crossing and linking spaces, gaps and bridges.
This mental and physical development is what allows us to shift
from a low energy state to a high energy state or vice versa. It allows us to shift from anger to
peace, hatred to love or shame to compassion.
While the ability to shift through emotions is valuable what is of far more worth are the
processes and attributes developed by doing so. It’s like training
ourselves to ride a bike and in the training finding that not only can we ride, we can fly!
Gradually we discover that the faculties and expanded senses that we
have developed provide opportunities for knowledge and experiences beyond what we had
imagined. Moving into these we find deeper and higher paths of
potential. What is being explored and discovered is our own consciousness, and it is the
experience and realization of its whole and true nature that brings us
empowerment.
Hieu Doan
Soul Retrieval
Published by admin July 9th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Spirit, Healing
“Loss” of the soul is actually a disconnection of pathways between the body and higher aspects
of consciousness. This can occur through shock, injury or
negative entity interaction. Disconnection from the soul body will almost always manifest itself
as depression, anxiety and lack of purpose – although the
presence of these aspects does not necessarily mean that a disconnection has occurred. The
stronger and clearer the connection to the soul body, the less a
person will manifest these symptoms however so either way soul body cultivation is very
valuable.
The safest and most assured method of reconnecting the soul connection is to retrain the
internal body’s circuitry to perceiving the soul. This may seem like a
contradiction from methods which focus on creating a soul body, however it is simply two ways
up the same mountain. The soul exists in the realization of it
and so in the absence of realization the body and mind cannot connect to it. By entraining the
connection, the realization, and therefore the existence, occurs.
The energy of the soul is shifted into your reality when you connect your consciousness to it. If
this connection is guided to occur through your physical body
then your cells, organs, blood, muscles and in fact all of your physical atoms are infused with
this connection. The process of cultivation begins in the mind
which then forms a channel between the mental and the physical. It is this channel that allows
the soul to be integrated and fused into the body. This is “soul
retrieval.”
Hieu Doan
The Breath of the Universe
Published by admin June 29th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Esoteric Alchemy
The breath of universe is a consciousness that links the physical breath to the breath and pulse
of the Divine. It can be experienced in its totality when
projecting the astral body into it and merging as one, but for those who are not versed in astral
projection it can also be used in simple meditation and is a
powerful tool for unifying the mind, body and spirit with the universe.
The experience of the breath is all about perception and the senses, so it is through these
senses that you observe your breath. Feel it, see it, hear it, taste it
and smell it. Allow your mind to touch all these senses, yet do not become involved, simply
observe objectively and watch. Look for the subtle areas of these
senses. Find the outer limits of your senses, where perception almost disappears. Hold your
mind here. By holding your mind here, you stretch and expand
your mind.
Observe the nature of your breath. Observe where it feels strong, observe where it feels subtle
and released. Notice how far it travels as it leaves your body.
Notice how far it travels as it enters your body. Follow it completely to the end of its journey –
then send your mind out in this direction. Continue to walk the
journey that your breath has begun. How far can you go? Where does your mind stop? Allow
this expansion to continue. Notice the walls and barriers of
your perception and be at one with them. Do not struggle – if there is resistance, be that
resistance, if there is non-resistance, be that non-resistance.
Look for the spaces in between the resistance and allow your mind to melt through these spaces.
Melt and expand. Allow the breath to dissolve you. Feel the
pulse of the breath expanding ever outward, melting into the universe, becoming one with the
universe. Be embraced, supported and empowered by this
breath. Understand the power that comes from allowing the breath of the universe to nourish
you. Breath as one.
Hieu Doan
Understanding Etheric Curses
Published by admin June 25th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Mastery, Ascension
An Etheric Curse is a energetic program that influences consciousness at any one or all levels of
mind, body and spirit. This program works to deny specific
experiences and to enhance the perpetuation of others. What differentiates a curse from a
normal pattern of habits and consciousness is that the curse has
been installed in order to perpetuate specific frequencies of energy, generally so that the entity
that placed the curse can draw on and use this energy.
One example of a curse may be someone who is low on energy or positive emotion. At the
physical level the curse may influence the DNA or other core
programs in order to facilitate the release of specific bio-chemicals. At the mental level the
curse will trigger a reaction of thought and belief that perceives
these bio-chemicals in a way that continues to sustain the frequencies required by the curse.
Going deeper at the spiritual level, the Etheric bodies will be
‘hooked’ by imprints that carry the links of the curse from life to life. If consciousness becomes
sentient enough at any of the 3 main levels of being, mind,
body or spirit, then there is an opportunity to release the curse, however this type of sentience
is usually the first element that is blocked by the programming
of the curse.
Spiritual energies such as the Kundalini which are meant to be normal and natural for human
beings have been blocked from flowing naturally from day 1 for
centuries by a curse within the physical level of the body and its release often causes trauma
because of the way that the curse warps the integration of the
body with this energy. Kundalini in itself is simply a stepping stone to greater realization
however preventing its flow also blocks the understanding of many
other hidden spiritual abilities. This blocking of these keeps human consciousness at a low level
of spiritual awareness.
It is important to understand that when curses and implants are removed at the 3 main levels
that spiritual power and ability will always manifest safely and
without even an ounce of trauma. At this point integration of the higher light bodies can be re-
integrated easily and seamlessly.
Hieu Doan
Etheric Curses
Published by admin June 23rd, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Spirit, Mastery
A Etheric curse is an energetic or Etheric implant that prevents consciousness from accessing
particular paths of understanding. The most effective curse is
the one that is unseen or hidden because without an awareness of these implants there will be
no struggle to remove or dissolve them. A curse is has the
depth to follow the energy body from life to life. This Etheric code then instills and manifests the
blueprint of the curse into the physical body.
Etheric Curses are the often the reasons that negative experiences can repeat themselves
throughout a persons life and into the next one. Removing a curse
will see a dramatic change for the better as well as increased health, energy and vitality -
integration of spiritual and metaphysical knowledge and abilities flow
without obstruction.
The purposes of curses are as many as the minds that create them, the main thing to be aware
of is how to remove them. The Higher Self is the
consciousness that has access to most subtle and cunning of energies, so this is the connection
that will be able to dissolve curses the most effectively without
any undue physical or emotional trauma. The next best thing is to work with high level Pleiadian
guides who will be able to call on the Higher Self connection
also as well as restore the original light body and the complete DNA strand complement.
For a long time I have believed that it was not necessary to remove curses as purification
practices would inevitably dissolve these. At this time I strongly
believe differently as I have seen visually how these implants can prevent beings from
connecting to their deeper consciousness correctly in the first place.
Without certain threads of consciousness in place progress into the deeper spiritual awareness
can take lifetimes longer than it should.
Hieu Doan
The Nature of Energy Blocks
Published by admin May 12th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Esoteric Alchemy, Intuition, Healing, Psychic Senses
Energy is pretty much everything, so in this light an energy block can be pretty much anything
from patterns of thought, emotions or physical knots. Blocks
are simply weaves of energy. Deep blocks are weaves that have worked into each others spaces,
formed subtler supporting weaves and interlocked
throughout forming a multi-level matrix. The first step to unlocking a block is to follow the
weave. There are several ways to do this, but first it must also be
remembered that not all blocks are bad. All blocks have a reason for existing, it is important to
understand this reason because sometimes a block is simply
supporting our consciousness in its present direction.
The first question that should be asked is: ‘Why does this block exist?’
The second question should be to ask: ‘How would I benefit from removing this block?’
The answers to these questions can be gleaned from moving the mind into the blocks by simply
observing objectively – no pushing or prodding of any sort.
Dependant on the level of sensitivity, communication will occur in any number of ways. You
may observe written contracts spelling out the reason for these
blocks; you may view visions of a past or present life illustrating why the block exists, you may
hear voices from guides; the knowledge may simply be felt. It
is important to observe these responses and only act to remove a block once you understand
why it was put there in the first place.
In many ways energy blocks can act like the walls of a hose. By creating obstacles and
resistance these blocks can divert energies, emotions and thought
forms to moving in specific directions or patterns. Some of these patterns may be necessary in
order to fulfill certain intentions. It needs to be understood
however that energy blocks will in the end cause the stagnation of energy at specific points of
the body and mind. This will lead to dis-ease.
In choosing to remove an energy block it is important to understand that the essential
ingredient is simply a connection to the block. Through this connection
a communication is formed. By following the weaves until we find the first weave we can
communicate a dissolution. Subtlety and focus of the mind must be
developed to a very high level in order to reach this first weave. If the mind is not able to
remain sharp at these very subtle levels, it will keep missing the
spaces through which to follow the path of the weave.
All programs, blocks and mental patterns, can be structured through the workings of these
principles. Energy can be set up to support specific patterns, or
taken away to dissolve others. By implementing these at specific levels of consciousness, we
build a kind of scaffolding in which to support the direction of our
purpose and intention. In time the inner structures must be made self-sufficient, strong and
flexible, as to not become reliant on the blocks and thus grow
stagnant. As long as these phases and cycles of growth are regulated, energy structures can be
used to create powerful mediums of intention.
Hieu Doan
Inner Strength
Published by admin March 17th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Inner strength is the ability that prevents us from being corrupted by powers such as knowledge,
information, sensation and opportunity. Without inner
strength we will be drawn only to experiences that bring us pleasure and run from those that
cause us pain. The journey will change from one that once
sought truth and freedom, to one that seeks only to satisfy the senses. The path becomes a
path of addiction rather than a path of truth.
The path of truth is a path that actively seeks truth. It is not about increasing and feeding our
illusions. It is about purifying the mind and our perceptions to
seeing through those illusions.
Spirit is not limited to only existing in pleasure – it exists everywhere and in everything.
Enlightenment is not confined only to feeling powerful, spiritual or expansive. It is about truth –
the truth that “light” exists in all things.
Our definition of spirit, empowerment, unconditional love and truth becomes extremely limited
when we isolate their existence to only a few select experiences
and emotions. This is not truth. It is illusion.
Purification is training the mind to understand this truth, and it is strength that allows us to stay
on our path when we are beset on all sides by sensory
temptations.
The vigilance required for purification is not about denying pleasure or pain, it is about purifying
regardless of the perception of pleasure or pain. When the
attachment to these elements within the mind is purified, the experience of suffering, craving
and aversion diminishes and is released.
This is the aspect that has corrupted many masters to be. It is no exaggeration that the path to
truth has claimed the mental corpses of many who have
started out with a firm and resolute vision, but then when illusions of power beckoned, the
craving was too much and they gave in to their sensory reactions
and impulses.
Each time we buckle under to illusion, we are creating obstacles and blocks to truth.
Inner strength may be moved or swayed, but always returns to the true path.
When we look at ourselves and say “only this is spiritual and all that is not,” then we are looking
for a spirituality that is conditional and that does not
understand oneness. This path is actively choosing ignorance over understanding.
Understanding is about seeing separation and then working out ways to perceive unity.
Choosing ignorance is about seeing separation and then working out ways to justify that
separation.
Self Mastery
Published by admin March 5th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Mastery is developed when we learn to understand all aspects of consciousness. Depth and
expansion is gained from striving to reach into the unknown.
Exploring that which has not been explored and learning to create understanding and wisdom.
Realization is a process of shedding layers of perception. Perspective and consciousness grows
by the depth and expansion gained from moving through those
layers. It is a highly creative and focused process. Each layer of perception that we move
through requires that we grasp and then let go. We let go each
time that our mind realizes that what we knew to be reality, was not in fact all there was to
reality. We grasp each time we stretch our minds and expand our
perception. We strive to learn more, then let go of this striving.
The practice of realization can and will be real hard work at times, but it is this work that bears
the fruits of real joy, inner peace and love.
The human magnetism at this time, particularly where spirituality is concerned needs to get
over the belief that spirituality is all about being effortless, instant
and easy. Sure, this reality exists, but it is an extremely limited one as far as experiencing
enlightenment, empowerment or inner peace. The path of finding
easy answers is a path that separates the emotions of patience from impatience, frustration
from peace and discipline from apathy. It is this very separation
that will keep us from experiencing that true power is found in unity. If we seek real
empowerment and enlightenment yet run from impatience, frustration
and apathy, then we are running in the wrong direction. We must expose the power buried
within these energy states - it is only then that the illusion is
lifted. Otherwise we are like puppets being controlled by strings. The path of mastery would cut
these strings forever - and forever as always, starts here and
now.
Understanding what opportunities hold real power for us is the first step in experiencing real
power. All through time masters and teachers have understood
the power of developing patience, persistence and self-discipline. At the same time they faced
their impatience, their frustrations and their desires for power
and glory. The very basics of their training involved facing these emotions, looking them square
in the eye, feeling the fire fully, yielding in mind, but in spirit
not an inch. This training would always separate those that sought quick and easy answers and
those that truly were committed to the path of mastery.
Those that could not face their impatience, their desire for instant answers and frustrations had
shut the door on themselves.
When we turn away from our impatience, frustration and aversion to hard practice we also lose
the opportunity to master these aspects. Not only this, but we
have not even begun to develop the most basic attribute of mastery - control. If we cannot
control our mind in spite of our impatience, frustrations and
aversions then the battle is over before it has even begun. Much spiritual marketing would have
us believe that mastery, enlightenment and empowerment
can be bought and achieved without any undue strain or effort. This simple lie can be dissolved
simply by understanding spiritual logic:
Enlightenment is only achieved by bringing light to the dark.
Mastery is only achieved by understanding and developing control of those aspects that would
control us.
As long as we hide from our weaknesses then our weaknesses are free to control us through our
subconscious. Empowerment is not simply a rush of
endorphins running through the body or some affirmations that we are in fact enlightened
already. Empowerment is a systematic and highly logical process of
exploring, observing and listening for free form energy within our mind, body and spirit. This
process requires persistence and the ability to be true and
sincere because in our exploration we can and will find aspects that challenge us deeply. The
very act of committing to a daily, regular routine of self-work is
in itself going to bring up “stuff.” It doesn’t need to be a big deal, but it becomes a big deal
when we run away from this “stuff” day after day and year after
year. After a while we become very practiced at running away, but have no idea of how to stand
our ground.
Control is developed when we choose to face each aspect that would challenge us. Discipline is
developed when these choices are made repeatedly. Mastery
is made when we meet those parts with complete understanding and strength.
Hieu Doan
Healing Past Life Guilt
Published by admin February 25th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Unlimited Mind
Guilt is not healed so simply by moving on. It needs to be met completely. Without a complete
connection there cannot be complete healing. All solutions
require a complete understanding and connection with the issue at hand. Healing guilt is no
different.
Guilt exists because of the perception of wrongness. Forgiveness is the doorway to healing guilt.
It is the precursor to unconditional acceptance, the reunion
with universal consciousness. Forgiveness will open the way through several levels. On one level
the pure feeling and emotion of guilt must be opened
completely. On another the aspect that was able to act in such a way as to create guilt must be
forgiven also. It must be accepted and felt for what it is,
without the condition that it is required to see differently or change. As soon as we require or
demand change then the vibration of our forgiveness changes.
The healing ability of forgiveness changes when it becomes conditional, for in being conditional
we choose to hold on to part of the pain. Perhaps it is our
story and we have become attached to telling it. Perhaps we feel like we need to protect
ourselves, so that this will never occur again. Whether for protection
or because we feel that this story has become who we are, the choice is between fear of being
hurt again or healing and discovering reunion in all that we are.
By letting go of the need to protect ourselves we open up the way to finding a self that needs
no protection. As long as we fear pain - then we will fear pain.
As long as we need protection - then we will need protection. The path to true power is through
letting go of the shields and devices that we would use to stop
us from connecting with the universe and to let this connection take place. For deep
understanding and thus empowerment to be realized we must move in
the direction of whole connection, not denial.
Guilt holds a special opportunity for healing because the nature of guilt is about right and wrong.
Even the most gifted technical healers may find difficulty
with healing guilt if they do not believe that they deserve healing. It is only when we can accept
that even that which we perceive to be wrong is worthy of
love, can we forgive, accept and truly move on.
There is a resonance within the energy of guilt that has usually existed just below the threshold
of this planets surface consciousness. This thread of emotion
links all the way through all of our history and like any memory holds the reflections that have
had the most impact. The perception that we have abused
power has led us to fracture the way that we can wield and perceive real power. The strong
magnetism that is directing this planet’s consciousness to heal
guilt will help us to understand the nature and capacity of true power. At this time the
resonance is slightly above the threshold of group consciousness. This
means that not only can present life guilt be easily accessed, so too can the guilt of many past
lives. The latch to opening into these is simply accepting even
for a moment that what we do feel as guilt is quite alright and safe to feel. Allowing the essence
of forgiveness to embrace guilt does not make us bad people,
it does not mean that we will recreate those experiences that we perceive to be wrong. On the
contrary, when we connect to forgiveness, we create
forgiveness, the more we move into this space, the more we accept and are at peace. Rather
than moving in the direction of creating pain, dominance and
suffering, we are moving in the direction of unconditional love. We need to move away from the
mindset of punishing ourselves or each other for what we
perceive to be crimes and wrong doings. We may believe that we are being just in creating
these states and emotions of punishment, but in truth what justice
is there in perpetuating states that will continue to create anguish, misery and suffering in the
world? For sure, all states of being need to be met if we are to
gain positive opportunity, but those positive opportunities also need to be taken in order for
them to become their potential.
The Way of Karma ~ Pt 2
Published by admin February 17th, 2007 in Emotional Healing, Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Healing,
Mastery
The story of Karma will lead us through its many dimensions, paths and levels. It will bring us
through the worlds of emotion, the literal civilizations of
thought and belief, right through to the beginning where they were born. By listening to the
story of Karma we learn to see that in truth the way has been
formed by who we believe ourselves to be and it is through this channel that Karma becomes
what it is.
Understanding only deepens as our ability to listen and hear deepens and is opened. Karma
when it is truly heard and seen reveals itself to be as fluid and
free as pure energy. All that would make it rigid is simply that in our consciousness that would
grasp to shape, form and belief. There is a path where
consciousness tells the same story, simply because the energy of this story requires validation
and expression. There is however no release in this expression,
it is born again with each validation at the deepest level of sense and perception. This is the
story of Karma and it has become our way.
In time the story of Karma becomes like a tale that has been heard too many times. It is like
being at the same carnival sometimes for what seems like an
eternity. What once stimulated the senses no longer holds charm or allure. There is the sense
that the story hurts more than it heals. This is the essence of
the True Self, ever patient, yet a reminder that no carnival ride will ever match up to true power
of being at one, and being at peace. It is through this crack
that we gain an opening. An opportunity to move past the story, to realize that the meaning has
changed and that the destination no longer has any purpose.
Through observation, meditation, inner communication and life we gain the opportunity to hear
the story of Karma, to see the way that we have created and
to discover the path of freedom.
Hieu Doan
Emotional Mastery Pt 3
Published by admin December 23rd, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Understanding the structure of an emotion occurs through observing the physical feeling,
location and shape of the emotion as it manifests within our body.
This same principle holds true no matter what the emotion is, the differences occur because
each emotion will have a different form and the mind will perceive
it’s ability to understand this form through it’s experience of the form. For example the emotion
of shame will feel different to the emotion of anger, guilt will
feel different to the emotion of hate, love will feel different to the emotion of astonishment.
Each emotion has a certain shape, tone, frequency and physical
feeling. By learning to first become the shape we learn how to move the shape. Instead of it
controlling us, we learn to have control. Step by step, learning
to control and direct one shape at a time we become master of our emotions.
Each of us will have certain emotions that we have difficulty in facing more than others. What is
important is not so much what these emotions are, but that
we continue to use the same principles to master them. A dramatic and profound difference
occurs in our lives when those emotions that once controlled us
no longer do. When we are able to have enough will to face each of our emotions then this
intent provides us with the direction that we require. Sustaining
this movement regardless of fear and doubt will gradually develop our mind into the key that
allows us full movement through these emotional gates. With
each gate that is mastered other emotions will become easier. It is like we have more shapes
and forms to work with, and our mind becomes easier to direct
along certain planes. The next level of learning is to guide the mind to shift from form to form
and dimension to dimension without pause. As this progresses
new levels of depth will be revealed which provide the opportunity to further hone the nature of
our “key.” Likewise new spaces will be revealed between the
forms which provide openings into new realities and experiences.
The mind and body needs to at all times remain sensitive to it’s own nature. There is always the
tendency to change experience from what it is, and this
tendency needs to be investigated from the most surface level of the intellectual mind to the
deepest level of physical and bodily sensations. If consciousness
strays too far from the experience of the emotion then we lose the opportunity to learn how to
transcend it. Similarly if we allow the mind to become
transfixed on a particular aspect of emotion then we can avoid seeing what else exists within it.
The key is to always remain observant, alert, to seek new
areas of feeling and experience and also to investigate the areas of feeling that are most
familiar to ourselves.
Of all the skills available in the personal and spiritual development fields perhaps emotional
mastery is the one that is the most deeply fulfilling. Having control
over the energies that provoke us, inspire us, make us fear and make us love means that we
are able to create meaning, inspiration, purpose and
empowerment at will. In essence we become our own master no longer subject to the strings of
our emotions and feelings. As our mastery increases we learn
how to generate and transform emotion and yet walking further along this path we also begin to
experience a reality where “what” emotion we are feeling is
not as important as “how” we are experiencing it.
Hieu Doan
The Secrets of Enlightenment – By Tashi (Guest
Teacher)
Published by admin July 11th, 2007 in Mastery, Ascension
Enlightenment means to bring ‘light.’ In terms that we can practice bring light means to bring
awareness and insight to our consciousness. The path of
complete enlightenment is the path of bringing light and pure awareness to all aspects of our
consciousness.
Are there still secrets to achieving Enlightenment?
The answer is a resounding “yes!” A secret is merely hidden knowledge or mystery. Whether is
has been hidden through deliberation or simply because of
ignorance and lack of information – it is still hidden and it is still a secret.
The fact that enlightenment is not a common achievement in this world is proof that many such
secrets exist. The fact that the mere word “Enlightenment” is
often associated with the unachievable or with myth is proof that such secrets exist.
A secret will always be a secret to those that do not know – and so for those that do not know
there are many such secrets!
It is the duty of any who would seek Enlightenment to also seek and reveal all the secrets that
would limit complete Enlightenment. Some of these secrets will
be revealed through your practice, but others need to be shown and will require teaching. A
teacher is a seeker who has walked this path a little longer than
you have – that is all. They are not superior to you, nor are you inferior to them. It is just like
you would teach a baby or a child the ways of this world.
The ancient traditions of achieving Enlightenment are as empowering as they are limiting. So
much has been lost because of secrecy within the schools. It is
time to share the teachings, but is also time to ask that the teachings be shared. Only when all
secrets are revealed will Enlightenment be open to all.
Tashi
Channeling ~ Part 3
Published by admin February 5th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Psychic Senses, Mastery
There is a real opportunity for walking the path of channeling. Each communication with a being,
energy or consciousness allows us to stretch and expand our
mind, our way of feeling and perceiving the universe and ourselves. As our perception, belief
and experience of our self changes we express, connect, think
and communicate differently. Understanding our true self moves from an idea, inspiration and
theory into a reality. Rigid forms become flexible and capable
of being both rigid and fluid.
Communication will always only be available to the level that we are able to understand. So the
types and forms of consciousness and energy that we are able
to channel and communicate with will always be within these limits.
Higher Self consciousness is from our perception very close to unconditional love and
compassion, but there is also a wisdom and intelligence present.
Understanding this expansive state from the relatively contracted state of the physical requires
constant stretching. Channeling and communicating with
different forms of consciousness is that stretching. Each communication is like learning to
stretch a different muscle. Each muscle is like a tool of perception
that enables us to tune a finer channel with our Higher Self. The process is intuitive and creative,
but there is also a very logical and mechanical process to it.
All communication and channeling contains within it the principles of teacher and student. The
information and knowledge we learn helps to integrate the path
and destination that we have chosen. In this we are the student, but at the same time we allow
the teacher to understand what it means to give knowledge
for the purpose of another’s integration. Teaching and learning is not necessarily about learning
all that a teacher has to learn. It is about learning what we
specifically need to learn in order to move to the next “level.”
Some Spiritual teachers will be patient, some impatient, some possessive, some generous or
caring - many may be all of these at once. These traits will be
reflected in the teachings and knowledge shared. The higher lesson is always for the student to
remember their own true path, that of connecting to their own
Higher Self. This intention will move all knowledge, information and communication toward this
destination. It is necessary for all beings to eventually take
control of their own spiritual destiny. This in essence simply means remembering that their
Higher Self is the source of their truth and real empowerment.
Remembering too will hold many levels of understanding and experience, but strengthening this
intention will move the mind to understand the depths of this
reality.
Hieu Doan
A Journey of Circles
Published by admin December 25th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Becoming masters of our own spiritual destiny requires just that - that we be masters. This
means moving our consciousness more and more in the direction
of listening to our own inner voice, developing our psychic senses, knowledge and wisdom - all
the faculties that provide us with the ability to make our own
choices. It’s about being responsible for our own choices, progress, knowledge and intuiting. It
means being in control of seeking.
It’s important to differentiate between learning and acknowledging teachers and placing all our
faith in teachers and outside knowledge. It needs to be
remembered that all beings have their own path and even when this path is one of teaching and
sharing knowledge, it is expressed in a particular way that is
specific to that being’s own journey. Tools and techniques can be given and knowledge can be
imparted on how to integrate information, however the feeling
of it must be done and experienced ourselves. Furthermore it is the actual process of learning to
trust our own power and wisdom that opens the way for
communication and a relationship with our true self. During this process we develop the ability
to listen and speak, mutual trust born from learning to give
and take and understanding and respect.
For a “teacher” to transcend their own ego’s need for adoration from students they must
recognize that a “student” is only passing through. In this the
teacher gains the opportunity to confront their own ego at the juncture where it is most
powerful and in moving through the illusion of this power they find real
empowerment.
At the same time as the student learns that no teacher or being can bring them liberation if
they do not take the steps themselves, the teacher is also learning
that no student or being can bring them power if they do not realize this power themselves.
This journey of learning is a weaving and twisting, shape shifting
movement of mind, body and spirit that at its depths reveals the true teacher which is always
within ourselves. In looking for the lessons in every moment
and place we follow the leads, the flows and spaces and find this inner teacher. For a time
consciousness makes sense. Then it is lost as a new expansion
occurs and the grasping mind recognizes that the unknown has met what was for a time familiar.
Stretching the mind once again we come to know the
unknown intimately and once again there is integration. This weave of chaos becoming order
then back again is a gift that allows us to understand the real
essence of integration, unity and connectedness. The journey at times may seem infinite, but
realization occurs to the one taking the journey, not the
journey itself. As our consciousness learns to see itself, it begins to understand that each step
has removed a thread of division that separates perception
from truth. The journey has come full circle.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Confidence
Published by admin September 26th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Paths of Power, Motivation
A master once asked me what I thought that I most gained from training with him. Many things
came to mind and I mentioned his technique, understanding
and expression of principles and teaching ability. He stopped me then and said: “The one thing
that you gain most from me is the ability to have confidence in
yourself. You trust that my ability is good and so you believe that what you are learning and
developing is also good. Because of confidence in me you trust
what I say, you trust what I show you - and so you develop confidence yourself.”
Over the years this statement has been reflected in my own teachings. I’ve seen students
struggle to understand concepts but continue on trusting that I
know the method and so having confidence in themselves.
An Aikido master once remarked to me that it was amazing how people would train the same
basic technique for 40 years and still feel like they were scraping
the surface of it, yet because of the confidence given to them by their teachers they would
continue, knowing full well that the journey may not be completed
in their lifetime and yet finding gratitude in the smallest increments of improvement.
I have often seen meditation practitioners who believing that they were getting no where simply
gave up. What they were unable to see was the context and
structure in which they were learning. They perceived elements such as the monkey-mind, lack
of focus, agitating emotions and believed they were on the
wrong track. Confidence waned and they dropped their practice.
I now see the remarkable value that confidence has in ones life because the fundamental thing
that it give us is the ability to persist. If we believe that we are
on the right track it is far easier to keep going. When we are in the dark, confused and unsure if
we are going in the right direction, it is easier to give in to
doubts.
This is one of the reasons why I encourage people to find teachers and mentors. Especially if
our life reflects certain undeveloped skills or experiences which
seem to just keep being allocated to the “tomorrow” folder. A time will come where most
teachers or mentors would encourage us to develop confidence in
ourselves. The sooner the better generally. Confidence is an energy which we release ourselves.
It is simply that we do not choose to release it until we
believe that we have reason to feel it. If we are doubtful people then we will perceive there
being very little reason to release it. On the other hand
confidence can be an addictive sensation so we may try to recreate situations and experiences
where we can attain this feeling. We may try to dominate
conversations and push our own views. This tends to cover up our own inner insecurity. There is
a far more effective path. The path of self-knowledge.
Self-knowledge develops confidence simply because in knowing who we are we gain the
opportunity to understand what gives us value and meaning, form our
inner self into one united with deep purpose - and ultimately accept and love ourselves for who
we are.
The path of developing confidence requires bringing sense to a universe that is seemingly
senseless. In learning to control ourselves we learn to flow with
what comes our way. We do not control the waves of life, we become master surfers and learn
to direct our way through what is given to us. It is an
exquisite balance of give and take. Ebb and flow.
Self-knowledge comes from connecting with experiences consciously. Being conscious we will
see what is occurring. Self-knowledge comes from seeking
information through books, people and other such resources. Path-notes that others leave are
like journal entries that eventually unite all paths and thought.
Seek the connection between all directions. Perhaps most importantly is to realize the mind
which has already achieved full self-knowledge. This is also the
mind which has attained true and pure confidence.
Work with this exercise:
Start exactly where you are. Expand your mind to encompass and observe your thoughts,
emotions and feelings. Notice how they inter-react with your body.
Stretch your mind to effortlessly observe all the movement and flow within yourself.
Place no regulation on however your inner and outer landscape will express itself. Simply allow
it to be.
At this point the eyes may be opened or closed. Allow yourself to see in your mind’s eye the you
that is mastery personified.
See, feel and hear the essence of this being that is you.
How does it feel to know yourself fully and honestly?
How does it feel to meet every atom and point of consciousness with complete and effortless
acceptance?
How does your inner master look?
Allow your consciousness to move completely into this reality.
Allow the dimension or mastery to be pulled completely into you.
Becoming the consciousness of mastery automatically shifts you to doing what a master would
do to complete their journey. It draws in all the elements of
meeting experiences consciously, attracting people, texts and other resources and integrating
this knowledge at all levels of the body and mind. As
consciousness opens up to being a master, aspects which may have been a struggle before will
happen easier and with less effort. We essentially get out of
our own way! As we begin to see that we are capable of being spontaneously effective, we
realize a confidence that we can never achieve from attempts to
control the external world. This is the power of true confidence.
Hieu Doan
The Art of Healing
Published by admin November 7th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Healing
Healing is essentially effective communication. It is an interaction of information in the form of
intention, electrical signals and bio-chemicals to the physical
and mental consciousness. The purpose of the communication is to facilitate an awareness of
whole or holistic health. Whole health means that every level of
being, mind, body and spirit is operating with harmony and with ease - which is also to say that
it is free of dis-ease. Harmony too is more than a meaningless
esoteric concept, it means that there is a balance of tension and relaxation, that mental stresses,
desires and aversions are not causing feelings of discontent,
and that the body is able to process the information and energies that it is receiving. Each area
of consciousness has a way of expression. When we learn to
listen and speak in the languages of our consciousness we gain the ability to realize holistic
health.
Healing is integral to the path of empowerment. Many of us realize after a time of walking this
path that the reason that started them on the path in the first
place was a feeling of separation from their self. This perception of separation is the reason for
the sense of sadness and loneliness that many of us feel -
whether it is perceived as a flicker or is all pervading. Whole health brings integration. With
sustained intention we bring our consciousness back to an
awareness of oneness. We bridge the gap between feeling sadness and knowing inner peace.
When we bridge this gap then illusion begins to dissolve. The
same principle is applied in many types of energetic, natural, Shamanic and Metaphysical
Healing modalities. We are simply using a medium of energy to guide
our bodies and minds to connecting with what wholeness feels like. We do this again and again.
There is a learning occurring on different levels. It may feel
like on one level our body and mind is learning what wholeness feels like from a different part of
our consciousness, but it can often feel like this “teaching”
part of our consciousness is also learning to “listen” and feel for what to show the “student”
parts! The learning, development and understanding is occurring
on many levels and dimensions.
The art of healing is developed into fine art worthy of the greatest galleries through practice and
refinement. We need to observe the effect of our
communication.
Is it doing something? What is it doing? How long is it sustaining effect for? Could we increase
the effect?
The communication is much like any communication. Say we are washing the car. We throw a
cup of water on the car. What effect? Have we achieved our
ends? Perhaps we need to grab a bucket or a hose. How about another example. Let’s say we
are making friends with someone. We come across one way.
Observe. They seem to be backing away. Is this what we wish to achieve? Perhaps we can try
something else. They seem to be smiling. Is this what we wish
to achieve? The exact same principles apply in healing. The only differences are learning to
listen to the language spoken and learning to express the
languages which are effective for positive change.
Everyone is capable of being a healer. We are all natural healers. One only needs to see the
reaction of a parent seeing their new born child to know that the
child has the essence required to open and nurture a heart. The love that is invoked here is
emotional healing. Realizing our healing abilities on a broader level
takes knowledge, understanding and of course practice. The art of energy healing is beginning
to gain acceptance in society as doctors, nurses and hospitals
are undergoing training or recruiting Reiki practitioners. As a society we are beginning to realize
that instead of flat out rejecting “new” claims to whole health,
that we have little except our well worn beliefs to lose by seeing if they can step up to the claim.
Granted there are practitioners who cannot do what they would claim, but I put this down to
ego, pride and lack of honest appraisal. The truth is that technique alone does not make a
healer, just as learning a recipe
does not make a master chef. Development comes through experience and humble sincerity.
Time has allowed those with real dedication to realize their skills
and ability and the world is beginning to see and hear about healers who are true masters of
the art. This development will have a profound effect on spiritual,
personal and societal development. As more people begin to learn and really master the ability
to affect energy, minds will changes, lives will change and the
world will change. This is an exciting time.
Hieu Doan
Spiritual Growth
Published by admin April 28th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
The state of spiritual growth as a whole on this planet is in a shambles. Contributing to this is
the lack of or inappropriate teachings, but the worst of the lot
are the philosophies proposing that we have nothing to learn at all. It is this idea that halts
growth in its tracks. It may provide moments if not minutes of
inspiration and the odd fantasy that everything is all right and we need not do anything - but in
effect it is asking us to stop being critical and seek ignorance.
The most technically gifted masters among us have already long left our company, having
realized that most of us simply do not care enough to truly gain
from the teachings. This leaves much of the modern world speculating about the true nature of
ideas like enlightenment, empowerment and so on. In the
mean time these Savants walk through the levels of consciousness as easily as one would walk
through an open door.
While modern day intellectuals would debate the existence of enlightenment and the meaning of
empowerment, the masters are evolving and refining their
methods for evolving the actual practice. It is understood that not all beings are on the direct
path to enlightenment, the universe is fully capable of
encompassing those that are actively choosing other roads. It is for this reason that the masters
do not agitate over teaching, rather they understand the
energetic momentum that the planet as a whole will gain from their own growth.
Being caught in the flow of beings powerful enough to influence entire planets with their
consciousness is simply an indication of lack of self-mastery. It is not
a moral condemnation, simply an observation of fact. It is similar to being caught in an ocean
storm. Only the most effective swimmers can break free from
its grip. This in itself is about training for real ability and skill.
If we are too weak to influence our own direction, then we are caught with the waves. Perhaps
even unaware of what is occurring. If we wait for masters to
give us strength, then we will wait forever, for true strength cannot be given, only earned
through facing our weaknesses.
It comes back to us to remain critical. Critical of ourselves and critical of what we have and are
creating. It is in this that we gain the opportunity to evolve
with intent, meaning, reason and purpose. There is so much more to be known. Spiritual growth
initiates when we acknowledge this. Concepts and ideas
only reach fruition through sustained action and practice. Ideals such as love and compassion
only become what they are through testing our connection to
them in the heat of real life and experience. Principles such as those of manifestation and
purification are only entrained into our bodies and minds through
vigilantly aligning our spiritual understanding with our physical and mental being.
It is not difficult to see that spiritual growth as a whole is floundering. It is only difficult when
we refuse to be critical. When we are objective we can see the
vast amounts of incongruent knowledge and information. We can see the struggle to understand
and find clarity within this knowledge. We can see how this
lack of clarity has come to limit expansive spiritual vision and potential. We can see how
protecting this lack of answers has led to fear and aversion to having
a truly critical mind.
We only fear the critical mind when we choose to cling to blind belief, but no answer will be
forthcoming from blind belief. The myths within the spiritual arena
are legion, but this also means that the opportunity for truth is massive. Potential for growth
lies in these opportunities, but without taking them there is no
real power or conscious growth. The intellect must move beyond the comfortable appraisal that
potential lies out there somewhere. It must look to the heart
and see why we are not moving stridently toward our potential right now. It may not be pretty,
it may not be in the current trend of “spiritual speak,” but it is
true. Movement between two points of consciousness only occurs because of the choice to move.
This choice is made when we understand critically the
reason for our new destination.
Hieu Doan
Developing Psychic Senses Part 2
Published by admin October 30th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Intuition
Psychic sense allows us to communicate with reality and understand how we are perceiving the
universe and also how the universe is perceiving us. We can
look once at a person and know their level of honesty, their level of denial, hope, dreams and
despair. This sensory may develop as a feeling or as an ability
to see these feelings in the physical structure of the body. As your skills develop you will be able
to see the level of communication a person has with their
own intuition, higher selves and the spiritual dimensions. You will be able to perceive where and
how they allocated their conscious and subconscious energy,
you will be able to see where and how they carry their parent’s and grandparent’s emotions and
experiences.
Those of us interested in learning, growth and personal development will be able to perceive
how a person is meditating simply by looking at their face. We
will be able to see and hear the rate and frequency that a person’s brainwaves are moving and
through this understand how to shift and move the mind state
into different frequencies and shapes. Teaching meditation and esoteric alchemy at this level
requires no guess work - methods are not simply the same
system rehashed again and again but instead are developed explicitly and will suit and fit each
person like a glove. Connecting to higher consciousness will
work at a level that is tangible simply because we can see and hear the frequencies that are
holding us back from perceiving - and we can see the exact
frequency needed to “dissolve” and transcend this “barrier”. This is an important point for us at
this time as the spiritual arena has been fed much
disinformation and exploited by many for reasons of manipulation and ego. Learning to directly
and tangibly connect to the higher self and intuition will banish
any and all control that these systems have had. It is extremely difficult to buy into garbage
when you can clearly smell and see with exquisite detail the
pungent aroma! This may sound harsh, but the truth is that through the freedom we gain from
seeing things for what they actually are, we develop the ability
to not be affected by them. Further more because we are developing our own inner resources
we gain the stability and strength and we move away from the
fear and insecurity which usually asks us to seek external sources of power. As our own inner
power is realized we understand that suffering comes through
our own reaction to the world and we realize the choice that we have always in truth had - to be
free. This freedom is not a mere concept, it is the reality of
seeing and feeling what is and understanding the opportunity to choose. When we truly and
deeply understand then regardless of our external or internal
world we choose empowerment and love every time. This choice is available to us only because
we choose to be powerful in spite of feeling fear, in spite of
feeling inadequate, in spite of feeling insecure, ugly or doubtful.
In developing true sight we are able to see strength in a person regardless of whether they are
currently shaking in their boots. We are able to see
desperation in a person even if they are trying to appear happy and self-assured. This sight is
not developed because we seek to see a person’s faults - we
simply see, listen and feel. We observe and pay attention to our senses. We use the exact same
methods on ourselves. We practice sensitivity to energy and
meditations. We notice. We look beneath the surface. We listen to irregularities. When we are
ready then the teachers will appear. Readiness simply means
to see that knowledge and truth is being relayed to us constantly. In this instant we perceive
teachings within everything. This is the beginning of psychic
sense development.
Hieu Doan
Clairvoyance
Published by admin November 9th, 2006 in Esoteric Alchemy, Psychic Senses
Clairvoyance is the ability to see energy that exists on a more subtle plain than what we
normally call the physical. In truth this subtle energy exists in the
physical as much as radio waves, microwaves and sounds exist in the physical, it’s just that we
can’t usually see or detect these without equipment. There is a
difference between intuition and clairvoyance. Intuition is a feeling and is something that most
people will immediately a have sense for. Clairvoyance is a
seeing and if not born with the natural ability needs to be developed in order to gain tangible
and concrete sight. Also in people who have not developed their
mastery of emotions, intuition will easily be clouded by them. Clairvoyance because it uses our
visual sense seems to have less clouding. This is usually the
case however it is possible to project our own mental images into the field.
Clairvoyant Healing is powerful because it gives us the opportunity to see what is happening at
an energetic level and also to see if the “medicine” or frequency
being applied is of any use. This is also a very effective way of directly seeing if a person’s
meditations or healing is having any effect. Even if a person has no
interest in becoming a healer the fact that it is possible to clearly and solidly discern the truth of
a person is a very valuable tool. For those seeking teaching it
is valuable for the simple reason that we can instantly see if a person’s skills are up to par. For
every 100 teachers who claimed skill in energy healing or
manifestation, I generally meet 1 who is able to do what they claim. Sometimes I say
something, sometimes I choose not. Being able to see truth often makes
others particularly those with something to hide very fearful and thus angry when found out.
The best way I have found to deal with this is to simply connect
to their fears and insecurities with acceptance. This can only be done however when we have
learnt to accept our own fears and insecurities. It is unfortunate
that the spiritual and personal development arena attracts so many who try to oversell their
skills, this is something which will rapidly diminish as more people
develop their abilities of clairvoyance.
As I have written about before we must have the strength and honesty to accept what we see
as truth. This is a prime factor in the development of
clairvoyance. It can be a difficult thing to watch people lie and attempt to deceive us to our
faces, the experience itself gives us the opportunity to heal our
own feelings about this. In the beginning many of us may feel the need to speak out. It is
important to investigate our own ability to transform emotional
energy because as people are exposed we are often bombarded by their anger and fear.
Whether you take the choice to develop your psychic protection, or
whether you choose to just leap into the fray and deal with the consequences and associated
psychic warfare and aftermath that may ensue is up to you. As
far as the bigger picture goes I see this as being a good thing, one because it supports the
desire for planetary truth and two because it develops our own
inner mastery.
Clairvoyance is often linked with the third eye chakra (refer to glossary for locations) and this is
simply because this chakra’s energy is easily conducive to
visions and sight. Getting too attached to this location however can also hinder our abilities. We
want to develop the ability to feel and then see this energy
with our whole consciousness and body and then project it out into the world. I believe that
what is happening with clairvoyance is that we are expanding this
frequency of consciousness out like a huge wave of visual sensory. We “see” because our
consciousness becomes one with the world at the same frequency of
sight.
It’s interesting that in the people who have been in contact with me since the development of
this site, more have developed a basic level of clairvoyance than any other of the psychic skills.
Clairaudience or clear hearing is next on my list but from much correspondence I believe that
clairsentience which is clear
knowing is more common yet not often recognized. In any case we’ll have to see over time how
these skills develop. So please contact me with your stories
and experiences.
For more information on realizing third eye energies refer to these articles:
“Developing the Third Eye pt 1″
“Developing the Third Eye pt 2″
Hieu Doan
Developing Intuition
Published by admin September 20th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Realization, Intuition
In-tuition means to look within for learning. The frequency of intuition exists always but it
becomes loud and clear through either of two methods. Learning the
thread of consciousness to look for and connecting with it or silencing the mind. Both ways lead
up to the same peak of this particular mountain, but the
interesting thing is that in developing one way we also understand the other. I guess it has
something to do with the little premise of illusions - see through
one and we see through ‘em all.
Emotional mastery plays a large part in many esoteric schools for the simple fact that when
emotions are blaring at us we tend to get distracted and find it
hard to focus on other things. We get stuck on the circus act of catering to all these different
impulses that we never get the chance to notice that there’s a
whole other ball game going on in there.
Intuition can come in many ways, gut feelings, strong impulses all the way to tangible and well
defined visions, smells and sounds. One of the easiest ways to
develop intuition is to call on it in relation to learning new skills and manifesting reality. This
process will bring knowledge to you that is relevant and specific to
your goals. There will be times when it will be clear that the knowledge that you are receiving is
from a source other than your intellectual mind. It is creative
because the in-tuition is about creation - the creation of learning. Shifting into this mode brings
us into line with our intuition.
When we make intuition our goal our intuition responds to this desire. It brings us information
that will help us to clarify the connection. It will offer us
methods to work through doubts, enhance focus and still the mind. This is intuition at play. It is
teaching us what we are asking to learn.
As we become more familiar with intuition we will see that it weaves through our other senses
and feelings. This is one reason why mastery of the senses and
perceptions has been promoted in spiritual circles. As intuition is beckoned each of our senses
will become heightened. It will be like they are wrapped in an
essence which is able to elicit more from the universe around us.
Perhaps the most confusing trait of intuition is that it can seem intangible and fleeting within
our inner landscape. Using it to develop skills and manifest reality
gives us an extra solidity that can rapidly help us to distinguish when we are simply guessing or
feel confused about what intuition is.
Martial arts masters, Yogic and Taoist adepts have had legends told about them learning from
spirits and ascended masters. Intuition is the bridge to
connecting with these dimensions. Trusting our intuition means following through on that
knowledge. Trying it out and seeing what happens. This is the main
reason that many people who are interested in intuition find that it eludes them - we need to
follow through at least in acknowledging that the answers are
something to think about. If not we are ignoring and in effect closing our ears to intuition. Also
understand that if we simply throw a command out to our
intuition with the intention of getting our lives in order or understanding the universe, that
sometimes the knowledge that comes can be pretty overwhelming.
Be aware that we will not always be ready for the answers that our intuition gives us. Just
imagine getting an impulse to quit your job and move to the bush,
or perhaps it may be to get a job in the city and move from the bush. Intuition answers because
we asked the question - and most of the time it will answer in
a very direct and blunt fashion. Take the answers on board but also allow for the fact that you
may not be ready to make these changes just yet. Simply thank
and acknowledge the information that is coming through for now.
Explore developing relatively small aspects of your life and get used to the feeling of intuition.
As you develop trust it’ll be easier to follow through. This is
another reason why it is valuable to work on developing skills and attributes.
Work with this exercise:
Think of a skill or experience that you wish to develop. It may be anything from improving your
golf swing to tuning into your emotions.
Mentally think about this desire.
Now observe the desire. Observe the impulses you have connected to this desire.
Take in the whole bigger “picture” surrounding the whole process that you have attached to
wanting this desire.
Observe.
In observing “listen” and feel for a part within that could achieve your desire easily and
effortlessly.
Send it an impulse with your mind and observe how it feels.
This is the basic practice for getting in touch with your intuition. Remember that your intuition is
the part of you that can connect to universal knowledge, so
attaining information for any task is easy. It’s just that our willingness and ability to interpret
and therefore assimilate the information is easier when the goal
is simple and small. Give yourself a week of connecting to this impulse and be open to the ideas
and knowledge that you receive. Consider it, think about it’s
relevance. Play with it and try it out. Remember that in a sense we are not actually developing
our intuition. It is already there and strong. We are simply
remembering our connection to it. Intuition exists in the realization of it.
Hieu Doan
The Guilds of Asharem
Published by admin May 18th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind
One of the places to study in the 5th layer of the astral are the Guilds of Asharem. Entry to
these guilds is allowed as long as the seeker comes with love in
their heart. As with most places in the astral the keys to temples, guilds and masters will be
found in the energy of the seeker. The Guild of Asharem is a
good starting place however because unlike other places which require high level
transmutations of energy, the Asharem Guild simply requires that the inner
motivation of the seeker is towards love and self-empowerment.
Many of the teachers within are dedicated to helping seekers learn how to transmute earth
plane energies into subtler etheric energies. These practices are
extremely effective compared to many earth bound methods and seekers will find they are able
to develop in days what would take years in the physical.
The currency in the Asherem Guild rather than money is the energetic honor of its practitioners.
There is an understanding that cultivation of this inner energy
and integrity is helping all practitioners within the guild move toward their goal. Unlike the
physical, seekers who are dishonest in intention will be seen
immediately for what they are. On the other hand seekers who are sincere will be helped and
supported in transmuting and transforming their limiting and
‘negative’ energies.
Dedication to learning the methods of even a less strict guild such as the Asherem will require
much commitment on the physical plane. Spiritual learning will
need to become a priority, not necessarily over basic survival needs such as working and family,
but for the most part spiritual development will need to
revolve around other physical plane pursuits and not the other way around. All in all, the
Asherem Guild is a boon to those ready to seek effective and ‘higher’
forms of spiritual learning.
Hieu Doan
The Plains of Light
Published by admin May 16th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind
One of the dimensions that exists between the border of ‘life’ and ‘death’ is the plains of light.
Within this place it is as if all is forgiven, for it is experienced
that there is nothing to forgive. The ego and the mind of opinion and belief seems to simply
melt and consciousness can do nothing except feel – and that
feeling is the most pure bliss and joy that we could imagine. There is no residue of doubt, pain
or despair. In fact the very perception that we would use to
observe these feelings does not seem to exist.
It is not that objective observation of the plains of light is impossible, it is simply that the desire
to do so seemingly does not exist. The very reason for
exploration and investigation is overcome by the intensity of peace in this place. The question of
leaving never arises because it is never born. Thought is too
slow for this place. Within the plains of light exists only the purest and lightest of energies and
yet on leaving and returning the consciousness is not left with
craving or regret but only wonder and joy.
Coming back to ‘reality,’ there is no question that this is the dream. Yet there is no judgment
within the plains of light, not even from the self and so all our
hopes and fears, all our joy and pain know for a timeless time what it means to feel complete
acceptance, peace and unconditional love.
Hieu Doan
The Ancient Ones
Published by admin June 7th, 2007 in Spirit, Ascension
The Ancient Ones are so called by the ascended masters who have and still inhabit our galaxy.
It is the legacy of the ancient ones to have left behind the
knowledge and understanding necessary to follow them beyond time and space. The knowledge
that they have left us indicates that all paths truly do lead to
the one path and that in the end both dark and light are realized as one.
Throughout the planes the interpretation of the teachings of the Ancient Ones is applied
differently, sometimes drastically so. There seems to be an
understanding however by the higher plane beings that all sentience eventually returns to the
one path. This eventuality however can take millennia or it can
take the direct route and these are the ideals that are being struggled over within the astral and
higher planes.
This planet also is being offered the opportunity to ascend through the connection and practice
of deep purification, light work and self-mastery. While the
dark feeds off apathy, ignorance and fear, the light works through focus, courage and love. The
activations of each take place when we set our intention to
action.
Those who are the Ancient Ones were once from all sides, the dark, the light and the neutral.
Their legacy however provides knowledge that indicates that all
sentient beings must move through the spectrum and return to full light. Even those from the
dark have left consciousness and energy which has in the
transformation of compassion spoken of the importance of shifting to love and the transcending
of the dark.
Hieu Doan
Transcending Separation
Published by admin July 3rd, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Ascension
The primary message of the Asharem is to transcend separation - to perceive the bridge that
exists between objects, emotions, people, energy and the
universe. The ability to bend time and space exists here and now within consciousness – it
simply needs to be directed.
The very intellect that we humans prize so much is the very same intellect that holds us from
achieving this. With intellectual power comes ego and ego exists
to believe that it is superior and righteous. True power exists regardless of intellect or ego. All it
requires is understanding. The intellect would have us
believe that deep understanding exists at the intellectual level and through deduction and
concept. It is this very intellect that we have discovered to only
utilize 10% or less of our capacities. Utilizing the whole consciousness is not about simply
pushing the intellect – it is about activating other sources and
faculties of understanding and perception.
The intellect will only lead us within patterns that it understands. Super expanded consciousness
does not require initial understanding – it reaches out and
grasps new knowledge knowing that it may in fact take the intellect months or years to
integrate the information. There will be some experiences that the
intellect may never understand.
It is this type of leap and expansion that is required to transcend separation. The intellect that
has not experienced transcendence has no chance of
understanding how enlightenment and ignorance can exist in the very same atom - just as it
cannot understand how to transform a diseased cell into a
completely healthy and vital one. The information that is required for the intellect to understand
this process is the very same information that is gained
through leaping and expanding into this very new territory. It is only later when the intellect is
able to work with new faculties of perception that everything
makes sense. It is at this point that intellect, spirit, body and emotion are unified. This is what it
means to transcend separation.
Hieu Doan
The Protection of Maegien
Published by admin June 13th, 2007 in Mastery, Ascension
Maegien is a protector of the beings of this galaxy and exists between the 5th and 6th layers of
the astral. The choice of Maegien was to postpone the
understanding of enlightenment and therefore still hold the perceptions and understanding of
fear, harm and etheric attack. It is these perceptions which
allow Maegien to protect physical and 4-6th level astral travelers from psychic attack and
manipulation.
Calling on Maegien requires simply an intent to protect oneself and an opening to communicate
with the single precept of Maegien: be sincere.
Your perception of Maegien will be strongest within the subtle energy sensory with which you
are most attuned at this time. As with all beings that have
aligned with the direction of truth and light, Maegien will only come to your aid if you ask for it.
Something along the lines of: “Maegien, I ask for protection
and shielding against all entities that are less that 100% light.” Requests with similar intentions
will also work.
It will be interesting to note that the manner of protection that Maegien offers is different from
other ascended beings such as Jesus, Buddha or the Archangel
Gabrielle. This is simply because the further a master is along the path to enlightenment or
their connection to God or oneness, the more they know that the
very need for protection is an illusion. This is the reason that Maegian has such an affinity with
the earth bound beings - because illusion is very much still a
part of this planet.
Hieu Doan
The Esoteric Warrior
Published by admin May 30th, 2007 in Spirit, Mastery
The Esoteric Warrior must know how to fight and defend, these are the basic principles that
evolve into inner strength and flexibility. At higher levels ‘fighting’
and ‘defense’ become blending with the attack, then absorbing and transforming negative
energies. The path of the Esoteric Warrior moves from the basic
fundamentals of psychic battle to high level ability to move through negativity and transforming
it immediately into positive light.
The same skills that are developed while learning to ward off negative energies and entities are
the same skills that are used at the beginning levels to fight off
diseases and other physical and emotional ailments. Likewise at the higher levels the same
ability that would transform a negative energy into positive energy
is the same ability that is able to open a channel to Higher Self consciousness at any level of
darkness or ignorance.
It is a very high level of skill that is able to perceive the channels of the divine within utter
blackness and despair. Drawing these channels outward not only
destroys the form of the darkness, it guides the darkness to healing its own ignorance. This is
the mark of a master Esoteric Warrior, this is what it means to
destroy with love and understanding. The destruction is that of ignorance and illusion, the
darkness is slain and light rises from its ashes.
Hieu Doan
Dedicated Spirituality
Published by admin April 24th, 2007 in Spirit, Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Truth, Mastery
Dedicated spirituality is living spirituality. This means that abilities and skills are honed and
refined continuously in daily life. Dedicated spirituality means
revolving the rest of our lives around our spiritual practice and not the other way around. It is
not for everyone, just as becoming an Olympic athlete is not for
everyone, but achieving high levels of ability in any field will always require dedication.
The path of dedication will leave many of us behind. It will require many sacrifices, but to those
of us with true intent and commitment, these sacrifices will be
as little as dust. Dedication will leave behind all the illusions of spirituality, all the “should” and
“should nots” will fade as we pursue real experience to define
the way of true meaning and value. Our choices and actions will begin to frighten the spiritual
“hobbyists” not because of any true moral slights, but because
we bring light to illusions which they would otherwise hold on to. This is true power. While some
would have us believe that power exists in denying fear and
insecurity, we find it in facing and conquering fear, at first with trembling hands and eventually
with hearts so strong that fear flees at first contact.
This is what the masters meant when they reminded us that what we truly fear is not our
weakness, but our true power. We fear it because it separates us.
It separates us not in truth, but in perception and it is this perception of separation, of being
apart from others that frightens us. This perception is the “closed
mind.” It is the outcast, the hermit, the isolated, the lonely and the alone. It is our weakness
when it controls us, but when we are in control, then it is our
strength. It becomes our commitment, our discipline, our dedication and purpose. This meaning
and value becomes a power in itself, it inspires and gives us
reason to be who we are. We change from a person who is scared to utter one word out of line,
to a being who lives to be who they are.
Each and every facet of life changes through our dedication. At the same time each and every
facet of our life must be faced and observed critically in order to
be dedicated. Life is a succession of moments, each moment is a test of our integrity. And what
is integrity? It is a being that is aligned with itself. It is a
being that walks its talk. Each time that we act in a way that we feel at any level is not true or
right or within our value system, we can feel our own
energetic, mental and physical integrity distort. Likewise when we act in a way, that is aligned
and congruent with our values and meaning then we will feel
our spiritual, mental and physical integrity strengthen.
When we put off implementing and acting on what is true and right for us, then we are affirming
that these inner values are not important enough right now –
and so they manifest exactly as such. The will becomes weaker, clarity less so, the mind and
emotions create lower energy states that help to manifest and
affirm these limiting belief. It is exactly what was ordered! On the other hand when we pursue
and implement our inner most values with dedication and
commitment we manifest the strength to integrated these into the world, the expression to
make certain that we are not ignored, the clarity to achieve the
highest vision possible and the energy to match the expansion of mind and body that we are
commanding.
Hieu Doan
No
Published by admin April 2nd, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Spirituality and personal development suffers the same fate as trends such as fashion, perhaps
more so. One of the current trends is that to be spiritual we
must surrender to everything. “Say yes to the universe!” so it has been said. There is no
specific direction within this, since all directions become valid when
we say yes to everything. More to the point, is that when we say yes to everything we throw
what we hold to have true purpose and value in the trash. This
leads to confusion, passive aggressiveness and lack of purpose, meaning or any semblance of
true power.
All these obstacles are destroyed when we say no.
One door opens and another one closes. When we close all the doors of lesser relevance and
priority the true doors are given leave to open. The philosophy
of saying yes to everything is ludicrous when we have purpose and meaning in our lives.
Purpose and meaning is a direction, achieving these requires
resistance and resistance is the holding back of specific elements that would limit us. In short
resistance is saying no so that the aspect of life and experience
that we would say yes to are allowed to manifest.
Personal and spiritual development is extremely logical. It is as solid as a rock and as down to
earth as dirt. It lacks in clarity only when we try to force
incongruent elements, dogma and concepts onto it.
If we sincerely wish to achieve self-mastery we need to be honest first. We need to admit that
we want this. Taking the spiritually politically correct route of
saying “I’m fine with myself just the way I am,” doesn’t serve us well if it is not to the truth. We
need to be honest and be done with it. So much better to
say: “No I’m not fine with the way I am, and that’s why I’m going to move the universe to
become fine.” This is the sort of motivation that achieves selfmastery.
This is the sort of honesty that creates the inner strength and real personal development.
Once we choose what it is that we want then it’s just a matter of saying no to all that doesn’t
help achieve this goal. We need to say “no”, and we need to
learn to say “no” without shame or guilt.
The more we say “no”, the more in tune we get with what we want to say “yes” to. This “yes” is
an indication and affirmation each and every time of what it
is that we believe to be of value, meaning and purpose. It appears through the simple process
of acknowledging the intentions of “yes” and “no.” As we
create a life that is full of that which holds meaning there is no longer a problem with saying
“no”, because we understand clearly why it is that deny these
other experiences. We deny them because we have embraced our purpose.
Hieu Doan
The Meditation Myth
Published by admin July 31st, 2006 in Meditation
There is only one true art - painting. All else is an inferior expression of creativity.
Ludicrous right?
The exact same principle holds for meditation. There is no one true way of meditation.
There is no one true destination or one true goal of meditation. Whether some wish to believe it
or not - not everyone wishes for enlightenment right here and
now.
Nor does everyone want to have a quiet mind. Or be calm for that matter. Some of us want to
sing and be merry. Others may wish to feel passionately in love.
Excited about life and inspired. And yes some may wish pursue the path of deep inner peace.
And of course, none of these paths are wrong.
It has been said that we are all on a journey returning to the original spirit or source of creation.
Some may wish to accelerate this process. Others want to
take the scenic route.
Still others choose not to think about any of it just yet.
None of these lives are wrong. Not even in the spiritual sense. After all if we came from the
source, if we are manifestations of that source of creation - then
what possible sin is there in living lives that we designed ourselves to live?
Spirit is not holier than us.
Spirit is us.
Falling into the trap of believing that we know best and others are on the wrong path ultimately
only fools ourselves. Believing that we know what pure
spirituality is meant to be like, what it should be like leads us to resisting what it is. This is the
resistance that prompts us to believe that one way of
meditation is right and others are inferior or are missing the point. It’s like saying that an
accountant is missing the point - he or she should really be a priest.
But somehow it has been alright to tell people that they are in the wrong religion, that they are
connected to a false or wrong god. For some reason when it
comes to spirituality we believe that we know what is best.
Meditation is a tool that is used to shape our minds in the way that we see fit.
Depending on the goal of the person - the “shape” of the meditation can be radically different.
There is meditation for focus, meditation for peace. There is meditation for heath and martial
arts and there is meditation for communion with nature and the
universe. There is meditation for business and money. There is meditation for creativity and
inspiration. There is meditation for healing and insight.
None are more or less right, or mighty than another.
The value of the meditation is relative to it’s appropriateness to the individual person.
Is the innocence and youth of a child any less special than the wisdom and experience of an
elder?
Are the emotions of a person seeking financial security of less worth than that of a person doing
charity work?
This is the truth of what it means to be equal. It means that we can be different, but that in the
eyes of Mother Nature we are all still part of the whole.
It may be scary to admit that we are not the chosen ones, that we are not the righteous ones.
That in fact all that lies within this universe is walking a perfect path - even if we are
vehemently opposed to them.
Can we truly say that another is wrong if the eyes of the universe?
Or are they simply different?
No one religion or spirituality owns the rights to meditation. There can be trademarks,
certifications and registrations through the roof, but no one can own our
minds if we choose to own it ourselves. The real power of meditation comes first from
understanding what we really desire in life. From understanding this
desire we can use meditation to manifest, create and fulfill that desire. Even if we are not
connected to our desires and motivations we can structure
meditation to bring clarity to this area.
Meditation is working with the mind and because mind is present in everything that we do,
meditation if used appropriately for our needs will enhance every
area of our experience.
We must investigate what it is that we need to achieve our goals.
Observation is important because it is from here that our awareness grows. Awareness is self-
knowledge and as a rule will reveal to us our deepest desires and
motivations.
Focus too is important because it is the engine which sustains any endeavor. It is the drive
behind any success.
Start with these and as your clarity grows with the practice of observation you will begin to
know what it is that you want in life. This is where you begin to
create your own system of meditation.
Hieu Doan
The Power of the True Self ~ Part 1
Published by admin February 11th, 2007 in Spirit, Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Paths of Power, Intuition,
Mastery
The power of the mind is revealed when we learn to control it. From control comes mastery, and
from from mastery the full spectrum of opportunities to
experience universal consciousness. In all of this the most empowering of experiences it that of
connection and realizing the True Self.
True Self is simply a name to define an experience and feeling. It is a connection and a re-
connection, a coming home and a reunion. It is a source of
intelligence and wisdom, and it is also a source of unconditional love and understanding.
Realizing the true self is perhaps the highest goal of meditation,
because it is the only place where the journey actually stops and is still. From this lens all things
can be seen and touched, wielded and understood. At the
same time, the need for understanding, the search for wisdom and knowledge ceases - at least
for the moment. The moment of connection allows the
understanding that all wisdom, knowledge and intelligence has been and is for the attainment of
this goal, and so once reached all further seeking is
superfluous.
The more the mind and body enters into the realm of True Self, the more peace, unconditional
love and acceptance become what we are, rather than
something we seek. The irony is that in this state although we no longer need to seek, we also
do hold no more aversion to seeking, no more aversion to
struggle, fear and failure. To move and create becomes a joy, and so with the smallest of
movements we enter into a dance with the universe and energy and
willingly leap back into a communication with that which would perceive life and consciousness
as “I.” This brings us back to who we are, with all that we
would perceive as flawed, unworthy and needing of transformation and transcendence. Yet
there is an extra lens. An expansion and channel to a consciousness
that is our True Self, one that cannot possibly exist simultaneously with our perception of a
flawed and fractured self - and yet it does exist. It exists
simultaneously and seamlessly. The True Self is consciousness that whether at peace or not at
peace, whether ignorant or aware, in love or in hate, wisdom or
confusion, is still complete, fully connected to the universe and with no falter in its willingness to
experience the finite and the human.
It is one of the exquisite contradictions of consciousness, that from the lens of the finite cannot
be seen the face of the infinite, yet with a shift one can be
infinite and comprehend and encompass with ease all that is finite. For these to exist
simultaneously is impossible - and this is the very reason why the True
Self holds the key to making the impossible possible. From all seeing, unlimited and all knowing,
and all accepting to limited, finite and small knowing. Yet the
infinite self understands that it is only in being finite that we are able to experience so many
qualities in their purest essence. The “I” is created without the
benefit of perspective, wisdom and knowing, so as to experience the act of seeking and finding
and all the levels of creation and reflection that form the path
of power. The True Self is then able to experience an aspect of itself that is able to love single
mindedly, struggle, persevere and create - and it knows that we
do all this, continuing on our path and journey to seek something that we may only sense we
have lost or forgotten. Rediscovery of course brings much
laughter.
Hieu Doan
The Infinity Gate
Published by admin May 24th, 2007 in Spirit, Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
As the etheric moves toward the subtle, closer and closer to absolute stillness, time and location
also move toward oneness. Entry to this plane is through
what many in the astral refer to as ‘The Infinity Gate.’ It has record not only of everything that
has happened it also contains the possible futures, possible
pasts and possible presents. These are observed and experienced as real.
‘The Infinity Gate’ is simply an access point to the realities of the universe and entering this
access point appears to be quite challenging even to those
experienced to the astral realms. For many it will simply be as if invisible – invisible in form,
mind, concept and idea. The way to approaching it will quite
simply never appear. To those that gain perception of the gate itself it will then manifest itself in
an as unlimited number of ways as there are minds to create
these ways. It may appear as a medieval gate, it may appear as an energetic portal or a
guardian. Beyond this form, the essence of the gate is the same,
and the key adapts to the form of the being that beholds it.
The planes through the ‘Infinity Gate’ can be used for many things, entertainment, research,
knowledge or enlightenment. It provides these goals by allowing
the seeker to create all of their dreams, fantasies and desires as if they were real. The senses
gain the stimulation that they have craved and desired and so
gain the opportunity to ultimately experience the impermanence and false power behind these
experiences. Lifetimes can pass within this realm without even
a moment having passed within the physical.
Hieu Doan
The Path of Power
Published by admin November 25th, 2006 in Paths of Power
Power is the opportunity to experience positive perception. It is greatness, love, freedom,
strength, peace, wisdom, compassion, flow, flexibility, intelligence
and gratitude. It is these simply because these expressions and states of being reflect positive
experience. It is these simply because these experiences are
what they are. In the moments when we experience true power we feel strong, we feel
supported, we feel love, freedom, compassion and gratitude. The Path
of Power is the path that we realize as we understand these states. It is the path that is
revealed as we explore and allow ourselves to experience that which
we feel and believe to be our highest and truest expressions. It is the path that we are on right
now, whoever we may be, whatever we may be doing.
The Path of Power is the path that we feel most strongly when we direct ourselves in ways that
are congruent with our deepest, highest principles and values.
The deepest of these will always be truth. Truth is the experience and action of always seeking
to know more of reality as it is. Through the action of seeking
more we look for openings into a deeper level. By moving through this level we come to find
and experience a different level of truth, and again we gain the
opportunity to look, seek and discover. As we experience each truth we question if it will truly
allow us to experience real empowerment, real inner peace, real
love and wisdom. While this choice of action can lead to disappointment through perceived
failure, it also leads to the most real and effective way of growth,
simply because it is honest. Each step we take develops real and true strength.
How can we find real empowerment if we do not question what it is or is not in the first place?
The Path of Power is not exclusive to “spiritual” people, “personal development” people, people
in pain or people in joy. The Path of Power is available to
everyone. It is the path that each of us walks in realizing our own power. True power is
everywhere and in everything. It is no more owned by a man in
robes than a woman in business attire. The only difference is recognition of power. It is in
recognition that we gain the opportunity and experience that power
provides us. Personal development is simply development of a person. Where it leads is up to
the person. Ogami Itto the infamous samurai executioner
chose his path of personal development to be Hell. He had reconciled finding his own
enlightenment and that of his son’s along this road. Gautama the
Buddha chose his path of personal development to be liberation from worldly suffering. Both
decided that the adoration, respect and titles given by their peers
and societies were meaningless, both made the decision to find their own truth and in doing so
they found their own power.
The Path of Power requires but one thing to make it powerful and that is the desire to be real.
Being real is a state of mind where we are conscious of who we
are at this very moment. It is unimportant if the person we see reflects storms of delusion or a
garden of Eden. What is important is that we look at reality as
it is at this moment. Even if this moment is 100% illusion. Being real if continued will move
mountains. It will find the deepest depths of our inner oceans. It
will find everything, everywhere given enough time. Being real causes chaos because it is the
essence of sincerity and honesty, the same path will provide the
opportunity to understand how to find true peace regardless of chaos. This is the realization of
order and the experience of universal balance.
In time being real will reveal our deepest truth and we will find that our journey has ended, we
have stopped walking and seeking. In this moment we are no
longer a part of the Path of Power - we are simply power.
The Path of Power becomes what it is when we choose to seek and therefore define power. This
act of creating meaning, reason and purpose becomes the point of our existence. Instead of
asking the universe or God what the meaning of life is, we create and define meaning and show
it to the universe. Our
relationship with the universe becomes a reciprocal one. It is not an act of only listening. It is
not an act of only speaking. It is a communication of listening,
speaking, understanding and realization. The relationship is alive, sensitive and interactive. It is
like two expert hagglers working to find the best deal, the
only difference is that the opportunity for flexibility and movement is infinite - both sides can
know full victory. It all depends on our willingness and ability to
move our mind and consciousness. When we can move our consciousness at will then we are
not bound by any obstacle - we become the skeleton key.
Freedom is true power because in experiencing freedom within we have the opportunity to
experience greatness in everything. Existence becomes no longer
determined on the illusion of pain and pleasure, emotions, thoughts or concepts, because we
can experience and move through these at all levels of
consciousness. Mind, body and spirit are free. This ideal is the highest essence of power, just as
it is the most basic precept required for inner peace. There
is no striving for more, there is no boredom, there is no aversion or craving. Where and who we
are is experienced as perfection. All the tools of the mind, be
they psychic senses, shape-shifting, meditation and healing allow us to realize a consciousness
that can move through doorways of the self, that can explore
dimensions, time and space and that can find form, lose form and create. These keys can be
used to walk without aim or they can be used to find meaning.
When we turn our eyes towards the purpose of finding meaning then we create the tools to
listen and discover. When we turn our ears towards the answers
for creating meaning then we create the experiences that express greatness, love and joy. In
whichever direction it is that we choose to manifest this
meaning, this is the purpose of our lives. In whichever direction it is that we choose to express
this purpose, is the meaning of life that we have the
opportunity to realize. This is what is means to walk the Path of Power.
Hieu Doan
Beyond the Psychic
Published by admin July 5th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Mastery, Ascension
The psychic senses begin the opening to understanding and communicating with the Etheric
planes. This connection begins with an expansion of
consciousness into the 5 primary physical senses as well as a deep integration within the
intellect and mind. The bridge between these psychic senses and the
higher spiritual senses becomes active when sentient cellular realization occurs. At this point a
person’s dormant spiritual abilities and powers move from the
Etheric into the physical and they understand how to perform such influencing as quantum
healing and physical manifestations such as telekinesis,
breatharianism and bi-location.
This level of ascension is also important for accessing a higher understanding of our spiritual
purpose. Without these higher senses being active it is
impossible to understand higher levels of spirit, much in the same way as if one does not have
eyes, they cannot understand written text.
The psychic is the beginning of expanding the physical senses. The next step is to use this as a
foundation to bridge to the higher Etheric senses. At this
stage the true purpose of psychic abilities will become clear as the higher Etheric senses allow
us to communicate with spiritual consciousness in a way that is
beyond anything the intellectual mind could currently imagine or perceive.
The next levels of ascension from occur here as physical ailments and disease are understood
and healed and the denser aspects of consciousness are fully
integrated into the spiritual light. The universe and its child the earth then begin to provide
power in a way that is completely in alignment with our spiritual
self. Our true purpose becomes illuminated.
Hieu Doan
Purification
Published by admin July 21st, 2007 in Realization, Mastery
Purification has been talked about in spiritual circles since God kicked Adam’s butt for lusting
after Eve. Legends have been told of saints and monks facing
demons as large as the sun while their very flesh was flayed from their bones while they
maintained their oaths to purify their souls.
It all makes for great reading, but what is purification really?
First you need to get the concept of Karma. Karma is like throwing a huge rock at a bull, it’s
gonna get an effect. Karma is like smiling at a pretty girl (or a
guy!), it’s gonna get an effect. That’s what Karma is – it’s cause and effect.
Karma doesn’t make any promises about what it will deliver – but one thing that it will promise
is that something will be delivered!
Now your consciousness is made up of many different levels give or take a few, but you’ve got
the big three.
You’ve got the mental side – that part that thinks that it gets it all and knows what is going on.
Then there’s the body – you know the thing that carries your head around. Funnily enough, the
head is also part of the body but many people don’t really get
below the neck, they just keep all their consciousness bottled up in the head.
There’s also the spirit – and this is where people get all funny, because some people don’t
believe in it, others will kill or chastise you for looking at it the
wrong way and some think that it’s something that you drink.
So all these levels of consciousness have things that are going on. Day to day procedure –
business as usual. In most cases the procedures are happening
because of patterns or habits.
Now a habit is made up of 2 parts – cause and effect.
So there again, we have Karma.
This funny little thing keeps us winding up and winding down and we run our lives by it. It
creates who we think we are – our personalities, our perception of
pain and pleasure, our values, ethics and beliefs.
All of it started because of a rock being thrown in a pond somewhere at sometime…a pond in
our consciousness.
So it’s all well and good when things are well…good.
But watch people come running when things go south.
That’s when purification comes in.
Someone once said to me: “All my life I thought that spirituality has a load of horse crap and
now all of sudden I’m crazy about it…what happened?”
I said: “You started getting old, knew that grim death was just around the corner point and
decided, Hell I better do something before I get there!”
Purification is that investment, but it’s not necessarily about self-flagellation and so forth. It’s
about applying the essential ingredient of purity to all the layers
of Karma within you.
Then, like a flame burns wood, all your Karma layer by layer is dissolved.
That’s it, you no longer recreate the same patterns that you’ve played out for all these life times.
Your consciousness at the 3 main levels becomes free to do what it wants.
That in a nutshell is purification.
The next question is: what remains when the consciousness becomes free?
John Gregor
The Steps to Enlightenment
Published by admin July 19th, 2007 in Realization, Mastery
“Everyone has within them the potential to be a master, a spiritual warrior and to know infinite
power. The path of Enlightenment is known by few simply
because adversity seems too overpowering and so they never break past the initial walls of
illusion.” - Hieu Doan
When I first began Metaphysical training there wasn’t a lot of knowledge that was given out
freely and in many ways this hasn’t changed. The real keys, the
secrets and subtleties are still kept pretty well hidden. The sad thing is that in lieu of real
Enlightenment there are teachers going around saying “you don’t
need to do anything – you’re already Enlightened.” Nothing could be further from the truth. Real
Enlightenment exists and its not about just going around
saying “Yeah I’m Enlightened.” It’s about hunting down those damn secrets and using them.
I remember when I had my first encounter with a teacher who was well on his way to
Enlightenment and his consciousness was so overpowering that I could
feel it transforming my very bones just from being around him. This was back when I didn’t
believe that Enlightenment was for us mere mortals…but that first
meeting changed my mind completely. Power that you can feel…you don’t meet that everyday.
On to the steps to Enlightenment!
The first rung on the ladder to Enlightenment is developing some degree of self-control and
discipline and using this to get a small “foot in the door”
connection with the Higher Self. This gets people out of their normal headspace, a place that is
not usually so conducive to getting Enlightened and into a kind
of super consciousness highway where intelligence, information and understanding can process
at an unbelievable rate. Where the normal mind plods along…
1, 2, 3 – the super conscious Higher Self is like 1 to infinity in an instant. The knowledge is
there, the understanding is there and the path to Enlightenment is
all of a sudden a Hell of a lot clearer!
The second rung is developing psychic awareness – now this isn’t the type of psychic
showmanship that you see on the back of tabloids - checking out who is
cheating who and so forth. What it’s really about is getting a phone line to the universe –
tapping into that ripe knowledge and using it to boost up your
ascension and Enlightenment. I’ve heard talk that Psychic ability and Enlightenment have
nothing in common but to be honest these people just don’t get it.
Most of the reason that Enlightenment is seen with such unattainable awe is because people
haven’t worked out how to perceive it…and what is Psychic
Mastery if not the ability to perceive at an infinite level?
The third rung is what is known as the inner or Esoteric warrior. This is the stuff that you need
when the real inner battle begins and believe me, it’s a battle
waged on many fronts and from many angles. Learning to fight on this inner level is really
important and is one of the most misunderstood things on this
whole journey. Let me put it another way: Being a spiritual wet noodle gets you no where when
the battle comes to the door of your consciousness. Develop
your inner strength and mental fortitude like this was your last day to do it and you’ll conquer
whatever comes from within swiftly and decisively.
The 4th rung of Enlightenment is purification, but I’ll leave that for next time.
The Journey To Enlightenment – Part 1 – By Tashi
(Guest teacher)
Published by admin July 13th, 2007 in Realization
When I lived in the monastery training was very disciplined. Each day was the same as the one
before, we would wake at 4am, then meditation, meditation,
meditation. Some times we would chant. The chanting would purify the atmosphere around us
and the meditation would purify the atmosphere inside us.
When I was 17 I left the monastery and went into retreat. I did this for 4 years. The training
was meant to penetrate my illusions and ego, but I found that
the more that I tried to slay my ego the stronger it became. Some days it would fight me like a
mad dog and other days it would try to be my best friend,
bargaining with me and distracting me with visions.
Eventually however all this subsided and I recognized that all of this was simply my karma
being burned off. In the 3rd year my Kundalini raised and brought
with it a brief bout of madness as it cleared out the remaining debris of my ego. Continuing to
practice the simple purification techniques helped to return
inner peace from all these conditions. By the 4th year I truly thought that I had achieved
something great.
When I returned to the monastery however something was different. Of course everything is
always different but this was something very important inside
me. I could not quite name it - but I knew that something was wrong. I needed to leave the
monastery. 10 days later I made my leave and with blessings
from my brothers I made my way to the city.
It was here that I was to face my karma. My path seemingly changed drastically from what had
been dedication to Buddhism, yet in time I was to see that
this was simply another step on my spiritual road.
Tashi
The Freedom of Consciousness
Published by admin July 23rd, 2007 in Realization, Truth
“Purification leads the way to experiencing freedom of consciousness. When the path of truth is
clear of all obstacles then the seeing of truth, the hearing of
truth and the feeling of truth becomes clear. This is the objective of purification, it is to clear the
way for the experience of Enlightenment. So what is
Enlightenment? Enlightenment is the true essence of all sentient beings. It is what is left when
all illusion has been stripped away.” This is how Hieu Doan
explained it to me when I first began to ask these questions. My main concern at the time was
that I needed to take on the external and internal appearance
of a spiritual man, to say the right things and to think the right things and so on. I slowly
started to ‘click’ that it was impossible to find my true self if I kept
hiding from the doors that led me to it. These doors so to speak had been popping up my entire
life but because I was so attached to them showing up in a
certain way I had rejected them for what they actually were.
It was the same with Enlightenment. I had heard so many stories about it that I was bent on
making myself into a carbon copy of all these teachers and gurus
at the expense of who I actually was. I lived in a monastery for over a decade, meditating and
believing that this was what I needed to be and what I needed
to do in order to achieve Enlightenment and awakening.
So why had it never come?
In all those years I felt no closer to Enlightenment than the day I asked the question. All I had
was more questions. When I first talked to Hieu I can honestly
say I wanted to hit him when he said that I was rejecting the very answers I sought as quickly
as I could ask the questions! I was angry because I knew that
this was the truth and he seemed to see right through me. That night I cried in meditation for
the first time in years – because I’d come back to that initial
truth. All these years I’d rejected my self in search of a “higher” truth and in doing so I’d
rejected that very truth that I’d been seeking from the start. I’d
fooled myself into thinking that I’d somehow surpassed the need to heal those fears and hurts
at the core of my being.
Over the next few days I practiced in a new and humble way. My whole body would shake at
times as deep emotions were released and often I would cry for
hours on end as deep pain and sorrow would arise from what seemed to be my very soul. Then
on about the 3rd day I entered a deep stillness. I felt my
entire body resonate with this stillness down to the smallest cell. Something shattered then and
I felt the entire world around me shift into this stillness that I
was enveloped in. I opened my eyes and it seemed like time had stopped. I saw a leaf hovering
in mid fall as it was caught in this stillness.
A pinpoint of light appeared directly in front of my eyes and began to open up into a larger
vortex which eventually encompassed me. This spread into a
deeper stillness and with it the most profound peace and I could say happiness that I’ve ever
had the pleasure to feel. It was then that I realized that I’d
experienced this state because my consciousness had become free. In time I was to know that
this was only the beginning of understanding the true state of
Enlightenment.
John Gregor
The Way of Karma ~ Part 1
Published by admin February 15th, 2007 in Realization, Manifestation, Truth
Karma is the reality of cause and effect. All experience and creation is the result of an
interaction that in itself was a result of previous interaction. Karma is
manifestation. It is all that we have created and set in place. Karma is energy and so it is the
interaction of energies that determines how Karma will
manifest. For example intent affects solid matter differently from mental or spiritual matter.
Likewise intelligent and aware consciousness may interact
differently at many levels and dimensions, the result being a shape, form and essence unique to
the consciousness that bears it.
It is the depth and manner of understanding that determines the ultimate effect of Karma. Just
as our ability to transcend and move through mind and body
states will determines pleasure and pain, struggle and freedom, so too will these states
determine our Karma. In fact the existence of these abilities,
perception and understanding is also Karma. There is no level that escapes it, because all is
within the sphere of cause and effect. This is the law of Karma,
but it too falls within the infinite and so its opposite exists as soon as consciousness perceives
its direction. That direction is to take no level of reaction or
response. The essence that escapes cause and effect is that which does not react to cause and
effect. It is this essence that is used to transform and “pay
the dues” of Karma. It effectively stops feeding the patterns of karma and begins neutralizing
the chain of reaction.
Important to note with the purification of Karma is that as levels of consciousness are revealed
all perception right, wrong, evil, ugly and good will also
surface. The principle of no reaction will carry us through all these experiences, however the
mind that would hinder us is the mind that decides we are not
allowed to progress. These beliefs of the mind are directly connected to our perception of right
and wrong. For example if we begin to perceive difficult
emotions it is the perception of difficulty which will create aversion, this in itself seeks to hinder
the mind from even looking at it. Similarly if we become
aware of a thought or experience that we are too attached to, then we have already shifted
from a state of no reaction to one of reaction.
The most important attribute in re-directing and purifying the flow of karma is mental control.
Control is the cultivation of mastery and will bring absolute
direction and will over all levels of consciousness. This is the single reason why mastery of the
self is sought. With it comes complete autonomy over the
direction of destiny, spirit and karma.
Hieu Doan
Kundalini Rising
Published by admin July 25th, 2007 in Realization, Truth
For a long time I believed that the activations of certain energies such as chakras and the
Kundalini would lead to Enlightenment. I spent much time building
and generating energies in order to facilitate such activations and in time my work paid off. In
the early 80’s I experienced a very dramatic Kundalini
awakening which brought with it a lot of new awareness as well as the feeling of physical and
spiritual power. My chakras felt strong and clear and my
meridians felt like rivers of chi.
The ability to manipulate energy is what makes conscious manifestation possible and I had seen
a dramatic increase in my ability to manifest both material
wealth as well as to create certain effects such as telekinesis and pyrokinesis. For a period of
around 5 years I dwelled in this mind state believing that this
was simply the beginning of a deeper awakening or Enlightened state. In time however I was to
see that I was quite wrong.
Psychic abilities, Kundalini and chakra energies are all tools. They are like the wheels, steering
wheel and engine of a car, they will help to fuel a journey, but
they are not the journey itself – for the journey to take place a driver is required. It was only
after many years of utilizing these energies that I came to see
that the various powers that I attained were like circus tricks. They provided no real value
beyond the momentary pleasures of the ego being gratified. Even
if I were to walk on water, this would have been no closer to true Enlightenment and freedom.
In many ways the achievement of this type of power showed me one of the most important
lessons that I could learn: To stop seeking it. This was a similar
lesson that I’d been fortunate to learn years earlier regarding money - for having attained large
quantities of wealth from my businesses I had learned early in
life that it would not bring me the true happiness that I sought.
It was back to the drawing board in many ways for me, but all these years of training were not
for nothing. What I was simply realizing was that the purpose
that I’d used these tools for was frivolous and that it was time to look further and higher. Just
like money can be used for waste or for the good of all, mental
powers could be used for seeking the truth of Enlightenment.
In time I began to understand with absolute clarity why Enlightenment had never been about
these types of power. I understood then what masters had
meant about avoiding the false powers and seeking only the one truth. The real irony is that as
the one truth is revealed all the false powers align within the
consciousness, mind and body in a way that hold real meaning and so they become aligned with
truth and become true powers themselves. Just as
importantly the mind and ego no longer craves these things because they are at peace.
John Gregor
The Perception of Enlightenment – by Tashi (Guest
Teacher)
Published by admin July 17th, 2007 in Realization
My perception of Enlightenment had always been that it was to come through the purification of
the senses and the mind. This was a very mechanical point of
view and in many ways Enlightenment is as mechanical as the learning of any skill, however
there was a big piece of information that had been missing. This
was the Higher Self connection.
The Higher Self was something that I had heard talked about while I was at the monastery but
the direct training of this was never taught. I now believe it to
be one of the last and fading secrets of the tradition that I was part of.
The first time that I met my Higher Self was after being attuned to a new meditation practice by
a very unorthodox spiritual teacher. I opened my eyes and
there before me materialized a person that looked like me yet every aspect of this person
radiated perfection. I knew that this person was me and that this
me was my Higher Self – it was my essential Buddha self. This being emanated the love and
compassion of a saint and when he reached over and touched the
crown of my head, my body dissolved into light.
The next thing that I knew I was flying through plains of light. I experienced in one moment all
the pain, suffering and striving that I had faced in my life and
I felt it all transform as it was engulfed into compassion so intense that it was all encompassing.
This occurred through this life and then the life before and
the life before that. I experienced pain and suffering that I had no idea existed within me.
Lifetimes of pain met with pure love and compassion and was
eradicated from my soul in an instant. Piercing through this compassion a deep frequency of
peace arose and I knew then that I was looking Enlightenment in
the eye.
This experience changed me beyond words. It was not the complete Enlightenment that I had
always sought, but it was a very important window that was
showing me that I was now heading in the right direction.
Tashi
The Journey to Enlightenment – Part 2 – By Tashi
(Guest Teacher)
Published by admin July 15th, 2007 in Realization
The city brought up the depth of my illusions. I was surrounded by people who lived in the ups
and downs, to whom enlightenment was but a myth –
something achieved by Gods and chosen ones. The struggle here was for survival and I looked
on in amazement. I could not understand how people could
forsake a path of true liberation for one that so obviously led to further suffering and torment –
and yet something in this life beckoned to me. There was
something here for me.
I decided that if I was to discover what I needed in this way of life then I would need to
immerse myself in this way of life. In time, I found work and
accommodation and I set myself to observing what it was that intrigued my intuition.
The first thing I noticed was that my mind lost its equilibrium very easily in this place. This
surprised me, as holding meditative states was something I
thought I had mastered long ago. Others were intrigued by my spiritual knowledge and this was
something that brought up parts of my ego that I did not
know existed. Mastering these seemed simple at first, but the way of the ego is alluring and in
time foundations took hold.
I believed that I had come to this place to teach these people about Enlightenment.
For a time I became a spiritual teacher where others looked up to me and asked me for
knowledge. As time passed however I noticed that those that were
coming to me were not cultivating Enlightenment. I noticed that among my most fervent
students there were those that would talk most heatedly and
passionately about it, yet there were few that would practice with sincerity. I saw this and all I
saw was my reflection.
I knew then why I had come to this place.
I had come to find my True Self and my path required that I find this Truth by revealing to me
my illusions.
I was no teacher. I was simply a student of truth.
That very day I bid the city farewell and I continued on my path.
As I left I felt a deep part of myself awaken – this was a part that had been asleep for many
years. It had been asleep when I was a child and it had been
asleep when I was a monk. It was the city that rung the bells to awaken this part again.
I had come here to find something that eluded me. That something had been an illusion, yet I
needed to find that illusion so that I could overcome it. Now
my True Self beckoned me onwards.
I was soon to meet a very unique teacher – one that would irrevocably change my
understanding of Enlightenment.
Tashi
Spirituality, Money and You
Published by admin September 30th, 2006 in Spirit, Manifestation
Money is energy. It is in our world an exchange of energy that we have printed, labeled and
defined as “money.” We have attached meaning to it through
giving it the ability to be used in trade for goods and services. We have attached purpose to it
by offering our own skills and abilities in exchange for it. We
have attached morality and values to it by observing how it has been used by individuals and
groups on this planet. Money in itself is neither evil nor good - it
is the intention behind its use that defines what it is. In the hands of one person it becomes
food to feed, medicines to heal, houses to provide shelter and
warmth, industry to provide creativity and purpose. In the hands of another it may become the
power to rule, kill and dominate. Whether we use money with
gratitude and joy or whether we use it with fear and greed is a choice that begins within.
It is sometimes said that spirituality and money do not belong together. One argument has
been that spirituality is far too important to not give away for
free. It is ironic then that if spirituality is “far too important” that we would rather spend our
money and resources on things that are not as important.
Another argument has been that spirituality is far too valuable to put a price on. If this was the
case then any price requested or donated must be seen as a
pittance in comparison, and so wouldn’t really be that big a deal would it? Perhaps the truth is
closer to the fact that we have so much attachment to our
money that we do not wish to part with it as little as possible and so placing the title of sacred
on spirituality allows us the leverage to imply that money is evil
and spirituality should be above these things.
Spirituality is above nothing unless we put it there. If we choose to spirituality can be part of
everything. It can be part of business as much as family,
personal and social life.
Another argument has been that spiritual teachings have traditionally been given away for free.
My own insights into our history say differently, but rather
than argue a past that I was not a part of (in this life time anyway!), it’s enough to offer that
whether a tradition or teacher asks for payment is entirely up to
them. Furthermore tradition and spirituality are not one and the same. There is sometimes a
belief that past times had more spirituality in them. The truth is
that our current time has an understanding of spirituality that is perfect and congruent to
exactly what we are going through here and now. It could not be
any other way. Spirit does not die, it’s relevance and relationship simply is changed because of
the way we change, perceive and see it. Spirit while part of
many traditions, rituals and beliefs is not exclusive to any single one of them. It is part of us all.
The purpose of this article is not to say that one way is right and another is wrong. It is simply
to suggest that we see things as they are and through this
perhaps gain some insight into our real relationship with money. How do we truly feel about our
communication with money? Are we flippant or tight-fisted?
Do we see abundance or lack? Through understanding our current relationship we are able to
move the stream of energy into the direction of our choosing. I
believe that the main reason that many of us have the perception of money that we do is
because of fear. We fear that if we do not have then we will not
survive. We fear what others will do with the opportunities that money provides. Fear provides a
great incentive to create. Necessity has always been the
mother of invention - but invention becomes truly great when the emotions of fear shift to
inspiration.
Work with this exercise:
Get all your money out and lay it on the table or floor.
Touch it and feel it. Look at it.
How does it look physically? How does it make you feel?
There is no need to try and feel a certain way. Simply observe how you actually feel.
Many mixed feelings may be present. This is fine.
Imagine for a moment giving away all your money. All the money in your bank, all your
investments and assets.
Observe how you feel. Notice how your body feels.
Imagine for a moment receiving ten millions dollars. How do you feel?
Is it difficult for you to imagine receiving ten million dollars? Is it difficult to imagine giving away
all your money? If it is difficult to imagine giving away your
money why not go out and give some of it away. Certainly not all - but just observe how you
feel as you give away a few dollars here and there. If it is
difficult for you to imagine receiving ten millions dollars then start asking for money from the
world. Perhaps start in small amounts. Observe how you feel in
asking and in receiving.
Do you feel worthy of receiving money? Do you feel fearful in giving it away? In the moments
where the transference of energy takes place there is an
opportunity to “listen” for a different path. We may feel fearful and reluctant in giving - but
“listen” closely. Is there a part that you can find - a genuine part,
that feels inspired, empowered and abundant? Move your consciousness into this part. In asking
for money do we feel guilty, unworthy and ashamed? Leave
these as they are - and feel for something else. Is there a part of our consciousness that can
imagine feeling abundant? What would it feel like if the world
was open, generous and effortlessly providing it’s abundance for you?
Hieu Doan
Manifesting God
Published by admin October 10th, 2006 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation
Most of my life has been one of independent spirituality. I have believed in divine entities, I
have believed in dimensions other than this one, but I have always
had a deep belief that God was within me - that true power was within me. Through years of
practicing realization and manifestation I began to experience a
different, seemingly contradictory yet perfect perspective on this.
My consciousness determines the type of God if any that I experience.
I’ve always been a “prove it” kind of guy which has amused many of my teachers, especially in
my younger years who knew that time, practice and experience
and nothing else would bear me the answers that I demanded. I’m still that same person, I’m
still as stubborn as an ox, yet experiences have humbled and
changed me in ways that I could never have imagined.
Although I still count myself as an apprentice on the path of self-discovery, when I look back I
realize that in many ways I have worked through a lot. I
remember once remarking to a teacher that no matter how far I proceeded that I still felt like I
was at the bottom of the “mountain”. His answer to me? “At
least you’ve found your mountain!” The realization of this was profound for me. Not only did I
feel a natural sense of gratitude for the journey that I’d had the
opportunity to walk up until then. I also felt a deep sense of accomplishment that all the years
of confusion, trial and error and questions had led to - well,
more confusion, trial and error and questions! But the gist of what I’m saying is that I realized
the context - a bigger picture into which all of this fits in. From
this point on, I skipped along for many more years, confident in the fact that even when things
seemed chaotic I had the principles and fundamentals to surf
those waves and generally minimize my “wipe-outs.” Well the universe certainly has ways of
showing us. Just when we think we’ve seen it all it goes: ” Yeah?
You think that’s something? Take a look at this!” But I’m getting ahead of myself. A little bit
more on how I came to this juncture.
I’ve gained a lot from a wide variety of spiritual, esoteric and personal development methods
and I’ve always felt intuitively that all the esoteric schools and
teachings shared core principles. I could just feel it in my bones. There is a particular energy
through which is congruent. I’ve never had a problem with belief
in connecting to spiritual guides, entities through shamanic healing, meditation and the like. It’s
just that I’d always done so on my own terms. I would take
what I needed and direct the energy and knowledge myself rather than trust the consciousness
of any particular spiritual entity.
During my practice in manifestation and in particular realization concepts I was getting very
strong messages from my intuition to connect to a particular
energy. I put it off for about a year. The message I was sending back to my intuition was
basically: “Life’s good, you’ve given me what I need, I don’t need to
go no further!” My intuition’s retort to this was: “If you’re so right then why are you asking so
many questions?”
One day I decided to just go up and explore.
In my quest for meditation, manifestation and empowerment I had reached a point where I was
seeing profound results yet I wanted to make the process
effortless. I knew that it could be easy. My intuition chose to throw me the curve ball at this
moment: “What if there is a power that can do all this for you?
Effortlessly and easily? This consciousness and power will exist if you realize it. If you let
yourself see it. If not then continue doing what you’ve been doing, but stop bothering me with
your questions already!” It was that gap in my belief system that allowed me to experience
something that I’d never let myself experience before. I call it God, because it feels more
directed and conscious then the universe at large which is chaotic in it’s order. There is a
definite consciousness of unconditional love and deep empowerment that exists within this God
Force. The trick is: God exists in the realization of God. Without realization our end of
the “phone-line” is turned off. We need to engage our senses and imagine them connecting to
God. This is where our perception and beliefs of God begin to come in. I for one choose not to
connect to a God that punishes and chastises me. I’ve chosen to realize a God that fills my body
with healing light, clarity, empowerment and knowledge - and so that’s what I get. In a sense
there is a similarity in the concept of connecting to God and in realizing the God within
ourselves. The difference and this is a pretty big advantage, is that most of us have so many
doubts in our own worthiness of love that we do not give ourselves love. On the other hand it
seems easier in this world to give our power out to other people, gurus, teachers, masters and
Gods. Yes it is interesting that we are less likely to forgive and love ourselves unconditionally as
we are to believe that there is a God that will love us regardless of our “flaws.” Just as
interesting is that in my work I’ve found that it is often easier to clear beliefs about God than it
is to clear deep emotional blocks within ourselves. This little quirk gives us a great opportunity
to create an autonomous healing, loving, empowerment “machine.”
For those of us who have come from a less religious path, myself included it will be an
interesting journey - there is no doubt about that. It took me several weeks to raise and clear
several perceptions that I had about God - namely that God was an old man with a beard,
realizing that I hated God, ridiculing God and established religion in general and of course that
God did not exist. Pretty amazing stuff considering I’d been aware for some time about the
effect these types of emotions and beliefs had on the psyche and consciousness in general.
Interestingly I had not been consciously aware of my perceptions towards this subject at all
until I actively interacted with it. When I look at the progression of this journey I am beginning
to see the trick that I am playing on myself. Namely that I am God - we all are, and yet in the
consciousness and personas that we usually play we also are not God. The infinite nature of
consciousness encompasses the reality of all dimensions. Being God and not being God.
Realizing God and not realizing God. God existing and God not existing. If we believe in God or
a God force then we will have access to the power we perceive this force to have. If not, we
don’t.
Hieu Doan
Logical Spirituality
Published by admin April 16th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
Faith becomes truly strong when it is tested. Untested faith makes way for corruption, deceit
and illusion. Blind faith is the kind that fears criticism because
the bearer lacks real understanding or perception. Ironically, what will bring understanding is to
shake that faith to its core and see what comes out.
Real inner strength comes from absorbing what remains after illusion has been broken. This is
the reason why protecting illusions is so detrimental to real
personal development. We need to let go of what is essentially useless, not hold on to it like
there is no tomorrow. All it requires is that one moment of being
critical and then to observe the outcome. What do we feel when we are critical of faith? Do we
feel lost? Do we feel despair? Anguish? Hurt? There needs
to be a little rejoicing also, because all these emotions are signs that we have found flaws in our
faith. Here in lies the opportunity to discard what is useless
and refine what is true.
Testing faith like this may seem like a very unstable course of existence, but in truth it is the
most stable way of being possible. Not only does testing faith
develop inner strength and fortitude, it also creates the perception that allows us to become
increasingly sensitive to what is of value and what is not. This
cultivation moves our being in the direction of understanding real strength, mastery, meaning
and purpose.
Spirituality is all about action. This statement was never meant as a metaphor. It is a reality. If
we do not integrate what is important into our actions then
they never really become important. It is ludicrous to then complain why spirituality does not
make sense, and why life purpose is not more clear. Confusion,
lack of purpose and meaning will always exist as long as we do not make our actions congruent
with our values. It means being critical, it means looking
deeply at what we are doing, how we are acting, thinking and feeling. Then we must bring our
actions, thoughts and feeling into alignment. This is what
mind, body and spirit as one means -again, not a metaphor, but the reality of action.
Spirituality becomes extremely logical when we observe ourselves critically. Sure, there may be
areas that haven’t been accounted for yet, but on the whole,
it will be clear that the vast majority of our consciousness, mind and body is simply not aligned
with what holds meaning and value. This awareness clears up
a lot of confusion. Instead of lamenting: “What is going on?” we will be able to state clearly: “All
this is happening because these actions and thoughts aren’t
in the appropriate places.” There is a massive difference between these two ways of perceiving.
The first way takes the role of the denying knowledge and
understanding, but saves the ego from needing to acknowledge weakness. The second way
embraces and receives the knowledge and understanding and
allows the ego to feel whatever it believes it needs to feel.
Logical spirituality just comes down to being open to knowledge and awareness. We must guard
this principle from being blind dogma or a New Age slogan.
“Being open” does not mean just welcoming in the light and love and pretending that nothing
else exists. “Being open” means seeing reality as it is, whatever
this awareness may bring. This is the most tangible and concrete way of ensuring that spiritual
development and growth is real.
Hieu Doan
Creativity ~ Part 2
Published by admin March 3rd, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
Tapping into creative consciousness is easy. The first thing to do is something different.
Anything. Living differently, thinking differently, breathing
differently, singing differently or cooking differently - all evoke a challenge. New emotions and
feelings. These new necessities require new inventions.
New practice requires letting go of some aspect of the past. Even if it is simply to walk down a
different street or wear a different t-shirt. The more important
that we perceive our methods and systems to be, the more creativity we will tap into when we
try something different.
All new opportunities are about doing something different. All new inventions, songs, recipes,
ways of thinking, feeling and seeing have come through doing
something different. All these require creativity and creativity is accessed by taking the action to
do them.
There is nothing elusive about creativity. The only reason it fails is because we refuse to let go
of the past. We grasp the known because we fear the
unknown. We fear that we might make matters worse or lose what we have gained - and so
refuse to find better ways.
We try to leap for the other shore, while keeping our feet firmly planted on this side. We try to
conquer our fear - while staying well within our comfort
zones. We wish that we were able to surf the waves of change like masters and yet we avoid
waves and ripples at all cost.
In ancient times master warriors were known to enter through the gates of their art into the
realm of the spiritual. The one reason for this was their
willingness to close with the enemy. Through time they came to understand that the real enemy
was their own fear, and so where ever they found this fear,
they ran toward it! They embraced their fear as an opponent that could show them the art of
living. Through this they came to the creative consciousness,
the mind that had no fear of fear.
Boundless growth, creativity and intuition cannot exist in the same moment as the rigid
grasping for set methods and systems. At the same time creativity is
not necessarily about throwing away systems and methods simply for the sake of it.
If creativity is to have a purpose apart from simply being creative (not in itself a bad thing),
then that purpose needs to be remembered and reflected upon. It
is only through reflecting on our purpose that we can refine and develop the way in which we
practice. It is this refinement and development that becomes
our destination. The two draw together. Journey and ending become one. Creativity is the
action of refining. We absorb what is useful while discarding or
letting go of what is not.
Hieu Doan
Higher Self Manifestation
Published by admin May 14th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Mastery
The highest or most effective level of manifestation is through the Higher Self. This is the direct
connection to the God source, where creation becomes
effortless. This is the reason why all meditation and esoteric practice has as its highest aim a
connection with God or the Higher Self. It just doesn’t get any
better than that.
The Higher Self or God Force manifests accurately and effortlessly because it is able to remove
the blocks, download new programs and infuse the creation
with energy that is required to ‘make it happen.’ The stronger the connection to this power, the
quicker, more accurate and effective the manifestation
becomes. This is the law of attraction at work, but instead of it taking say 1 year to manifest,
the Higher Self accelerates the process so that it takes 1 week.
All creation whether spiritual, monetary, emotional or intellectual is essentially about
understanding how to magnetize or attract that reality into the here and
now. The Higher Self or God Force does not judge whether we choose to manifest
enlightenment, good health, wealth or knowledge. Why would it? It
already is all that it needs to be, it exists to be part of us - if we would have it. The Higher Self
exists to be all that we would have it be – all that is required is
that we allow it.
Hieu Doan
Where Spirit Exists
Published by admin April 18th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
What is the purpose of spirituality? What are the reasons for it? Why have we created it? Why
do we seek spirit? Why is it important to some and irrelevant
to others? What has it done for us lately?
Spirituality like anything, only holds power because of the value and meaning that we perceive
in it.
This is the reason why real ability and skill is important. Without the ability to perceive and
connect with spirit, spirituality is simply a set of blind beliefs.
These beliefs remain blind until the ability to see is developed. As long as we are blind or
partially blind to spirituality we will not understand the opportunities
or benefits available to us. So in a very literal sense, the purpose and reasons for us seeking it
will continue to elude us. We may hear stories of spiritual
knowledge and power and think “Gee that sounds alright!”, but these will just be thoughts and
words without actual experience.
Defining spirituality from experience is important because it separates and distills what holds
meaning and value for us from what does not. We need to be
clear on what it is that we are seeking and this requires blunt and direct honesty. If we rely on
theory and concept over actual experience then we are
compromising real understanding. Theories no matter how good are simply ideas. Real
understanding comes from taking these ideas and integrating them
into a course of action. For example we may have an idea that expressing our emotions is of
some use. We may gather all the evidence to support this idea
and in our mind it may seem like God’s have gifted us with their wisdom. However without
putting this idea into action, without actually expressing our
emotions, we will never know the truth of this wisdom.
Spirituality is a big word. It essentially means to connect with spirit, but this in itself holds many
unknowns, one of which is “where is this spirit thing?”
Interesting then that many aspects of spiritual society choose to hold onto the known and shy
from the unknown. Spiritual logic or logic of any kind would
suggest that if spirit has unknown qualities, that delving into the unknown would then be a
valuable course of action. This is where faith comes into it once
more. Faith is a concept and as a concept it becomes refined when it is tested. There are so
many untouchable qualities about “spirituality.” Keep pushing
and digging in our consciousness and we find a point that wants to cling to dogma, faith and
concept. Dig a little deeper and we find fear. It is essentially the
good old God fearing persona, the one that does not want to question or investigate its betters
for fear of punishment. It is no wonder that with this type of
fear that mastery, enlightenment and real power elude us. Again, these fears and beliefs are
simply concepts that require testing.
The battlefield where all our beliefs, ideas and concepts are tested is within our own practice. It
is through aligning our inner values into our actions. Things
can get sticky at times. Sometimes our most cherished ideas get trampled on mercilessly by
experiences that reject them. We may for instance have the idea
that “spirituality is everywhere and in all things”. It is experience that will either reflect this - or
not. Our findings here give us something tangible to work
with. If this idea holds under the steady and rigorous criticism of actual experience, not just
intellectual argument, then it contains true value. If it does not
hold this does not necessarily mean that the idea is invalid, it may simply require that our
abilities and skills require further development. Of course
sometimes we need to admit that what once seemed like a novel idea just doesn’t cut it in the
real world.
This is how we evolve our spiritual understanding and as our understanding evolves, so too
does our understanding of where spirit exits. This is essentially what is happening – we are
understanding connection, but connection can only be understood by experiencing where the
object of connection exists. Spiritual
connection or existence then is a process of looking and finding, as well as looking and not
finding. The places where spirit exists then provide a connection -
places with which to develop paths to our consciousness. The places which do not connect are
not discarded, but rather we refine the method of connection
within ourselves.
An interesting thing happens when we test our ideas, concepts and beliefs. The destruction of
these makes the mind more fluid. Through this flexible flow, we
regain the ability to connect where once we could not. Once again our understanding changes,
as the places that we knew with+ certainty that spirit was not,
open up and show us that it is in fact there. This opening does not occur through wishful
thinking, holding onto ideas, concepts or beliefs. It occurs through
practice, critical thinking, developing ability and understanding.
Hieu Doan
Cultivating Deeper Spiritual Understanding
Published by admin July 7th, 2007 in Mastery, Ascension
This world that we live in is accelerating at the level of intellectual information. We seek to
understand and many of us believe that intellectual understanding
is the highest level of understanding. The truth is that intellectual understanding is a very
shallow level of understanding. It only requires the understanding
of some concepts and ideas and then it is finished. No further action is required. On the other
hand physical understanding is very deep. It requires action at
the physical and cellular level of the body.
The reason that spiritual development has received such bad publicity over the years in
mainstream circles is because it has a reputation for existing only at
the intellectual level of understanding. In short, without seeing any tangible benefits people
have been quick to dismiss it as lacking practicality in the ‘real
world.’ This is simply a result of only receiving a small piece of the picture.
Spirit is part of the consciousness, just as the physical and the mind is part of the consciousness.
If any of these elements is left out of the practice, then the
practice is incomplete and therefore on any of the respective planes of existence it will lack
“practicality.”
What this means is that spirit must have a real practical connection to the physical world, the
mind must have a real and logical understanding and connection
to the spirit and the mind must have a real and practical connection to the body. This is how we
can use our complete consciousness.
Scientists have speculated for some time that human beings only use 10% or less of their
brains and the reason for this is the separation of these mind, body
and spirit connections. When they are in place then access to the remaining 90% becomes
readily available. This expansion opens up the dormant faculties of
human mind, but it is in truth only the beginning of a vast journey of consciousness evolution.
Hieu Doan
Bi-Location
Published by admin July 1st, 2007 in Mastery, Ascension
Bi-location is the ability of the consciousness to be in different locations at the same time. This
ability is trained by guiding the consciousness to understand
that location is simply an illusion. It is this principle that allows healers to shift disease into pure
health instantly or soul projectors to travel through the
planes of the Astral at will. The ‘secret’ to making this process work in the physical world is to
train the consciousness in the physical plane – it is that simple.
Practitioners who merely train the intellectual or mental aspect of bi-location cannot manifest
physical effects for the simple reason that the physical body has
not been trained. It is the density of the physical that provides the specific organic
understanding that is required for manifesting physical bi-location. This is
the difference between visualizing energy flowing within the body and actually feeling the
energy flowing in the body. The former occurs at a subtler level of
density and the latter occurs at a more solid level. The more ‘solid’ or physical the level of
density the more the mind is required to ‘transcend’ or become the
‘bridge’ to linking mind and body.
This is the link between mind, body and spirit that all masters throughout time have spoken
about. This is the “illusion” that needs to be dissolved – and when
it occurs at the very visceral, organic level of the physical body, then “miracles” can occur. The
old guides and ways of learning don’t necessarily need to be
discarded, they simply need to be seen as stepping stones to higher potential and unlimited
evolution. We need to give ourselves permission to break all the
spiritual laws and rules because it is only then that we allow ourselves to truly understand that
spiritual truth and understanding can exist even in spite of all
rules and laws being broken. It is this principle that allows bi-location to occur.
Hieu Doan
Activated Energy Structures
Published by admin June 27th, 2007 in Mastery, Ascension
The energy structures of the human body became de-activated through the Karmic links to
Atlantis and before this the forces of Orion and those beyond the
Infinity Gates. The Kundalini path flowed naturally within the human body connecting the 6th
plane energies with those of the 3rd, 4th and 5th seamlessly.
The breath aligned the energies of the main chakras through the central tube and these
communicated with all aspects of the body which were fully conscious
and sentient.
It was a lack of energetic ‘resistance’ that allowed us to be transmuted and genetically altered
in such a way that we were effectively severed from our original
spiritual heritage. This source is the call that many people feel and hear within themselves but it
is only an echo of what it should be.
It is our spiritual brethren – effectively ‘those that got away,’ that are flooding the planet with
the knowledge and energy to reintegrate the structures
necessary for remembering and understanding. Ancient ways of understanding how to bridge
and rebuild esoteric and metaphysical structures are being given
the opportunity to evolve and be re-evaluated as new faculties for perceiving are being brought
to bear.
Up until now we have been using the 5 senses and expanding these to realize the psychic and
the intuitive. The new activations are offering to bring us
beyond even the 36 strand DNA and into a further 45 strands. This opens the way to fully
completing both the gold, red and purple Kundalini channels as well
as linking the higher plane Illion chakras into the central tube. These activations bring into use 7
new senses of perception which will open our being to
understanding a far deeper realm of consciousness than it can currently imagine.
Hieu Doan
Ascension
Published by admin June 21st, 2007 in Ascension
Ascension is the process of expanding universal consciousness within our mind, body and spirit.
It is a cultivation which requires knowing, experiencing and
feeling every atom of our being and expanding this matter to connecting through the illusion of
separation. When this gap is bridged ascension occurs. This
simply follows the messages that all ascended masters have left for us – that all is one.
As the atoms of our being change and become connected to consciousness, the opportunity to
direct energy at a deeper more cellular level becomes easy.
Spiritual knowledge then gains access at the atomic level with clarity and sentience. It is this
connection that provides the foundation for a higher and more
expanded experience of spirit. This new foundation becomes normal and then paves the way for
still deeper and more expanded experiences and connections.
Each level of consciousness brings a new understanding of its respective ‘rules’ and with this
understanding comes a leap in ability and skill. As understanding
deepens the principles behind these abilities are internalized, transmuted and the ‘gap’ or
‘separation’ is once again bridged. This process of creating small
‘bridges’ and larger ‘bridges’ keeps the movement of expansion happening. It is this movement
which is the process of ascension.
Hieu Doan
Methods of Transmission
Published by admin June 17th, 2007 in Meditation, Ascension
The methods of transmitting evolutionary knowledge always take the form of the medium that
is channeling the energy and information. This is part of the
reason why each culture and religion has its own way of communicating and connecting with
spirituality – it is also the reason why at their core all religions
have the same messages.
Methods of transmission separate further into creativity and difference through the aspects of
individual consciousness that would access them. The purely
intellectual would seek enlightenment through philosophical channels, while those on the path
of experience would seek internal cultivation methods such as
meditation and esoteric alchemy. Others would find deities through the direct manipulation of
the bio-chemical system through herbs, potions and
technologies.
At the higher realms of the astral, the masters that channel this knowledge through to our
planet understand the intrinsic elements that unify all the esoteric
schools – this is knowledge that is being made available here and now. It is the linking of all the
aspects, the intellect and mind, the intuition and spirit and
the body and cells. Rather than separate parts, the primary mind, body and spirit aspects are
being linked and the barriers dissolved by moving directly
through to the essences that are the foundation of all esoteric schools of spiritual investigation.
This energy is now being brought forward by 3 planetary grids
which will make the connection to this knowledge readily available for all within meditation.
Hieu Doan
Manifestation and Spirituality
Published by admin June 15th, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Mastery, Ascension
Spiritual purpose has always been about having the ability to act and direct our realities. The
training has always been progressive in that the idea or desire
manifests first at the subtle and etheric levels of consciousness, then through training becomes
clearer and stronger at the denser levels – all the way into the
physical. For example, the reality of Enlightenment began with a concept, idea or desire to
achieve liberation from suffering and inner peace. Over time this
idea became refined as experience showed what the process and cultivation of enlightenment
was really about. It was revealed that the mind and body was in
a pattern of perpetual reaction, craving and aversion and that by applying specific states of
consciousness the reactions could be purified. The experience of
this process led sentient beings to understand that enlightenment was a type of cellular
‘awakening’ and thus enlightened beings have been known to refer to
themselves as simply being ‘awake.’
The training at the physical level has always been bio-chemical because this is what human
beings are made of, it is what makes us react and it is what allows
us to feel at the physical body level. Transcendence that ignores the physical body never learns
to master the physical - and so ‘spirit’ at the physical level of
manifestation is not empowered to act. This is the simple reason why spiritual understanding at
an intellectual level can be easy for some, but manifesting
spiritual power at a physical level is not. It would be like someone who reads a lot of books
about weightlifting - they may know the intellectual training inside
out, but their bodies are years away from manifesting this knowledge at a physical level. The
principle is exactly the same for manifesting all spiritual and
mental power at the physical level.
Another example is confidence. Confidence is a mind state that is felt in the body as a bio-
chemical reaction. This is the reason why drugs and alcohol can
instill confidence – or at least a numbing of fear or anxiety. It is an effect of how the mind is
reacting to these bio-chemicals. A body that holds a lot of fear or
anxiety can be trained to release this fear and generate confidence and empowerment. In the
beginning it may be for only short bursts, the same way a
person may only be able to do exercise for relatively short periods of time. As the body
becomes conditioned and trained it learns to not only hold new states,
but to increase and evolve them. Training eventually reaches the level of excellence and
mastery where the deepest cells of the body gain a sentience and
conscious intelligence of their own. What is actually occurring at this point is the conscious mind
has connected to the deepest level of the physical – it can
see and perceive everything at these levels.
Manifestation at the cellular and atomic level of the body is getting to the core of our physical
reality. The spirit and mind then has the opportunity to evolve
itself through the complete range of motion and spectrum of its physical incarnation. This leads
to a unification of mind, body and spirit – the three planes
literally become closer until all boundaries dissolve and they understand oneness. This is not the
enlightenment or awakening that has been spoken of - it is
simply the first step – the transcending of the physical.
Hieu Doan
Spiritual Integration
Published by admin December 5th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Integrating spiritual realities into our lives requires at least in principle two things. The first is to
send our consciousness through the window that opens and
allows exploration of the spiritual realms and then we must train our physical body to
experience and open up to this reality. Developing the psychic senses is
a clear way to look through the dimensional windows, but in many ways this is simply the
gathering of knowledge. The opportunity that a psychic sense such
as clairvoyance offers us is to see clearly and truly how energy and entities are interacting and
so understand how to affect the result. Likewise a skill such as
clairaudience allows us to listen to the guidance of entities and energies and so understand how
to create and manifest in a particular direction. The
development of these skills is not by any means mandatory for spiritual development, they are
simply extra tools for enhancing the journey. All of us have the
ability to feel and observe and this is the most important principle of all.
In seeking peak experiences, spiritual realizations and empowerment we are actually seeking
union with the true self. The true self is the peak, it is
empowerment and it is spiritual realization. The process of observing and feeling allows us to
move through the layers that obscure the true self from
perception. This is the experience of realization and it is also the experience of true peace.
When it comes down to it, it may be said that what we are truly
seeking is inner peace and although the paths to realizing this experience are often different the
principle is always the same. It is about meeting each atom of
experience and allowing it to be exactly as it is. This reality of allowing an internal experience to
be exactly as it is, is the energy of peace. We feel and
perceive any particular energy and we do nothing. In doing nothing we allow these entities or
energies to be exactly as they are. We ask nothing of them and
so they experience peace and that peace is being formed and realized from within us. It is being
created and shaped within us. The reason why we train our
minds to become formless is so that we can take the shape of whatever form is manifested
within us. When we hold our form there is a clash as two forms
meet. When we allow our form to move and shift then there is no clash, only peace. As our
consciousness is directed to connect with more and more energies
and is given the opportunity to create peace, less fear arises simply because we know that we
can meet and experience whatever comes our way. Without fear
our mind and body becomes clear. Through this clarity the experience of our true self becomes
effortless and furthermore because the experience has come
through directly connecting with everything that comes our way integration occurs at the
deepest levels of our being. There is no gap between spiritual and
“normal.”
Since the accelerated way is through developing the psychic senses and then turning them
within, we need to be aware of times when the development of
these senses requires balancing with the physical body grounding and integration. In short I
would recommend at least 3 times a week practicing grounding
work. The essence of grounding work is connecting to the physical body, feeling and observing
it and bringing the mind fully into it. The easiest way is to just
observe the body during physical movement. Anything from walking, doing the dishes,
showering or doing up your shoe laces. Observe your posture, the way
you hold your weight and balance. Notice and objectively observe any physical tension and
areas of relaxation. All physical manifestations are connections to
consciousness and it is through these connections that the mind integrates with the body. The
process of experiencing the physical and alternately
experiencing the spiritual and subtle allows the realization of a consciousness that is expanded.
Directing the mind to move between the spiritual, mental and
physical provides the opportunity to observe the movement, the landscape and the spaces
interwoven beneath and through these elements. Within these
spaces and flows exist the essences that connect spirit, mind and the physical. Experiencing
these paths of power allow us to find a unity between what we have previously perceived and
experienced to be separate levels of consciousness. This unity and integration opens up the
experience of spirit within the body,
the physical within the mind and the mind through the spirit.
Integration is where real empowerment exists because it brings the experience back home to
where we live. It is perhaps the most sustainable and realistic
means of spiritual life because it does not seek to leave a single iota of being behind. All is met,
the dark, the light, the ego, the personality and the higher
self. With each meeting there is an opportunity for mastery through the experience of looking
straight in the eye of whatever energy it is that exists there. We
feel and choose to be open and the feeling and experience is allowed to be as it is. What is
gained is a consciousness that is opening to a realization of truth.
Hieu Doan
Meditation Therapy
Published by admin November 3rd, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Meditation, Unlimited Mind
Meditation therapy is a process that I developed in order to activate and unify the subconscious
and conscious mind and integrate the left and right
hemispheres. As a result there is a cohesive understanding of how to use consciousness - this is
after all what meditation is all about. There are some things
about tradition that don’t work for me but there are some that do. One that works is the
tradition of one on one transmission of meditation. The reason why
it works is because each person’s persona and ego is different to varying degrees and so too are
the different “blocks” we put up. I’m not currently doing any
consultations via the internet because my experience has shown a marked decrease in the
understanding and implications of this type of therapy when not
done in person. Perhaps in time I’ll come up with an effective way but at the moment I’m not
willing to compromise the integrity and quality of the method.
In any case I’ve been asked to describe criteria to look for in a meditation teacher/therapist:
An effective teacher will be able to take one look at a person and understand exactly how they
are meditating, how their mind is processing the effects and
where if any there are barriers to their progression. They should also be able to explain the
exact methods required to dissolve and transcend these blocks.
Books and video’s are good in the absence of a teacher, but without guidance and interaction it
is easy to follow a difficult and seemingly fruitless road of
meditation for years. Books have been developed for a fairly general audience and cannot
adjust or even perceive let alone communicate the subtle and
sometimes not so subtle differences required for each individual.
In my belief the most effective way to enhance and support a student’s learning in meditation is
to guide them to connect to their own higher self in a tangible
and solid way. This communication will give them all the teachings they will ever need. They will
no longer require an external teacher for the transmission of
information in this way. The higher self does not act like an authoritarian figure, but it does
communicate knowledge exactly as it is. There is no room for
dispute because it shows in vivid techni-color the whole perspective, the reasons for why things
work as they do, what is required to transform and change.
We simply choose to act on the knowledge or not.
Another thing that an effective teacher must do is explain and activate the frequencies that a
student requires to “break through” the magnetism or current
inertia of their mind. This is a process which guides the student to experiencing the
transcendence of illusion for themselves. After which they soon become
able to see this for themselves.
So how to determine effectiveness first off? There needs to be at least one person to person
meeting. Discuss your aims openly and honestly and ask for the
prospective teacher’s view on them. This is a transaction like any interaction. Understand what
you want, express it and ask if the teacher can guide you to
fulfilling these objectives. There should be some sort of verbal agreement as to what will be
achieved. Within the session you should feel a tangible change,
direction and understanding of how to move your consciousness and transcend mind and energy.
This will differ depending on the level of the teacher.
Remember that ultimately Meditation Therapy is about learning to freely move consciousness or
mind through different states of matter and energy. The aim
is to have complete freedom of mental movement. The teacher is directing and guiding your
mind through specific states which are like energetic signatures
unique to you. A teacher should be able to see specifically which frequency states are relevant
for you and “tune” them in. By linking the intellectual, logical
mind with the subconscious and creative mind during the entire process, the integration
becomes cooperative and seamless.
What a student or client wishes to achieve in their sessions will ultimately be up to them and a
teacher who respects this will not push the student in any
direction they do not wish to go. For example, for someone with no spiritual interest whatsoever
they would not be pushed into a higher self connection.
The overall intent of Meditation Therapy as with any type of therapy must be client and student
focused. This means that it is in the best interests of the client/
student. This is another fundamental difference between Meditation Therapy and
sectarian/religious schools of meditation.
In all things the interaction must include a mutual respect. It’s through this willingness and
openness that understanding, movement and development can be
optimally achieved.
Hieu Doan
Developing Psychic Senses Pt 3
Published by admin November 1st, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Meditation, Unlimited Mind
The principles described in the 1st and 2nd articles are paramount to developing the intuition
and psychic senses and I have known many people to develop
their skills without any extraneous energy work or techniques. The most important action that
aids manifestation of these skills is consciousness. Being aware,
present in the here and now. Feeling and observing your body and through this sensory
observing the way your consciousness moves and reacts to energy in
your body.
The body works like a radar dish. It picks up energy and is either ignored by the conscious mind
and processed by the subconscious or noticed and given the
opportunity to be interpreted and understood.
Here are some points for development:
When interacting with people observe your body. Observe their body. Observe any feelings and
sensations. Learn to watch and notice what comes neutrally,
this will allow information that you may be in the habit of blocking, avoiding and ignoring
coming through to you.
Develop your inner listening abilities. Practice silently saying the mantra “I AM” in your mind.
Say it once then listen to the “echo.” This trains your subtle
hearing abilities. Practice until you no longer need to say it at all. Be familiar with this space. At
this point you are at the door that leads to clairaudience - true
listening. Connect to this energetic frequency or space when interacting with the world and
people. Observe and notice anything that you feel, perceive and
interpret.
Observe the way your eyes and therefore your mind reacts when interacting with the world.
What are your patterns of interaction? Learn to observe your body
and it’s relative posture and overall “feel” when communicating with people. How do you feel?
How are you trying to make other people feel? How are you
trying to appear? Observe and allow yourself to play the part you usually do - but make
observing and watching yourself a priority. Notice the space that lies
between your connection with people and the the reactions and emotions in your body and mind.
Observe this space. This is one of the doors that leads to
clairvoyance - true seeing.
Become familiar with how your sense of smell works. Explore essential oils. Smell a rose. Notice
how your body feels and reacts. Observe the frequency of
different smells. Watch for the space that lies within this sensory at the moment of connecting
to a smell. Observe this space.
Notice the way you eat and taste food. Observe the way that you perceive the tastes. Notice
how your body reacts. Observe any sensations and emotions.
Watch for the space that lies within this sensory at the moment of connecting to taste. Observe
this space.
Taste and smell are perhaps the two most under-rated of the psychic senses and for this reason
realization in this area is often the most dramatic. Work with
them all and find the paths that connect them. Explore the spaces in between the paths as well
as above. The mind is an entity of unlimited dimension and so
exploration may well feel like it is confusing at first. This is a good indication that you are on the
right track. Don’t let the practice become monotonous. Allow
each practice to hold the same curiosity as if it were your first. Form a practice group or join a
class in psychic development. The group energy not only
supports regular training it also encourages the mind state to move in a motivated and creative
direction.
The methods in this article focus on techniques, but it is the principles explained within the first
two articles that really make psychic senses work. Many people
have developed a high level of skill simply by entraining the core principles into their daily life,
where as some practice techniques for years and never get
anywhere. Look at it this way: an electron telescope is powerful but if we only use it to look at
the same patch of wall we may never learn anything that truly
helps us develop. By turning it on ourselves, seeing what we are made of, watching everything
that is shown and not limiting ourselves to only what we want
to see, we gain the opportunity to evolve and grow. Psychic senses are like a powerful telescope
and in the exact same way it is how we use them that brings
us empowerment and happiness. Using them to look out we can see the truth of the world and
of people, we can see to the core of things, but we cannot
control the world, we cannot control other people. Using these same senses to look within, we
can learn to look deeper into what makes us who we are,
understand what makes us harm ourselves and what will allow us to heal and when we are
ready to meet our higher self. The difference is all in our intent.
Hieu Doan
Developing Psychic Senses Part 1
Published by admin October 28th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Intuition
Intuition begins as a feeling, moves toward knowing and then certainty. As the five senses are
allowed to experience the frequency of intuition we develop
what is known as psychic senses.
The biggest cause of preventing realization of the subtle sense is the ego. By this I mean the
self image that we have of ourselves. When we hold a
perception of how we want to perceive the world and ourselves, we try and often succeed in
preventing ourselves from seeing what is. For example just say
that we want to be loving and compassionate people and our intuition tells us that someone is
being dishonest, fake and manipulative, then because we want
to sustain this image of being loving and compassionate, we just pretend that everything is
hunky dory - we literally block our vision of what is going on.
Sometimes we even make up explanations and justify why this person is acting this way.
Intuition and psychic sense is a lot simpler than this. If we find
ourselves justifying stuff chances are it’s the ego and intellectual side of things working to
balance things out, to try to suit the perceptions that we want to
promote. Nothing is wrong with this, but it’s a different ballgame from intuition and psychic
senses.
There are many methods and exercises to sensitize ourselves to energy, but the actual
interpretation of energy is about awareness and awareness requires
sincerity and honesty. What good is it if we have developed the ability to see if we don’t use this
sight? In the example of the person who wants to be loving
and compassionate, what is it that is destroyed when they allow themselves to perceive a
person being manipulative and dishonest? It is their own self-image
which is being destroyed. In this moment we see our judgment and criticism and we perceive
that we are not the loving and compassionate people we
believed that we were. Well it’s about time! The truth is that we’re not seeing anything that
wasn’t there before. The truth is that we’ve simply been trying to
deny the reality of our ego. Further more we have been denying the existence of real
unconditional love that is able to exist regardless of any perceived
“flaws” in our selves. We are perpetuating a reality that it is only when we are card board cut-
outs of what “loving” and “compassionate” people should be,
that we are worthy of love - and we quite literally kick our “shadow” and hidden sides to the
gutter. Not only is this slamming the door on our intuition and
psychic senses, it is closing our eyes to the real meaning of unconditional love. What ends up
being created is a self that is running so hard and trying so
desperately to be something else, that we neglect to see who we actually are.
Seeing who we actually are is all that is required, but how hard is it to see when we build up the
stakes? When so much is riding on us being this particular
image?
So what’s the big deal about truth and all that anyway? Well without truth we never know
where and who we are - and without knowing who we are we can’t
get to where we want to go. We attempt to feel a certain way and we don’t know why it all feels
so fake and unreal. The word “clairvoyance” simply means
true sight, the word “clairaudience”, true hearing and the word “clairsentience”, true knowing.
These skills essentially are derived through allowing our mind
to perceive what is. Many psychics are able to read and interpret what is and through watching
and communicating with the stream of cause and effect are
able to interpret and predict what will be and what has been. Future predictions don’t always
come true simply because a person can choose to move in a
different direction and change the course of the current stream. A psychic simply has been born
with or developed the skills to read energy that is at a more
subtle level than the physical, but the truth is that all people are able to develop this skill to one
extent or another. It just starts with being honest.
Observe what you see in other people. Interpret and understand by observing how your own
body and mind reacts to them. Allow your judgments to surface,
allow your own issues to surface and just observe. Learning to perceive and understand what
you see in others will not only develop your intuition and psychic
senses, it will give you the opportunity to see and reconcile your own truths. It can be ugly to
see the judgments, issues and feelings that we have about
others, but it is only in recognizing and being honest that we do in fact have these feelings, that
we can heal our own fear and reconcile those perceptions
about our own ugliness. The path of truth will take us through whatever lies in it’s way. Truth is
not about seeing the light and avoiding the dark, it is about
eventually recognizing light and love within all aspects of being - but first we need to let
ourselves see all aspects of being.
Hieu Doan
Developing the Third Eye Pt2
Published by admin October 26th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited
Mind
Empowerment is realized in our lives through the way that we interpret and communicate with
ourselves and the world around us. If we do not develop the
ability to understand then our consciousness perceives confusion and fear. The energy of the
third eye is a frequency like our other chakras that is linked to
our physicality. By learning to communicate with it’s energy we learn to realize the information
that has always been within ourselves and instead of confusion
we integrate understanding.
The third eye is often used to explore “external” places and environments. The method of
remote viewing in which a practitioner sees and feels locations
through their inner sight has been used by seers and mystics of old, but more recently has been
explored both by the CIA and Russian scientists with accurate
results. The same faculty can be turned within to explore our inner consciousness and body.
There is a most valuable opportunity here to use this sense
towards reconciliation and healing of the self.
Getting a feel for the exercise and then begin to work with your eyes closed in order to get
more in touch with your subtle senses. Use the instructions as a
guide, then allow your self to explore. “Listen” and “look” for new doors and paths within your
senses.
Explore this exercise:
Closing you eyes visualize and see yourself from a third person perspective.
Do not be concerned if your visualization is unclear, wavering or even completely blank. Look
through the blankness or fuzziness with the “direction” or
intention of finding the visualization of yourself. It exists here and now, you are simply learning
to tune into the image and feeling of it.
In particular look and “listen” for the frequency that is effortless. We are learning to shift in the
slipstream of consciousness which is third eye energy.
Move your consciousness through your body. See the manner in which the third eye perceives
your body’s energy. Feel the way that the information is being
interpreted.
Observe.
Get a feel for listening to what your inner sight tells you about your inner world.
Observe with the intention of knowing what exact energetic frequencies your body is asking for.
Move your consciousness deeper into yourself in order to
listen to the root level of your being.
Now begin to reciprocate what you feel and see is required or perceived to be needed in these
areas of body and mind. See, feel and hear the frequencies that
“fit” and blend them in. Observe how these new energies react with what is already there.
This interaction is like any communication. Each entity puts forward an expression and observes
the interaction. Explore refining the interaction until your
inner sight looks and feels “right”. Observe and notice how long a particular frequency and
intensity sustains before you need to create it again. It may be 5
seconds, it may be 5 minutes or 5 hours. In the beginning the frequency must be held with
conscious “effort”. In time it will become effortless, until
eventually the new direction will take over the old. At this point this area of your consciousness
will feel integrated. This is the exact feeling of what happens
when we feel “healed”.
Understand that the communication may express itself in many ways. You may experience
lights, shapes, smells, visuals, feelings or tastes. You may well
experience a sensory that you can’t quite put down to being any of your usual senses. Observe
whatever expression is being manifested and listen with the
intention of understanding.
Understanding third eye or any energy for that matter is very similar to understanding a person.
Communication requires that we listen and also that we
understand what is being expressed to us - then we must also understand how and what to
reciprocate. Develop your skills to the point where you can
communicate and interpret the third eye energy anywhere. Allow it to be an effortless exchange
of energy. This elevates the relationship to one of fluent
communication - and fluent communication leads us to complete understanding.
Hieu Doan
Developing the Third Eye Pt 1
Published by admin October 24th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Meditation, Unlimited Mind
The third eye is an energetic structure between the eyebrows that connects to a certain
frequency. As with all chakras (for chakra locations refer to glossary)
the third eye is a gateway to the dimension of the this particular energy. When we refer to a
chakra as “opened” or “closed” we are actually referring to the
mind and body’s perception of the energy. “Closed” and “opened” are as much an illusion as any
emotional or sensory state is an illusion. The state of
“closed” or “opened” exists because our mind and body believes they exist. A mind that can
move freely becomes like a skeleton key - and so any part of the
body can act like a chakra, or for that matter a portal to any energy. Learning to work with the
third eye as the juncture between our eyebrows however
presents an easy opportunity to tune in to this frequency. This is the area where the illusion of
location is at it’s most diminished.
Work with this exercise:
Touch your fingers to the area between your eye brows. Feel the sensation there.
Now remove your fingers from the area and feel for the same area.
Close your eyes and allow yourself to “see” this area.
Focus and integrate all your senses towards this area.
“Listen” for the consciousness that exists here.
Allow yourself to receive the sensory of information that is flowing in to you.
If you see anything simply allow it to be.
If you feel or hear anything simply allow it be.
Observe and simply keep your mind at the juncture of your third eye.
Allow everything to flow at it’s own pace. Whether smooth, clumsy, clunky, focused or confused.
Learn to allow everything to be and keep your mind at the third eye.
Practice with both closed and open eyes at various times during the day and night. It’s
important not to get fixated on how you believe that you should be
developing. Know that the simple practice of keeping your consciousness at this area is allowing
exploration, communication and understanding to take place.
This is the purpose of the exercise. However it unfolds is the necessary experience for you.
Practice keeping a balance of observation and gentle probing,
“listening” or feeling for what this energy is communicating to you. In the beginning this
communication will be mostly non-intellectual so don’t expect a
discussion! It will be more of a reciprocating energy, feeling, vision or sound. Look at it as
learning to communicate with a new being. We need to find
through experience the way that it communicates. We learn it’s gestures and we learn how to
deepen the communication. In time we are able to have
lengthy and deep communication and from this we gain understanding and knowledge about our
own relationship with this energy.
The essence of energy connection is experiential understanding. The more that our mind and
body understands, the greater our opportunity to direct our
consciousness and therefore our lives. Empowerment is not exclusive to having many choices, it
is simply that through experiencing many choices we gain the
opportunity to understand ourselves. This is where empowerment is realized. Getting too fixated
on this chakra or that chakra can lead us away from
understanding a deeper level of the mind and can in fact make us addicted to needing a
particular energy. On the other hand understanding that the mind can
connect to anything, anywhere, at anytime brings us freedom.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Grounding
Published by admin October 22nd, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Basic Techniques, Paths of Power
The essence of grounding is to be able to integrate and use all your knowledge and energies
effectively in every day life. Often esoteric arts can leave a
practitioner tired and emotionally drained because they spend so much time in the higher or
more subtle vibrations. As I discussed in the articles on the
“Physical Path” the body must be allowed time to adapt to new frequencies through stretching,
relaxation and connecting to earth. In other cases where
people are over training, concentrating on physical exercise, stopping meditations on higher
frequencies and eating good solid food will help to ground them.
It pays to be aware, sensitive and honest about our progress. It’s ultimately self-sabotaging to
go hard into practices only to burn out and need to take time
off for weeks or months. This can be avoided by implementing grounding exercises regularly. I’d
suggest 3 times a week for as little as 5 minutes, but as
always each individual must determine and feel for themselves what is required.
Connecting to the deep frequency of the planet helps us to feel solid and stable - and so we
become solid and stable. It helps us integrate our spirituality into
our everyday life.
Work with this exercise:
Visualize the soles of your feet extending into the planet’s core.
Imagine them being nurtured and supported by this energy.
See and feel this energy being drawn up into your body and surrounding you.
Breathe.
As you inhale see and feel the earth’s energy infuse your cells.
Hold your breath and observe your body and cells shining with the earth’s power.
Exhale and feel this power intensifying and integrating into your body.
Explore this exercise with different feelings and visualizations. Use what works for you. Internal
martial artists sometimes use the grounding visualization of
seeing roots growing out of the soles of their feet deep into the planet. You could also see and
feel yourself as a tree. Actually feel the solidity of the wood
and the consciousness of the tree. Another is to visualize the planet living in your belly. See it
there powerful and strong. Nourishing and supporting you.
Everything about the earth supports our existence. Being conscious as we breath the air, drink
water and walk on the earth brings this awareness into our
body and mind. We allow ourselves to be supported by the earth. This awareness of our
relationship with the planet makes the body and mind strong. This
strength of body and mind is the essence of grounding.
The Power of Mindfulness Pt2
Published by admin October 20th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Meditation, Paths of Power
The power of mindfulness is the opportunity it provides us to experience inner peace, but peace
can only come from meeting with each aspect and part of
ourselves. Often during seated mindfulness meditation we only face certain aspects. Daily life
where we are busy, have stimuli that we react to with stress,
interaction with people and so on brings up a different type of experience to be mindful to.
Often practitioners may experience deep levels of transcendence
and as a result peace during seated meditation and then totally lose it in every day life. This
experience has been noted from some very experienced
meditators, monks and ascetics as well as lay practitioners. What has occurred is that the mind
has not yet been given the opportunity to move through the
energetic frequencies of everyday life.
When it comes to meditation it is a huge trap to believe that there is nothing to gain from
everyday, “mundane” and stressful experience. Our children may be
crying and yelling, our boss may be antagonizing us, we may be concerned with finances, traffic
and the general state of the world. Even more worrying we
look at ourselves and we observe that we have these petty concerns, we are jealous about the
neighbor’s new lawnmower, we are still fuming at that red
Volkswagon that cut us off and we’re beating ourselves up for not getting all our “stuff” together.
This sure doesn’t seem like the spiritual growth that we’ve
heard about! The pain seems even larger because our silent, daily meditation seems to be going
well. Our practice then feels futile. On the one hand we find
peace when we find sanctuary and make time to meditate on the other hand this does not seem
to carry out into our every day life.
In our deepest meditations when we experience a sensation we learn to observe it and so we
gain the opportunity to move deeper into it. Without the
sensation or “object” to observe we lose the opportunity to release our attachment and so the
sensation still has power over us. We need to look ourselves
square in the eye without flinching. The integration of this into daily life is exactly the same.
When we feel petty, jealous, angry, sad or whatever physical
sensation, we observe objectively. We feel the feeling of being repulsed with ourselves, we feel
the feeling of being angry, or jealous, or sad. We observe the
feeling of wanting these feelings to go away, we observe the feeling of being a “bad person.”
Meeting ourselves in this way provides the same experience as
any meditation experience does. The opportunity to make peace.
Peace allows the “other”, the aspects of ourselves to be as they are.
The basic method of integrating mindfulness into everyday life is to observe your obvious
physical movement as you go about your day. Notice how your
muscles tense and relax as you drive your car, walk, do the dishes, talk, shower, go to the toilet,
watch television and so on. Watch how you feel when you
meet friends, when you walk past a stranger on the street and when you are daydreaming. Be
sure to include as much as possible all of your different states.
There is no state that is not appropriate to apply mindfulness to. They are all after all
expressions of you.
Being mindful does not need to be a rigid practice. Play around with it. It’s a tool for
empowerment not to make life a chore. Practice being fully involved in
a discussion and then just take a moment to observe yourself. Practice eating your food with
mindfulness and observe the texture of the food, the taste and
how your body is feeling. Allow yourself to be deeply involved in watching a movie and then
afterwards observe how your body posture and internal
sensations are feeling.
Surrounding your mindfulness practice, it is valuable to remember to come back to the
frequency of nurturing, love and generally feeling good. The practice of
mindfulness is essentially a method of guiding the mind to realize that our physical and mental
states are more than what they appear to be - but let’s
remember that in our quest for truth, enlightenment and empowerment we are essentially
seeking happiness. So during the journey make sure to refresh the
spirit, revive the body and nurture the mind. This will ensure that the journey is one that
sustains.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Mindfulness Pt1
Published by admin October 18th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Basic Techniques, Meditation, Paths of Power
Mindfulness means being present right here, right now. To enact positive changes and direction
in our life we need to start where we are. We need to be
present. A mind that is “playing” the part of being undisciplined will think of the past, fantasize
about the future and perpetuate emotional patterns. This is a
kind of game that if we allow it to continue, will continue indefinitely. By realizing a mind that is
disciplined and directing that mind to being mindful we give
ourselves the opportunity to re-program our entire blueprint.
The simplest way to become mindful of the here and now is to begin to observe the sensations
and feelings of the body. This is also an effective method to
integrating a basic level of mindfulness meditation in everyday life. We can observe our posture,
the weight of our body, the feeling of our muscles and facial
expression, lungs breathing, the sensation of the air and so on. As we develop this skill we will
notice how different experiences trigger different sensations in
our body. We notice the cause and effect of external reality and our inner reality. The thing is
because we are observing there is a part of our consciousness
already that has ceased with the knee jerk reaction that it is accustomed to. Instead of reacting
instantaneously there is a part that is simply observing and
listening. A certain degree of peace is created simply from this action of this objective
observation alone and there is also the opportunity to bring this essence
to a deeper level and realize a deep sense of healing and release.
There are two basic methods for mindfulness practice. The seated meditation approach is used
in Vipassana develops this principle to a very deep level and in
most schools focuses on very little else. Mindfulness is also used in many esoteric schools from
Hermetic, Gnosticism and Taoism to modern day methods such
as NLP and Transpersonal Counseling. The difference between a deep level of mindfulness and a
more gross or obvious level of mindfulness is the degree to
which our mind actually experiences the dissolution of our perceptions and illusions. Deep
mindfulness allows the practitioner to penetrate their mind into
itself and their bodies and observe the very matter that makes us who we think we are. We
experience the gap between pain and suffering and pleasure and
craving. We observe all the seemingly solidness of our bodies dissolve into a free flow of atoms.
The more solid or gross level of mindfulness allows us to
observe what we are doing, how we are feeling and thinking, but it has not developed the
degree of penetration to show us why and how on an atomic and
energetic level we are creating our inner experiences.
To practice deep mindfulness generally requires that we sit in a position that we will be able to
stay in for anything from 5 minutes or more. People on
Vipassana retreats usually practice for at least 13 hours a day. The practice itself is simple,
doing it can be quite a challenge.
This is the structure of basic mindfulness meditation:
Minimize all distractions.
Closed or half closed eyes.
Try not to move during the duration of the meditation.
Beginning at the top of the head or the tips of the toes systematically observe any sensations
whatever they may be and slowly make your way through the
body. Repeat and repeat again - and again.
If there are any areas where we feel and perceive nothing or seemingly “blank” areas, we
simply keep our mind there for a minute or so then continue. There
is feeling there it is just that our minds have not realized the necessary degree of sensitivity yet.
With practice we give the mind the opportunity to see
through this illusion too.
In due time the body or should I say the mind will begin to complain and manifest a perception
of suffering in the form of pain, frustration and so on.
Thoughts such as “this is ridiculous” and “what am I doing?” are quite common. Keep in mind
though that the deeper and louder complaints usually come up
the longer you sit. The manifestation of these complaints or aversions gives the practitioner the
opportunity to make peace with them. By continually
observing these sensations neutrally we begin to stop perpetuating our reaction to them. In
time we stop reacting totally. At this stage we experience the
sensation for what it is - free from reaction. Many people report that this is the first time that
they have ever experienced pain as a separate entity from
suffering. It is a powerful experience to realize that we can experience a sensation that we
usually associate with aversion and suffering and yet at no level of
mind or body do we experience suffering. This is a totally different experience from simply
tolerating pain. There is no pretence here.
The separation of reaction from our sensations is not being separate from our experience. We
are actually far closer to our experience. We are right next to it
because we are without the filter of our perception. The effect on our emotional patterns is also
profound. Where we once tolerated or controlled certain
emotions we begin to find that we no longer have an aversion or craving for those emotional
sensations. We may feel them, yet we do not react to them.
Again this is experienced at a level where we do not simply tolerate or control unwanted
emotions. There is no pretence. Continuing to observe we begin to
experience a subtler level of our sensations. We realize that even the most solid and sustaining
pain has a flow within it. We realize that even the most
seemingly eternal of emotions is being created, dying and recreated. Going deeper we observe
that the matter that we are is all a mass of atoms. We actually
observe these atoms buzzing. In the process we have realized a mind that is capable of
penetrating to this depth. The truth is that this mind has always
existed but we had simply believed that it did not so we never used it or experienced it.
At this most basic level of energy we have the opportunity and the ability to literally let go of
patterns at the root level. Working with issues at the intellectual
level works to an extent but because the cells of our body still holds the belief or blueprint the
issue simply grows anew. Penetrating to the deepest level we
let go of the issue and transform at the root level. It is full resolution.
*Part 2 will discuss the second method of mindfulness.
Hieu Doan
Pride and Strength
Published by admin March 25th, 2007 in Desire, Unlimited Mind, Motivation, Mastery
Pride needs to be tempered with true strength unless it begins to think that it can run the show.
Pride that is uncontrolled will give in to lapping up praise and
seeking the path of glory. To this end it will do whatever it can to avoid looking at any truth that
could be perceived as limiting or negative in any way.
While pride can encourage us to excel and reach our potential, it can also prevent us from
looking at what it fears – namely, being wrong.
The deciding factor about whether we control pride or it control us is strength. Where pride will
avoid looking at perceived weaknesses, emotional limitations
and personal obstacles, real strength is honest. Real strength will not hold back from
acknowledging weaknesses, limitations, mistakes, hypocrisy or flaws.
Its goal is not the boosting or soothing of the ego. Its goal is truth and personal development. It
is weakness that allows pride to pretend that there is
nothing wrong and that we are in control. It is more interested in images and illusions. Strength
on the other hand is interested in real control, not simply the
illusions of it.
Real control comes from being honest and acknowledging both strengths and weaknesses. It is
only through awareness of our weaknesses that we can
improve them. Pride would seek to keep us ignorant of them to preserve an illusion of mastery.
As much as pride can encourage us to excel, it does so because of weakness. It acts to protect
discovery of this weakness unconditionally. The result is that
this weakness does not get a chance to become strong, rather it remains hidden.
Strength throws the doors open to weakness – this is what gives it the direct opportunity to
become strong.
It is the prideful mind that has the ridiculous notion that as long as it does not admit weakness,
that weakness does not exist. This is as crazy a notion as
closing our eyes and striving to believe that the rest of the world has disappeared. Crazy or not,
this is how pride works. Pride is like a two edged sword, the
solution is to develop a mind that can wield it skillfully. This is the difference between letting
pride run the show, or letting the cultivation of self-mastery run
the show.
There is nothing wrong with enjoying pride at a job well done, or a journey accomplished. The
problem arises when we become so attached to the feeling of
pride that we cannot let go of it in order to accomplish more.
Achievement and growth always involves effort and struggle in some way. This is part and
parcel of stretching and expansion. It does not need to be
something that we have aversion to. In fact when it is understood that our purpose has real
meaning, this too can be a source of pride.
Essentially achievement is about priorities, and the reality of priorities is about strength. Inner
strength will not allow any aspect that would prioritize limited
gratifications to control the show. Inner strength has the ability to see and it also has the ability
to deliver results. Pride on the other hand works well as an
engine. It can be a great motivator - its weakness is in its inability to see things straight and
true. Delegation of skills is the key here. Use pride as an engine
and let strength steer the way. Recognize that pride, like a stubborn bull may quite often want
to go its way and let strength show it who is in control.
Mastery
Published by admin November 29th, 2006 in Desire, Life Purpose, Mastery
The way of the master is to understand the greatest opportunity in every moment. It is not
necessarily about being skilled or unskilled, educated or
uneducated, it is more about potential. Mastery is about reaching for potential even when the
skill is small, it is about stretching the mind even when education
is little. The mindset of mastery sets our consciousness for realizing the fullest potential possible
at any given moment.
There is no one “trick,” technique or “secret” to realizing empowerment, just as there is no one
way to enlightenment. Eventually the work needs to be done,
the aspects of darkness need to be enlightened, the weak needs to be strengthened and the
illusions transcended. All paths have the potential to reveal to us
the principles behind how our minds work, and at any stage along the way we will have the
opportunity to see that many, many paths can lead to self-mastery
and empowerment. The difference will always be whether our path takes the direct road or the
indirect road. Continuously choosing ignorance will eventually
provide opportunities for truth simply because the glaringly, obvious reality that we are not
happy or empowered will one day be too massive to ignore
anymore. When the pain is too great then we will look for answers. Continuously choosing truth
will mean that in each given moment we are taking the
opportunity to reveal empowerment and enlightenment, no moment is too special or too
mundane. In truth like a special mentor Dan Millman said “there are
no ordinary moments.”
Variety is the spice of life in that it provides a kick in our perception that pushes us to
experience differently than what we are used to. We are forced to adapt
and feel in other ways. Perhaps we will feel clumsy, stupid or inept and these moments also
offer the opportunity to bring and realize empowerment and
enlightenment. It is after all one thing to feel empowered doing the same things that we always
excel in, feeling in control and perhaps better than most. It is
quite another thing to find empowerment when we are for the 100th time singing out of key at
karaoke, showing our two left feet at Irish dancing or wearing
our mother’s favorite purple polka dot sweater. The thing is that without these situations that
bring out the aspects of ourselves that we have not had a chance
to develop, we quite simply would not develop them.
It is only when we do things differently that we see more of ourselves. It is truly a gift that for
those of us that are interested in personal development that it is
so readily available for us to experience and reveal our inner selves. “Different” doesn’t need to
be as dramatic as nude modeling or stand-up comedy. It could
be as simple as listening to some different music in the privacy of your own home. It could be
dancing to this different music. It could be taking a bath or
reading a book. It could be doing some gardening or talking to a neighbor. It could be not
talking to anyone for a while. The opportunity of any of these
experiences is not in what it is but in what it bring out of us. The more aspects of our selves
that we bring empowerment to the more we realize mastery. As
this development progresses it becomes obvious that mastery has little to do with our skill or
education level, but with our willingness to strive always towards
our potential. This is perhaps the greatest skill of all and the beauty of it is that all those other
skills and knowledge seem to come far easier when in this mind
state.
Look at a dog running to catch a ball. It is not discouraged that it might not catch the ball, it is
not losing sleep over the fact that it missed the ball 5 times
yesterday and it is certainly not going to let any of those past experiences stop it from going for
it this time. The development of ball catching is pushed to it’s
potential because a dog allows itself to go for it. The same thing can be observed in babies and
children. Before they develop the “maturity” to consider how
they might fail and what that means they just go for it and so they learn at a phenomenal rate.
Adults on the other hand have a reputation in general for being
slow learners if they even take that road at all! More than the flexibility needed to do swing
dancing, more than the rapport needed to do stand up comedy and
more than the physical action required to even wear something different - more than all these
things, the greatest obstacle is the mind that feels like it has
something to lose. As long as we allow the mind to prevent us from experiencing then we have
already lost. We have lost the opportunity to experience, and
look at what we have decided to keep. We have chosen to keep our fears intact and who we
believe ourselves to be untarnished. Instead of realizing
empowerment through changing our perception of ourselves we are striving to keep our self-
perception unchanging. The irony is that if we are really so
content to not move an inch then why are we on the path of self-development at all?
Mastery is a mind state. This state makes the difficult easy because it is a mind state that is not
adverse to failure. It creates no more fear than is already
present, and with the fear that is already present it chooses to move forward with courage
anyway. This is a mind coordinated for success. Every step is simply
a step closer. Doubts will be doubts but are not hindrances unless we do not continue to move
forward, and so the power of doubt is made impotent. As for
mistakes, these are results and offer the opportunity to develop sensitivity and focus. They are
a refinement in progress.
Masters assume that continuing steadfastly on their path will bring them the knowledge and
experience, and therefore the ability to achieve their goals.
Knowing this allows them to put everything else in their favor. Their mind state is optimized for
success and so their bodies are optimized for success.
Everything is geared to take advantage of any opportunities that should arise - and because
they are ready for opportunities - they see opportunity
everywhere.
One of the reasons that the master’s mind state works so well is the unshakable confidence that
they have. It doesn’t matter if others are doubtful, it doesn’t
matter if we ourselves have doubts. Let the doubters and doubtful thoughts do their thing, and
we will continue to do ours. This type of sustaining, all-weather
confidence lends energy and clarity to the mind. Knowing that we can achieve success allows us
to be calm and centered. This allows the body and mind to
optimize oxygen and energy co-ordination more effectively which again increases clarity and
energy. Each attribute helps the other. This is the meaning of a
coordinated approach. This is the meaning of mind and body being as one. It is a unity, the
same unity that we see in a dog leaping for a ball, or a baby
learning to walk.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Willingness
Published by admin November 27th, 2006 in Desire, Life Purpose, Paths of Power
Willingness is the consciousness that allows us to act. It is the first step in the process of
achievement. In the very first instance we must be willing to
acknowledge that we want to achieve a goal. We must be willing to observe that there is
something that we desire. Desire forms a direction. Without desire
there is no direction and so there is in effect no path. In truth of course there is always a path -
just not necessarily the one we want to be experiencing.
Empowerment is always about experiencing positive opportunity in our lives. It may be the
positive opportunity of finding pleasurable people in the world or it
may be the positive opportunity of realizing growth, inner strength and nurturing through an
emotion, feeling or thought. Positive opportunity exists at all
levels and all dimensions of consciousness. It is willingness that opens up the way to
experiencing these opportunities.
Generating willingness requires that we reflect with sincerity. What is it that we seek in life?
What is it that is wrong? What is it that is right? What could be
better? What could be worse? All these questions allow us to see and reflect on the landscape
upon which we have created our reality and ourselves.
If we do not feel that all is right, then what feelings or experiences could open the way to
making things feel right?
If we have an inkling as to what it is that we seek in life, then how do we gain more perspective
on that spark of inspiration?
If things could be better then how could they be made better?
If life has no meaning to us we need to ask if we want a life with meaning and if so we must ask
what it is that could possibly hold meaning for us. Meaning
and purpose is infinitely easier to access when we are willing to find it. This becomes the
difference between thinking “there is use” and thinking “there is no
use, but I’m going to create meaning and purpose regardless.” The former stops the creation of
solutions and positive opportunity. The latter finds, creates
and realizes solutions, positive opportunity and power. This is the reason why all the techniques
and methods of empowerment, personal development and
spiritual realization are useless without willingness. Without willingness we simply give up. With
willingness we can create even from a state of despair or
depression and forge a core of inner strength and power.
In action willingness can be defined as action to move mountains but it can also be shown in a
quiet, humble affirmation that we want to feel better, that we
want to heal or be free of pain. Willingness is not a matter of intensity, it is a matter of direction.
All other aspects come from this.
The simplicity and ease of willingness is that we can form these directions right here and now
and it requires no other action other than to acknowledge what it
is that we do want. If we seek happiness then this acknowledgement gives us the opportunity to
seek how to become happy. If we seek healing then this
acknowledgement gives us the opportunity to seek how to become healed. Each step leads to a
further depth of willingness, each step prepares us for a
further experience of willingness. These small acknowledgements are like the seeds of a tree,
they are moved through our minds by intention and direction
and within the embrace of our willingness they gain the opportunity to grow strong.
Willingness needs to be nurtured regularly in order to realize a strong direction, but it is not
something that requires iron-gloved discipline. On the contrary
learning to communicate with the consciousness that is willingness allows us to develop it in
such a way that it’s power becomes effortless effort. Developing
this stream of mind opens up the way for realizing self-mastery that just “happens” rather than
the kind that needs to be forced. The kind of empowerment,
enlightenment, inner strength and focus that comes from this is also different from the kind that
needs to be forcefully controlled. Instead of developing them
we are flowing into a slipstream where they already exist and communicating our intent through
them. When we are in this state we simply need to “be” and
in being we act and create effortlessly because our essence is in congruency with the
consciousness of power.
Hieu Doan
Finding Yourself, Finding your True Self
Published by admin November 23rd, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Desire, Life Purpose, Motivation, Healing,
Truth
Finding your “self” is the experience of realizing what is important to you. This may be a many
layered process which take us through questioning ourselves,
our relationship with people and the world and can lead us to find what some call our “true
self.”
Creating life that is based on our true principles, beliefs and values as opposed to carrying the
values of other people, society or structures can be a complex
thing. As soon as we come into contact physically, mentally or emotionally with anything, be it
an ideal, a feeling, a sound, principle or concept our
consciousness both physical and mental reacts. Whether our reaction is in the negative or
positive we create a link to that experience. This forms part of our
relationship with that experience from now on. Over the course of our life we are connecting
with experiences at every moment, and so relationships are
being formed, moved, transformed and shaped constantly. Each thought that we have elicits a
sensory reaction and the first reaction that will arise is the one
that has been programmed from similar thoughts we’ve had in the past. In essence while we
may think that each thought is new, the reaction to them is
actually old. This presents a deeper meaning to the statement “living in the past.” Like wise
when we have feelings of emotion and react to them whether we
choose to express or suppress we are still “dancing” within a relationship with that sensation. It
is still the “past.” This is interesting because often we may
believe that we have transcended an old pattern simply because we are choosing a different
way to react. In truth the pattern still has influence and control
over us, it’s just that we have chosen to react in a different way in order to deal or adapt in a
manner that we believe is healthier or wiser.
Transcending a pattern of reaction whether to emotions, thoughts or feelings does actually
mean going “higher” or leaving it behind. Transcendence is actually
a state in which we have chosen to experience internal freedom in spite of being smack bang in
the middle of our patterns. We are the eye of the hurricane
but we are also the hurricane itself. The freedom we experience comes not from running away
but from facing ourselves and using this opportunity to find
true power. The first steps of facing ourselves brings us the experience or perception of being
buffeted by the “hurricane” of our self. We get blown around
because we are not used to being in the intensity of emotions, sensations and thought. We may
feel fear but the truth is that this cannot kill us. We cannot
die here - and so inevitably if we stay, remain conscious and allow ourselves to be vulnerable
and sensitive, then we will learn to fly within the hurricane. We
learn to make our minds and body flexible enough to move with the hurricane and eventually it
becomes like walking on solid ground. Another remarkable
thing happens at the point that we learn to be the hurricane - we realize that these gale force
winds were caused in large part by our resistance to them. Our
minds have been like magnetic fields reacting with other magnetic fields which cause chaos. By
allowing our own field to become congruent and smooth with
what already is two fields become one, and so we experience unity. When we become unified
then we gain another opportunity - one of looking into the
reflection and seeing our “true” self.
Any description of the “true” self is one that will never compare to the actual experience and in
a sense it is almost futile to speak about truth because words
being words can carry only so far into the realm of actual feeling. The actual experience of the
“true” self is indisputable simply because when something feels
so right we are so in the moment the thought to doubt never arrives. It is similar to what one of
my first meditation teachers related to me. He said “People
only come to meditation when their lives are in pain. Then they look for answers. When life is
good they do not need to look for answers - they just live.”
Experiencing the “true” self is similar to this. Purists often argue that the “true” self is
representative of absolute truth because it is eternal, it never changes.
My own experiences of the “true” self do not necessarily support this argument either way,
however one thing that I have experienced is that just looking into the window of eternal or
infinite is more than I believe I can truly comprehend at this point in my life. Even at it’s
furthest reaches, there is more and when I
reach that point there is still more. The infinite is an experience that offers literally infinite
wisdom and knowledge however I feel humbled by it, not by any
means master of it. Through humbling ourselves I believe that the infinite allows mastery to be
realized through and inside of us. It’s not something that we
develop, it’s something that we allow to be recognized by learning to look and listen.
In order to find we do need to seek, however in seeking we must make sure to observe the
seeker, because it is the seeker that transforms and reveals the “true” self.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Commitment
Published by admin August 29th, 2006 in Desire, Life Purpose, Paths of Power
Perfecting an art and completing any journey requires commitment. Commitment holds us
through to gaining the necessary experience which we then reflect
upon and refine into skill. Skill keeps the ball rolling and perpetuates the development of real
world applicable knowledge - and this positive cycle continues.
The journey of deep understanding, mastery of the self, empowerment, realization,
enlightenment or where ever it is that our own personal mountain peak
may be, becomes clearer as we advance, because we gain skill, knowledge and technique. Our
mind has already learned to move beyond certain limits and
discovered experiences that it could once only imagine. We build on prior experiences, we
extrapolate from our skills, exploring tangents, working on grander
ideas and simpler methods. We develop guidelines, rules and structures which we have proven
to ourselves work time and time again in the real world. These
rules give us stability, they provide us with a knowing that we have a partial map of how to get
to our destination.
Without commitment however, all the rules change.
Commitment is what will see us standing by our game when skill fails us. It will see us being
steadfast when the world is seemingly against us. Commitment is
what will give us the humility to honestly look at ourselves. It is what will give us the strength
to surrender the parts of ourselves that no longer serve.
There will be times on the path when it seems like all our teachings, knowledge and
understanding have failed us. Perhaps there will be many times. Look
down at your feet and just concentrate on taking the next step.
In this moment here and now commitment is just taking that next step.
We talk about empowerment. We talk about enlightenment, magic, healing, self-mastery and
personal development. The real magic is commitment. When we
find ourselves at the very last step of our lives and we look back at everything that we have
experienced and reflect on the directions that we have chosen, we
will know that what brought us to this final step was commitment. The question is not whether
commitment was there - it is whether we have been committed
to what is important to us.
Have we lived lives that are integral to us or have we forgotten our meaning? Are we truly okay
with our compromises? Or do we wish for more?
Commitment is power when we are committed to purpose and meaning.
If we seek greater intimacy in our relationships, more passion in work, enhanced spiritual
awareness or connection to meaning and purpose - commitment is
what will have us standing at the pinnacle of those goals.
Seekers may argue over the relevancy of different types of technique and skill, and even
masters may quibble over the specifics of knowledge and concept.
That’s just the way it is. There are many ways up the mountain. Even half way up there will be
people who tell us we’re going the wrong way, “that you need
to climb up the other side!” Or that perhaps we are climbing the wrong mountain. The one thing
that cannot be denied however, is that the journey takes commitment to succeed. And
interestingly the details of right and wrong will usually become apparent as we continue the
journey. At times we may even turn
completely around and head the other way only to find that we are closer to what we truly
wanted after all. There are many mountains. What is important is
that we climb somewhere and continue to climb. Through this journey we connect to the source
of who we are.
Hieu Doan
Imagination - The Way to Empowerment
Published by admin August 19th, 2006 in Esoteric Alchemy, Desire, Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind
The power of the imagination is in it’s ability to change the direction of how we perceive the
world. This perception becomes our reality and is the difference
between being powerless and being empowered.
Inspiration, purpose, meaning, reason and passion all start from imagination. This is the mind
state that allows these aspects to begin, grow and evolve. This
is the seed of manifestation into the external world.
Imagination exists in the mind at both the physical and mental level. Through projecting our
imagination and visualizing it through our bodies and minds we
create.
Whether we believe in the power of imagination or not - it’s power to shape and direct our lives
still has a very real effect. If we choose to be conscious of this
then we gain the opportunity to change our reactions, direct our perceptions and transform our
beliefs.
Left to the devices of an unconscious and habitual mind, imagination will simply continue to play
out the same patterns, reactions and perceptions. A directed,
observant and conscious mind is the key to using imagination effectively.
The difference between a focused mind and unfocused mind is imagination.
The difference between objectivity and subjectivity is imagination.
As much as imagination can be daydreams and idle fantasy when directed it can also be
conscious growth, expansion and vision. Imagination will be the
difference between feeling trapped in old patterns, going in circles or connecting with purpose,
inspiration and vision.
Vision is imagination and without vision we will never continuously sustain a life with purpose
and meaning.
It must be remembered that imagination is mind and so it is the flexibility and strength of mind
that will enable us to effectively utilize all aspects of
imagination.
One factor that seems to discourage people from developing imagination, is that on initial trial
of the skill it sometimes seems weak - we sometimes perceive
this weakness as meaning that it is not working. It is working it is simply that our former
patterns are stronger at this time.
What is actually occurring is that our imagination is very strong in regards to maintaining our
current patterns, but it is new and yet unfocused at creating the
new. This is why it is important to develop flexibility as well as strength. The imagination and
mind is already very strong. Flexibility allows us to direct this
strength appropriate to our vision and desires.
Imagination is perspective. It is the same imagination that embodies the energy of despair. It is
the same imagination that chooses a feeling of happiness. The difference is which path has been
patterned and chosen the longest. This is the path that will be felt and perceived as reality.
Our bodies and minds must follow the same universal laws. An object once in motion will remain
on course until acted upon by an outside force. Even the
smallest most subtle of forces will enact a change. Sustain that small force and eventually even
the largest of objects will have made a dramatic deviation from
it’s original course.
Even the largest mountain can be reduced to rubble by continued action.
When we choose to motivate ourselves, this is imagination. We are building our energy,
emotions and feelings to perform. When we choose to push ourselves
into apathy this too is imagination - we are gathering feelings, thoughts and energy to increase
the apathy.
It’s all imagination.
Imagination is the gear stick that shifts our mind from a perception of unfocused to focused and
vice versa. Similarly it will shift us from undisciplined to
disciplined, subjectivity to objectivity and delusion to enlightenment.
Mind directs the interaction between trained patterns of bio-chemical release and new actions.
By imagining mind and body states, we release bio-chemicals
which will inter-react in certain ways. By creating the reaction that we desire we are able to
transform old patterns into new ones. This is the process of
creating a life of empowerment.
Hieu Doan
Is it Great to Be Alive?
Published by admin July 31st, 2006 in Desire
A few years ago I heard an acquaintance sneer at a person for smiling too much. In later
discussion he related that these people that try to make out that it’s
“great to be alive” really “ticked him off.”
It’s a sad realization for anyone when the mere concept of it being great to be alive annoys or
irritates - but the truth of our feelings really gives us an
opportunity to question:
Why would any of us not want to feel great to be alive?
Why would any of us not want to be smiling out of our ears?
What is the world coming to when we sneer and ridicule joy instead of remembering that this is
what we actually want?
It is simply a quest that has been as yet unfulfilled that makes us jaded at the idea of this type
of joy. To secretly hope that this person is faking it, that they
can’t possibly be connecting to a feeling that we up to now have been unable to find. They must
be liars, they must be fakers. And don’t they deserve our
contempt for that? Here we are trying to preserve a belief that true life is misery, that the real
world contains no real happiness - and they come along smiling
trying to rain on our parade!
When did our own goals turn topsy-turvy? There was a time when all we wanted was to smile
and enjoy and it was easy to say:
“Life Is Great!”
Do we no longer have time for that?
Is it no longer worth seeking out?
Perhaps we can put off feeling happy and joyous until tomorrow.
Surely we can make life great in a couple of years.
May be after we’ve paid off the mortgage.
Hmm…if we smile too much our friends might think we’ve gone loony - better join them and
commiserate about life together.
Reasons not to be happy will always exist because we are always capable of finding them.
Similarly reasons to be happy, to feel joy and great about life will
exist when we remember the reasons.
It takes honesty - but come on, how honest do we need to be to admit that we’d all like as
much joy, happiness, greatness and love that there is.
Know your true desires first - only then can you learn how to achieve them. Don’t let past
failures hold you back from keeping the dream alive. Remember
what you truly want. Keep asking questions, seek knowledge and you will find the answers you
are looking for.
All journeys begin with desire.
Hieu Doan
Chakra Balancing
Published by admin May 10th, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Healing
The chakras are portal or structures which help to channel and integrate subtle energies into the
physical body. The body has 7 primary chakras but over
2000 secondary ones which help to direct and hold the integrity of our 3 main elements – mind,
body and spirit. Since the flow of this triad is always shifting,
directed by our intent and consciousness, so too must the chakra system recalibrate and find
new points of balance which each shift. In other words, just as
our thinking, communication, perspectives and intentions change, so do the requirements of our
chakra systems.
The chakra system deals mainly with subtle energy and so for the most part this energy is able
to move through subtle shifts of tension within the physical
body. With enough subtle tension however, the flow of energy will slow and even stop. The
result is that the body, mind and emotions will begin receiving
less and less information. Information will result in less understanding and less understanding
will lead to less ability. Usually this does not happen in a
dramatic way, it may take years, the same way that plumbing can take years to clog up and
eventually block the flow of water.
Depending on which chakras are blocked or limited, the physical and mental consciousness will
exhibit various manifestations. Blockages in the solar plexus
for instance can result in a lack of will or strong intent to take action. This will be experienced in
the body as a lessening of the bio-chemicals that create the
sensation or emotion of will and purpose. Emotionally and mentally this will be experienced in
corresponding mind states such as apathy or boredom.
Blockages in the crown chakra will result in a disconnection from the Higher Self, as well as a
difficulty connecting to the bigger picture in ones life. Just as
with the solar plexus chakra, specific bio-chemicals will correspond to this particular blockage.
The link between the energy of the chakra and the bio-chemistry of the body is simply about
information. There is nothing mysterious about it at all. Our
whole being exists and survives because of information. There is information between the heart
and the brain, information between organs and enzymes,
hormones and blood, oxygen and lungs, as well as information from the outside world such as
people, books, trees, the sun, the moon, gravity and electricity.
Information is influence and expression, through connecting with this information a
communication happens. This is the same communication that occurs
between the energy of the chakras and the physical body.
The foundation ‘foot in the door’ principles to any type of chakra balancing should begin with
simply spending time at the chakra location. Forget about what is
written in books, references or even here for that matter. Nothing will compare to actual ‘sit
down’ time with your own chakras. Its like spending time with a
loved one, kids, friends and so on - we can go out and seek advanced knowledge and
professional advice, but sometimes what is really needed is simply to
spend time with them. It’s the same deal with the chakras. An amazing amount of
communication will open up when we just listen and observe – and in this
listening a great deal of balancing and integration will just happen. The results will be seen in
the way the physical body feels, the mind thinks, the emotions
move and the spirit flows through us.
Hieu Doan
The Zero Point
Published by admin March 11th, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Realization, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Mastery
The zero point is a state of consciousness where no distance exists. This means that the
beginning exists within the end, awareness exists with ignorance and
power exists with impotence. The reason that this state is so powerful is due to the fact that
healing, manifestation and empowerment can occur instantly.
There is no pause between here and there, because here and there exist in the same point.
For all things to exist in the same point is to mean that all things are one. It is this unity that
allows mind, body and spirit to be one. It is this unity that
allows the Shaman to become the wolf. It is this unity that allowed Nicola Tesla to be the mind
of technology.
Embracing destruction is important in order to experience the zero point because without
destruction we will not conquer our limiting beliefs and emotions.
Destruction provides room for movement or creation. Creation creates experience which then
opens the way for reflection and observation, which then paves
the way for further destruction and refinement.
The zero point consciousness is found through destroying all that is separate. The more that
unity is created, the more that separation is destroyed. The
creative phase appears as a result of this. Although energy is not actually destroyed, the form,
essence and the meaning that it represents can be.
Zero point consciousness has the potential to completely destroy the form, essence and
meaning of energies.
It is this power that makes it so valuable to healers and adepts of all kinds. This power is also
the reason why complete zero point consciousness can usually
only be accessed by those that have spent the time and done the work stretching and
conditioning their mind. The conditioning of the mind ensures that along
with power, the adept also has control and perception.
Certain technologies and psychedelic drugs are able to connect the mind and body to a
relatively strong zero point consciousness and many realizations can be
had in this state. There is however no real control, since the very tools that determine control
are the faculties that are used to develop a firm and measured
grasp on zero point consciousness from scratch.
The massive difference is whether it is the zero point that directs us or us that directs the zero
point.
Having the power to manifest and make powerful connections instantly may sound great, but
the ramifications are huge if we are not in control. A mind that is
unable to focus or manage its many emotional states can and will create more pain and
suffering for itself when it has the power to do so. Just as a healer can
transpose a diseased state, zero point consciousness can also bring on a diseased state.
The experience is completely different when all the supporting muscles of the mind and
consciousness have been developed, and it is the very development
that takes place when training with control to connect to zero point that develops these muscles.
This provides the ability to create, sustain and manage the
profound amounts of energy involved.
This planet has been littered with the corpses of minds eager for spiritual quick fixes and
answers, but not willing or knowing enough to do the work required
to get these. The answers have always been the same. Lack of control leads to power out of
control.
Zero point consciousness is a destination of profound value. This value is only truly open to us
when we develop it through the use of our own faculties and
senses. It is only then, that we have the control and perception to direct it.
Hieu Doan
Use Your Illusions ~ Part 2
Published by admin January 30th, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Healing, Mastery
Recognizing that our journey occurs in cycles and understanding the limits and potential of
these cycles will allow us to know when to choose illusion and when
to choose truth. The journey to truth can bring us through many dimensions, many of these
dimensions will bring with them a sense of confusion and
overwhelm, simply for the fact that they reflect massive amounts of knowledge, energy and
expansion.
Wisdom comes from understanding how to best meet each experience for our highest potential
and good. Internally we must recognize how we are
responding to the journey and the choices we make. There will be times when revealing truth
will be pure joy, at other times it will be draining and perhaps
confusing. Recognizing how all the aspects of our mind and body are reacting to the experiences
is extremely important for ensuring our success.
It is necessary to understand that while the higher aspects of consciousness may not need as
much energy to function, shift and move through dimensions,
the denser and physical levels require a lot of energy to transform. Often releases of energy and
emotion will accompany these transformations and will
require that we rest, revive and give these aspects time to adapt. Full integration at all levels
will always require that we respect and honor the limits of all
aspects of the self. In particular those aspects that work and transform the slowest.
The adaptation process is nurtured and supported when we understand how to use our higher
consciousness to lead and guide the lower and denser levels.
Whether we are guiding toward pure truth or working with the specific aim of supporting our
physical body and mind, the understanding and use of illusion is
important. The more practiced we are with illusion the greater the effect on our body and mind
and therefore the greater the effect on our overall journey and
destination. Just as important is our sensitivity to understanding what type of illusion is needed.
Through observing and scanning our consciousness we must recognize whether to continue
through a specific path or create and practice an illusion of inner
strength and clarity in order to find this place first. The order of exploration will make a big
difference in how and if the knowledge can be integrated. If we
reach a place that is wealthy with knowledge but too intense for our consciousness, then we will
most likely miss the opportunity for knowledge and certainly
for integration. If on the other hand we recognize that our consciousness is likely not ready to
enter this place, then we can work on building inner strength,
clarity and openness. Then when we recognize that we are ready we can enter and make full
use of the knowledge within.
Illusion will work on all sides of consciousness, it can be used to see what is needed, it can be
used to create what is needed, but at all times it is but a guide
to reaching and manifesting the real thing. The mind and body will use it like a template with
which to match up and find the places, dimensions and feelings
it is looking for, and when consciousness meets these places the reality is drawn and merged
into us. For this reason it is important that the illusory template
that we use is perfectly accurate. The more accurate the illusionary map, the more accurate the
reality will be.
Hieu Doan
Use Your Illusions ~ Part 1
Published by admin January 28th, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Healing, Mastery
At the true level of self there is no struggle, no craving or aversion, simply a state of being.
Consciousness is at peace with all that is, be it pain or pleasure.
At this level the mind has realized how to create the ultimate solution to all experience. To meet
it exactly as it is, with peace. Within this consciousness the
self understands that what it truly seeks is peace, reunion and truth. This understanding has
been realized and experienced at the deepest, broadest and
subtlest levels of mind, body and spirit. External circumstance and experience has long been let
go of as a direct medium for peace. Instead the self has
realized that true peace is experienced through bypassing the instability of the external and
connecting directly and purely through the internal core and
structures of the mind, body and spirit. This is not an ideal that exists simply for philosophical
or spiritual ideals, it is a practice that has has been created
because it achieves results.
The search for real reunion, peace, true happiness and love allows exploration, but as
consciousness expands it becomes more and more fully aware of the
flaws of relying on external experience for internal satisfaction. The journey begins with refining
external experience, finding ways to limit those that bring
dissatisfaction and perpetuate those that deliver satisfaction. Through lifetimes of experience,
levels of satisfaction are lived through, refined, observed and
judged. We begin to see flaws, impermanence and fallibility. What once brought a level of
happiness may now reflect a deeper level of emptiness. The
search brings us new clues, and we look and listen to see if these clues will lead to reconciling
our inner spaces. More and more the journey leads within. In
time we realize without a doubt that all the answers must come from within, because after all,
this is where the questions were born.
When full shifts of consciousness occur, experience both past and present become integrated
and so make sense. Incongruent realities and inner dimensions
are blended and through this union show us through experience how contradiction can live in
perfect harmony. Because the experience occurs at the lowest
level of being, that of the physical, all higher levels of consciousness are automatically
integrated. The same does not occur however when higher levels of
consciousness shift first. In these cases it is important to be aware that the physical levels of
body and mind need time and practice in order to bring them up
to the higher levels of thought and knowledge. This process is facilitated by using illusions.
The lower, denser and physical levels of body and mind will use illusions like a road map to
guide them to the higher levels of experience. In this way the
process is very similar to using a road map in that the map itself does not directly bring you to
the destination, but it shows you a representation of the path.
The internal world of consciousness reaches its destination by becoming the destination. That is,
if our destination is to create peace, we get there by
becoming peace. The illusion begins its work by observing the landscape within. Then it shapes
consciousness to create the illusion of inner peace. These
illusions meet our inner experience and communicate through this meeting our intention. Since
both illusion and inner experience are in essence aspects of
ourselves, both these parts get to understand the destination that we desire. Through learning
and mimicking this destination, they become it. When they
become it, then we are there.
Hieu Doan
Chakras - Meaning and Locations
Published by admin August 8th, 2006 in Glossary
The chakras are dimensional gates aligned on our physical body where specific energies come
through. It is more useful to feel for the energies ourselves
rather than attempt to be to concerned with getting locations exact. Our minds will ultimately
show us where the energies exist.
The locations of the 7 main ones are as follows:
Crown Chakra- about 2 finger widths back from the highest point on the head. In line with the
spine.
Third Eye Chakra- Area between our eyebrows.
Throat Chakra - Larynx and thyroid area.
Heart Chakra - middle of the chest.
Power Chakra - solar plexus and sternum area.
Navel Chakra - roughly 2 finger widths below the navel.
Base Chakra - at the perineum between the anus and sex organs.
Peace
Published by admin March 13th, 2007 in Realization, Unlimited Mind, Healing
Peace is a truly destructive influence. Any energy that meets peace is instantly changed by the
very fact that it is met with complete acceptance and
embrace. There is no struggle or attempt to change it at all. All intention, all perspectives, all
moves and counter moves are accepted completely. Every
other energy within the universe seeks to express a specific frequency or influence. Peace is
different. Peace takes whatever comes and because the energies
have no resistance to bounce back off and thus no cause for expression and recreation, these
energies are destroyed. They are destroyed and transformed
into peace themselves. Complete annihilation of the form and essence of the energies involved.
This is how the peaceful warrior works. There is no co-existence. Everything the peaceful
warrior closes with, the peaceful warrior destroys – completely.
There is no malice or hatred. These would require that their opponents be wrong and thus the
belief that they should change. Peace takes all comers as they
are. Right and wrong are both embraced and destroyed unconditionally.
The true essence of peace is one of the reasons that it is so misunderstood on this planet right
now. We have a tendency to believe that peace means that we
must avoid struggle, conflict and agitation. The truth is the opposite. Peace runs towards
struggle, conflict and agitation just as easily as it runs towards love,
joy and bliss.
The type of peace that avoids struggle has no chance of creating peace in a world that contains
struggle.
The type of peace that avoids hatred, anger and sadness has no chance of creating peace in a
soul and mind that experiences these aspects.
A peace that is not able to make peace with struggle and conflict is a very limited peace indeed.
It is a peace that only exists when it ignores or creates
ignorance and denial. On the other hand a peace that opens its arms to everything is a peace
that exists regardless of struggle, agitation and conflict. In
truth unconditional peace is the only true peace. For how can we call it peace if we are secretly
afraid of feeling fear, hate, anger or sadness? This simply
becomes a game of peace. An illusion that we create to fool ourselves in believing and hoping
that we are content and at peace. It’s a perfectly normal and
human game to play, but it will never deliver the goods compared to real inner peace.
The minute we stop running, pretending and denying our so called negativities and dark sides -
all of it trembles. It trembles because we’ve turned and looked
it in the eye. It’s the beginning of creating real destruction and transformation. It’s the
beginning of real peace - looking and feeling who we are and letting it
be as it is.
All the illusions of spiritual and religious dogma may at that moment be booming in our ears.
How can we be spiritual and such conceited people at the very
same time? How can we strive for such lofty peaks and yet feel such base emotions?
Let them come.
The more we let them come as they are, the more we feel their taint. The more we feel it,
embrace it and allow it to be as it is – the greater our peace.
It may not be evident at first.
It may feel dirty, disgusting, tainted or just plain wrong.
And well it should.
Real peace is not requiring that it change. Not one bit. In time that consciousness that is letting
things be will look in the mirror. It will see something
special, something that does not struggle, that yields to everything and that accepts everything.
In that reflection that consciousness will realize how great its
inner peace has grown. It has grown large enough to perceive, to feel and to be a true
destroyer of all that comes its way.
Hieu Doan
Healing the Planet ~ Part 2
Published by admin January 16th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Healing, Mastery
Observing the interaction of the external world with our internal world provides us with the
opportunity to see and understand aspects of ourselves that could
well go hidden and unnoticed. Interaction with the world, people and external experiences will
reflect a constant stream of reactions, emotions and feelings
many of which will be familiar, so much so that we often neglect to notice that they have any
significance at all. On the contrary these reactions and interrelations
hold an important key for whole and real healing, inner peace, empowerment and connecting
with the true self.
It is one thing to connect with love, healing and peace when secluded from the world, the
meaning and truth in these experiences is revealed however when
we connect with adversity. It is in these moments that we are given the opportunity to stretch
and re-discover the boundaries of love, healing and peace. It
is easy to find peace when the world and experiences are simple and easy, quite another to
develop it when confronted with the madness of the universe.
Being dependant on circumstances and experiences for peace and healing means that we are
not in control of our direction, where as cultivating a mind where
we strive to find peace and healing everywhere is the realization of mastery.
Mastery comes through revelation, that is revealing the parts of ourselves that reflect a need for
peace, healing and reunion and then responding with wisdom
and understanding. The revealing comes through connection with our consciousness and it is
this part that is so easily achieved by meeting the external
world. Without the external the mind can very easily become like still waters, they hold the
illusion of being still and clear however when stirred the bottom
holds many aspects that aspire to healing and peace. The beauty of the external is that this
stirring occurs constantly and so with awareness we gain the
opportunity to purify and heal within.
As the external helps us understand the internal, healing the internal also heals the external.
What happens is that as we learn make peace with the
perceptions and reactions that are being stirred up we no longer react in the same way to the
external. As we make peace within, we no longer see certain
aspects of the external as aversive. This peace is not intellectual it is an actual experience at the
sensual level. As our response to the external changes, so
too does the external change. It begins to heal. This healing happens because the energies
involved are being understood and accepted by our consciousness
at every level of their creation.
An interesting thing occurs at a certain level of progression. As the mind realizes that it can
direct its own healing and creation of empowerment it shifts from
wanting to avoid pain to finding pleasure in healing. This shift directly correlates to the level of
skill that our consciousness is able to tap into. That is to say
that with a certain level of empowerment we begin to truly gain pleasure from empowering
others. We see and feel the direct benefits that we gain from
guiding others to realize healing. As our sphere of skill and ability increases so too does the
spectrum of what our consciousness is able to meet, understand
and heal. Expanded consciousness eventually encompasses the whole planet and those within it.
The healing of one becomes the healing of all.
Hieu Doan
Healing the Planet ~ Part 1
Published by admin January 14th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Healing, Mastery
A journey of healing begins and ends with healing the self, but as the experience of the self
expands so too does the practice of healing. Inevitably and
inextricably this path leads to healing all beings and the planet Earth itself.
Human beings move primarily from a core of self-serving necessity. In the beginning this will be
realized as providing for our basic survivalist needs - food,
shelter, money and so on. Catering for and supplying our emotions and senses is our goal and it
is usually when these goals have been saturated to a point
that we begin to reflect. This reflection occurs because a space has appeared within our
consciousness in between the experiences that had once so enamored
us. This space is an awareness of the essential pain, emptiness and fear that we have been
trying to fulfill and at the same time run away from. The depth of
this space is such that it has an awareness of real depth, as if it has existed for a very long time,
and yet there is still an awareness that a solution exists
somewhere.
Experiencing inner peace means coming to a real understanding of our pain, emptiness and fear,
but we must see with clear eyes what the “self” is before we
can hope to be whole and true. Whole healing, peace and the true self are the same peak and
any of these paths will lead to these. The reason for this is
because when we connect to our true self we perceive through the senses of understanding.
Similarly peace occurs when we meet each aspect of our
consciousness with understanding and healing in itself is recognition and response which is also
understanding. Inner peace is practiced by seeking and
exploring each facet of our mind and body and being completely open. Healing is practiced by
seeking that which we perceive needs healing and to listen and
communicate. Finding the true self is practiced by training the senses and developing focus and
concentration. Initially these paths will have distinct
signatures. One may seem very disciplined and strict, another may seem open and intuitive and
the other still and quiet. Further development tears open the
curtains to how we believed the path was meant to go and we are enveloped by new and often
contradictory truths.
What is strict and disciplined will need to evolve and change when the purpose of our
development changes. To truly explore we must eventually open our
minds to new opportunities, this will not occur if we are too rigid and stuck to our path.
The path that is still and quiet must become loud and chaotic if we are too truly find peace,
because real peace is found unconditionally and in all things not
just in the presence of contrived and created peace.
Open intuition must also know resistance in order to learn how to sustain and direct a path of
intention and creation.
The attributes that reflect parts of our consciousness that require understanding, recognition,
response and direction are found by connection with our external
world and people and observing the connection where it occurs: the physical and mental levels
of our mind.
Hieu Doan
Surrender
Published by admin May 2nd, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
In any communication there is a balance of listening and expression. The deeper our ability to
listen, the more effective our ability to express becomes.
Listening allows us to understand the essence of what is being conveyed to us and to
reciprocate with precision and clarity. This is essentially what surrender
is all about. Surrender is a yielding in order to gain understanding - and understanding is
everything. It is the knowledge that allows us to act with intention
and purpose. It is the ability that allows us to create empowerment, it is conscious
transformation and it is mastery.
When the channel between the Higher Self and the consciousness has been opened, it takes
about 14 days to make this connection permanent. Depending on
the thickness of the channel, spiritual information will either trickle or pour like a waterfall
interacting with the mind and physical body. The more willing we
are to surrender and at least for the time being ‘give up’ our own expression and simply “listen,”
the more information and knowledge we will absorb and
integrate into ourselves. As each channel becomes open to receive it clears the way for
knowledge and energy to come through. In a sense it is like having
many water hoses. As long as we are pushing our expression through, it is difficult to receive
energy coming the other way. When we surrender, we stop for
a time pushing out our own essence and listen to what else is there. Ironically, what comes
back is our own essence but so much more also.
The Higher Self has the ability to encompass what we are because its plane of existence is
multi-dimensional. Integration of the Higher Self into the body
trains the body to increase its perception of dimensional planes. This is what lifts the body from
a 3 dimensional state to 4, then 5 and more planes of
existence. This is what it means to “ascend.” Spiritual power can only exist at a limited level at
the 3rd dimension, simply because the 3rd dimension has its
own set of laws. As the body is trained to connect to higher dimensions it is no longer just in the
3rd dimension, and so it gains the experience and ability to
use and call on a broader range of spiritual power. This only occurs if the practice includes the
physical body. Meditations and practices that exclude the
physical are splitting the mind from the body and so they do not gain this benefit of integration.
This is also the reason why many spiritual masters have
developed physical health problems. Their higher plane bodies became so powerful and full of
higher energies, but their physical bodies could not hold or
maintain these levels and so they overloaded, short circuited and their physical bodies died.
Interestingly, many masters who had ascended and split from
their bodies before, have chosen to come back to this plane to learn how to fully ascend
inclusive of the physical.
Another thing that is important to note is that full integration of the physical plane with the
higher planes will allow us to manifest and “fit in” to this world, so
to speak. This avoids all the pit falls of spirituality that is insubstantial or full of “fluff” so to
speak. Spiritual power becomes manifest not just in life
philosophy and attitude but in the very way that we connect with physical reality. The structures
that are our physical bodies and minds pour in higher
dimensional energies. These are integrated using our physical bodies as “converters.” Through
this channel the multiple dimensions can meet without
hindrance or obstacle. This is the essence of “surrender.”
Hieu Doan
Expanding Awareness
Published by admin April 26th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Psychic Senses, Mastery
Awareness is understanding, the expansion of awareness is the expansion and deepening of
understanding. Generating the forms of mind required to deepen
awareness is about ability and skill. Without ability and skill the same patterns of awareness will
repeat themselves. Deepening awareness requires the ability
to first recognize the gates, then to recognize the key required to open the gate, and lastly the
skill to move through the portal that is formed. In opposition
will be the magnetism of old patterns of awareness. It is for this reason that self-discipline has
always been the first key to mental mastery. Self-discipline is
the strength to keep the mind to the grindstone.
As the mind initially enters each space of awareness it must learn to adjust its tension. Each
shift will seem like a stretching, as if no more can be
encompassed and yet we must seek the spaces where more openings can be found. This can
only be accomplished through working each form into the mind.
Each time we walk this “groove” with our mind, it learns through intense observation the
communication that exists within this space of awareness. Without
the skills to “listen” and communicate with the energies that exist here, we will not gain the
keys to further expansion. Pure strength and will is not enough,
because where one gate will require rigid strength, another will absorb this type of strength like
a sponge, instead requiring a formula or an intelligent
communication. It is recognition of these keys that students and seekers have classically come
to masters for, however there must be a balance between
blindly accepting keys and the process of learning to recognize keys on our own. While simply
taking and training in a key will open up the experience for us,
we will pass by the vital opportunity to develop the sensitivity required to recognize within our
own consciousness. Without this sensitivity we may gain
spiritual and metaphysical experiences, but we will lack the ability to choose and direct those
experiences.
This can be likened to the difference between being told the exact words required to enact a
conversation and being taught how to express communication
with conscious influence and direction. Ultimately learning how to communicate through our
own consciousness is what is important, however neglecting the
understanding of exact words or keys would be foolhardy. Just as we need to learn etiquettes to
communicate within the external world, understanding
language within the world of consciousness is vital. Eventually our grasp of the language
becomes fluent and we can critically decide what parts to lose and
what to keep. At this point we have learnt how to express meaning with less and less
importance placed on form or etiquette. However this state can only be
achieved through first mastering the form. It is again similar to verbal communication in that
exact phrases and such are very useful when learning a
language. Then when fluency is achieved forms can be restructured in order to refine the
meaning and expression within. By learning to observe the effect of
a ‘phrase’ or ‘word’ we understand the meaning behind the form. It is this energy or influence
behind the form that is most important. This is what unlocks
dormant awareness. It is through this process of unlocking, observing, stretching and alert
focus that awareness is expanded.
Hieu Doan
The Closed Mind
Published by admin April 22nd, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Motivation, Intuition, Mastery
The idea of the open mind has been responsible for much misdirection on the spiritual journey.
It has even been used as an insult: “You have such a closed
mind.” The truth is that a closed mind is one of the most powerful tools for accelerating spiritual
growth, and for that matter any development at all.
Developing a closed mind is about developing inner control. By learning to close the mind to
many opportunities, the mind learns to focus on just those
opportunities that are of value and meaning. Instead of embracing everything and its dog, we
become critical of what is worth embracing and what is not.
This requires not just judging aspects of reality at face value, but also investigating “what
works.” In other words, while we may not consider certain
experiences to have value, we may not be able to get out of dealing with them anyhow. A true
critical mind must acknowledge this and recognize that
conscious growth is as much about directing our evolution as it is about understanding where
we are right now.
The closed mind is what grabs all the loose ends and draws them together. Without a closed
mind we will allow everything else to be as it is, but we will fail to
integrate these aspects into our own purpose and direction.
A closed mind is the mind that enables us to resist those things which would lead us off the path
of truth. It is the mind that is vigilant to what is of value and
meaning. Dedication is the essence of the closed mind, for it is dedication to a cause or
direction which puts this value above and beyond other aspects of
reality. Commitment too is congruent with the closed mind, for it is commitment that focuses
purely on the goal ahead, remaining unattached to all that is of
lesser priority.
By filtering out what is of no use to our main purpose, we refine that which is of real power and
value. Concepts and ideas develop into techniques and
abilities. Metaphors and theories become actions and realities. Each aspect of the closed mind
offers an opportunity for opening at a deeper level. It is the
same depth that an Olympic athlete earns when they decide to dedicate themselves to their art,
forgoing many experiences that others of our world would
have. It is the same depth that an adept at metaphysical manipulation gains when they shut
themselves off from distraction in order to hone their skills.
The more passionate and inspired we become about a direction or purpose, the more that we
choose to become dedicated and committed. This is a law of the
universe. Following this law is what allows us to experience deep and real meaning in our lives.
In the beginning it is learning that closing or opening the
mind is not about right or wrong, but rather about appropriateness. Through the course of
development from beginning to mastery, we come to understand
and experience that there is in truth no absolute closure or openings. Each closure presents the
opportunity for opening and each opening closes other doors.
The closed mind is a choice to halt those experiences that we believe limit our development and
to maximize those experiences that would support and
accelerate us. In the end however, this will ultimately lead to a continual inner opening, deeper
and yet deeper, until all the openings are occurring within the
field of our truest meaning and purpose.
Hieu Doan
Defining Spirituality
Published by admin April 20th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
It is important to define spirituality for ourselves in order to define a direction of consciousness.
It is all very well to say that spirituality can be different things
for different people and is not any one thing, but if we integrate this philosophy directly into our
lives then we will limit our own perceptions and understanding
of it.
Getting deep into anything requires commitment. What this actually means is putting off other
things, at least for a while to focus on what is important. In
this case we are focusing on spirituality and the “other things” are what we are not included
within our spiritual practice.
Developing spiritual understanding requires a very closed mind. We must be closed to all that
would stop us from progressing, at the very least until we have
developed the strength and ability to overcome them at will. If we are too open, then we go
nowhere. Being closed to all except those things which are of
value to us is what commitment really is. It is dedication. If we are so open that we cannot even
focus on one thing then we are not committed, or perhaps
we are committed to being non-committed.
The problem with philosophies that are basically just one line slogans such as “be in the
moment,” “go with the flow” or “just let go,” are that they often don’t
come along with a biography of why they are of use.
What will I get out of “letting go,” “being in the moment” or “going with the flow?” It is the
reason that is most important and it is the reason that defines
direction, commitment and deep understanding.
This is the very reason why defining spirituality requires a closed mind.
It is only through this closed mind that the definition can be deepened. It is this commitment
and dedication that brings the experience of understanding and
it is this understanding that defines spirit. When spirit is actually experienced clearly then the
belief that the closed mind is required can and will be
transformed because at this point that mind has already changed. It has changed because spirit
has been defined. It has been defined through experience.
Attempting to hold multiple definitions before achieving the experiences necessary to facilitate
understanding will only limit and hinder development.
It is like deciding to take disciplined daily walks, but also holding to a belief that one should not
have schedules or plans. The two will conflict and perhaps
neither will evolve very far.
Spiritual defining requires critical and honest evaluations of what is and what is not included. As
long as these ideas are implemented into practice they will
not become dogma, because experience will crumble those that don’t stand the test and
strengthen those that do. Interestingly there is far more blind dogma
in believing that we should be open to everything and everyone, but never really testing if this
is true, than to have committed directions that we test and test
in the reality of real life practice and experience.
Experience brings beliefs, experience breaks beliefs. Real open mindedness comes as a result of
having our beliefs broken. False open mindedness is to
pretend that we are open and never test our true feelings, desires and ideas. One brings truth,
the other maintains illusion. In truth, beliefs, ideas and
concepts are broken from moment to moment.
One day we think “letting go” is all the rage. The next day we fall in love and couldn’t think of
anything worse than letting go of this person. One moment we
talk about “being in the moment” the next moment someone cuts us off in our car and we can’t
let go of the past for the next 4 hours. These incongruent
states show up a lot when we cling to beliefs. If on the other hand we “let go” of our clinging of
beliefs then they are able to be tested in the light of reality.
Here we gain real wisdom. We look at our skill level and realize that our ability to “let go” of
these emotional attachments are on a scale of 1 to 10 at about a
2 – and that what is required is about a 7. Then we realize that to “let go” perhaps we need to
accept that we can’t let go and so let go of needing to let go -
and then perhaps just let ourselves hold on like jackals.
It is experiencing these incongruent states and misalignments that allow us to understand the
different faces of a concept, theory or idea. Without
experiencing these we become very rigid all the while thinking that we are being open. Practice,
action, experience and critical observation allow us to see
that even in rigidity we may be learning to flow, that even when not “in the moment” we may
be learning to “be” and that even when holding on like there is
no tomorrow, we may be learning to “let go.” All does not need to be as it appears on the
surface. It is the reason beneath it all, the reason why we are doing
what we do that makes our action and practice valuable and powerful.
Hieu Doan
Destroying Dogma
Published by admin April 14th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
Dogma is belief that is not subject to self-criticism. It is for this reason that dogma must be
continually tested and bombarded. Dogma would have us believe
that it stands above criticism, that the very thought of criticism is blasphemy or blasphemy’s
modern day cousin, politically incorrect. This is the nature of
what occurs when we allow power to corrupt us. We seek to keep this power safe, and the
safest place is a place that is untouchable.
When we create untouchables we create objects within our minds that are exempt from
criticism or observation. These untouchables become so perfect that
we skew our own intuition in order to justify what we see. We literally and willingly pull the wool
over our eyes. The solution is to actively and consciously
test everything.
Real power comes from making our deepest values completely congruent with our actions.
Simple in principle, but rapidly degenerates in practice when we
actively deny and ignore our growing awareness and perception. This is what happens when we
hold on to dogma. It is an active process and the solution
must also be active. It is through being alert and critical that dogma is destroyed. We ignore
nothing, we let nothing get away. What ability is trained here?
The ability of sensitive and aware perception. This is the tool that is required for self-mastery.
Many speak of it and yet when it comes to using and
developing it they shy away because of what it truly means.
It takes inner strength and courage to realize that illusion and dogma exists everywhere. Each
time awareness destroys a piece of it, it feels like part of our
dream has perished. In truth, what is really occurring is that we are creating evolution and
development that is aligned to our own realization of truth and
empowerment.
Destruction is a necessary part of evolution and growth. It transforms what is not useful and
expands what is. Dogma when freed from its prison of our
perceptions becomes alive and useful information. It then has the ability to adapt, to grow and
to fit our own purpose and meaning. Instead of a separation
between our own value and that of the untouchable, the untouchable simply becomes touchable
and we recognize unity.
The only reason that dogma exists is to protect the investment of power. This itself is a lie also,
because what it is really protecting is an illusion of power.
Any power that needs protection is just an affirmation of an inner weakness and so is not true
power at all. This is dogma, made untouchable because to
touch it would make it crumble. Tearing away this perception brings us to the true cause of fear.
Facing this fear, not running, hiding or pretending that its
flaw does not exist allows us to create the strength, peace and wisdom that becomes in itself
true power.
Hieu Doan
Real Mastery
Published by admin April 12th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Motivation, Intuition, Mastery
Mastery needs to be recognized for what it is if it is to be reached. Many terms and concepts
such as empowerment, enlightenment and mastery are bandied
about these days and it seems almost popular not to define them at all, but to simply use them
as romantic concepts. This is fine if we are to remain passive
listeners to stories of spirituality. If on the other hand we wish to develop and experience
spiritual understanding for ourselves, then we need to exercise our
brains and refine and analyze exactly what these goals mean.
Real Mastery is about skill and ability. This statement encompasses the necessity that strength
and discipline are also part of the skill set. Part of the
romance of the later parts of the last century were that mastery has nothing to do with skill, but
has more to do with being alright with being where we are.
This mindset implies that whether we are growing or not, “it’s all good.” This is not real mastery.
This is just passive acceptance and a reluctance to engage
with perceptions of struggle, work and fear.
Real mastery is about control of the self. It is through skill and ability that we gain the
opportunities to control the self. Without skill and ability we have no
choice. We are like puppets. It is like a car with a broken steering wheel hurtling along the
highway. The passengers have no choice, they must go where the
car goes. Ability and skill, is development of choices. It is directly linked to control. When we
have control we can move and act as we will. Control in itself is
a subject in itself, but suffice to say for now, that what many of us mistake for control, is not
control at all. Control is not repression or “keeping a stiff upper
lip” this is just a reflection of inability or lack of skill. Control is not rehashing the same
emotional patterns or personality traits over and over again. Control is
choice. It is the ability and skill to choose this action or that action. With control, the higher
consciousness actually gets a choice. Without control there is
only the choice that seeks to avoid or repress fear.
It has been said that all babies are masters, but while this is certainly a romantic notion, it
holds no logic in universal law. Babies for sure have an ability to
learn and adapt at a fast rate, but they do not have control over their environment or survival.
If they were left alone for a few days without food or water
they would almost certainly die. If they were left without physical contact for too long then they
fall apart emotionally. Babies are not masters, if they were
we would not need to be so protective of them. If anything, babies are masters in the making.
They are developing the abilities and skills necessary to have
choices and control.
The path of mastery ends when we decide that what we have is “good enough”. This is the
reason why many people do not fully develop their abilities and
skills. They simply believe that they are “good enough.” Mastery requires the cultivation of an
extremely critical mind. This is not a mind that simply
denigrates everything, rather, it is a mind that tests all things and searches for flaws. It does
not stop here however, simply seeking flaws without also
seeking solutions is what a pessimist really is. The true critical mind seeks flaws in order to seek
solutions. It destroys in order to create something better. It
is transformation with purpose and meaning. This is how ability and skill progresses, by seeing
what is lacking or could be improved and making it better.
The mindset of mastery does not fit with the “if it ain’t broke don’t fix it” mentality. The mindset
of mastery fits more with the “let’s see if it breaks when I do
this…and if it does, lets see if we can make it stronger.” Painful? More for the ego, than
anything else, but it needs be understood that having regular scuffles
with the ego keeps it in check. The ego needs to become accustomed to pain and bruising if it is
to join the journey to mastery. The development of ability,
skill and control will always be a thorn in the side of the ego, because it is only through being
critical that conscious growth will take place. Denial makes
many friends, truth is only interested in one. Luckily at the end of the day, this is the one friend
that we will be able to count on to get the job done: our self.
This is what mastery is about. It is about getting the “self” under control.
Hieu Doan
Arrogance
Published by admin April 6th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Intuition, Mastery
The fear of being arrogant is one of the greatest hindrances to spiritual development. This
perception prevents us from acknowledging our strengths and
accomplishments. Without full acknowledgment, it is impossible to fully understand these
strengths and abilities. Acknowledgment is awareness and honesty.
Just as limitations need to be seen in order to be transcended, strengths need to be noticed in
order to further evolve them.
The development of skill, power and ability will take us through the full gamut of emotions.
When we fail we feel humbled, when we achieve we feel proud.
These are emotional sceneries. They have nothing to do with the achievement of real mastery.
If we are to reach the goal of mastery, then pride, humility,
arrogance and joy must become second to the main journey. We enjoy, we grieve, we rage and
love, but we do not allow any of these to sway us from the
path.
Arrogance is a strange one indeed. The path of spirituality is inextricably linked to that of self-
mastery. Mastery is simply the ability to control our mind, body
and consciousness. This control becomes a precision instrument for connecting and
communicating with more expansive and subtle levels of reality. However
we may choose to define spirituality, there is most definitely the opportunity to communicate
with more than the “physical” when we develop the abilities to do
so.
The fear of arrogance almost implies that we cannot acknowledge a difference between
ourselves and others. The irony is that it is our perception of difference
that started us on this journey in the first place. As we develop a little skill we believe that we
must remain humble and so we repress the parts of us that
would acknowledge these skills. This repression is a conscious and direct shutting down of our
awareness. For anyone who has ever felt that they have
practiced much and yet felt limited somehow, this may have some significance.
The other controlling element of arrogance is the fear that if we are perceived as such by others,
that we will be thought of badly. This belief stops us from
straying too far from the group consciousness. There is only so much development that can
occur and be integrated while we allow ourselves to be controlled
by this fear. Whole integration is the only way to complete and thus real mastery.
We need to let go of trying to control how others perceive us. We need to let go of trying to
control how our own mind perceives us. How long can we struggle
with these before we notice that the main journey has been on hold? These illusions are like
carrots held in front of the donkey so that it keeps on plowing that
field.
The truth is that as we develop in ability and awareness we will notice vast and massive
differences between ourselves and others. This is no time to give into
fear. These differences are what we set out on the journey for in the first place! We wanted to
become something different, we wanted to evolve and grow! Of
course the ego will begin to preen itself and say “Look at me, look at what I’ve done!” That’s
just the ego doing it’s thing. It’s no big deal. In fact it is ridiculous
to limit our skills, abilities and self-mastery because we fear that our ego is enjoying it too much.
We let the ego do it’s thing and we continue on our way. This
is just another aspect of inner strength.
Hindrances to the journey come in many shapes and sizes. Beating down arrogance may not
seem like a bad thing, because we’re told that arrogance is bad
and humility is good. These rules don’t apply to inner mastery however. Inner mastery is not
about playing a game of illusions with society. Inner mastery is
about creating inner control. Real control is not repression, it is not denial, it is not about being
played by our fears. Real control is the ability to reach out and
grab our destination regardless of the hindrances that may appear. It is in this light that we
must look at arrogance.
The purest humility exists when we allow all aspects of life and this includes our inner self, mind
and consciousness, to just be. Out of this landscape we find
the element or stream of consciousness that is congruent with our highest goals or intentions.
Then we simply jump on board. At this structure we will find
that those aspects that we thought needed controlling and repressing actually don’t hinder us at
all. In fact, the only time they hinder us is when we get off the
boat and start brawling with them. The moment we step into our own direction all these other
elements become scenery. Sure, they may hawk their wares to
us from the shore, but they only hold power over us the moment we decide to buy.
Hieu Doan
Work Smarter and Harder
Published by admin April 8th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Motivation, Mastery
Somewhere along the line the desire for achievement without effort came into play. “Smarter
not harder” became a kind of motto. Nowhere is this more
evident than in many of the metaphysical theories of manifestation that suggest that no
physical action need to be implemented when the right mind set is in
place. Ironically what actually needs to be injected into this mix is a healthy dose of “smart”.
The truth of the matter is that “smart” has little to do with
clinging blindly to phrases, concepts and theories. “Smart” is all about taking in the reality of
the situation and observing the most appropriate way of action.
The best way is not always the easiest way, nor is it necessarily the hardest.
Essentially, the best way will often be the way that gets the job done.
Creating aversion to hard work has nothing to do with intelligence, smartness or positive results.
Aversion is aversion and it is an unclear mind that seeks to
justify this aversion through creating slogans and excuses. A smart mind is a critical and
analytical mind. It is a mind of judgment and needs to be capable
and ready of breaking down any obstacles that are limiting achievement. Nine times out of ten
these obstacles are ones of our own making.
Intelligence only has real power if it serves a real purpose. Otherwise it is simply like a
computer, a number cruncher but unable to create or find any real
meaning or fulfillment. As soon as the mind believes that hard work is bad and needs to be
avoided like the plague, then it has created its own stupidity.
From this point on every time it sees hard work it doesn’t recognize it as a true opportunity for
achievement. The limitations on potential become massive.
Effective intelligence recognizes what needs to be done, then reflects on what resources are
needed to get the job done. It is not about hard, it is not about
easy – it is about results.
This perspective shifts the entire paradigm of hard and easy. The reason for this is because the
mind understands the purpose. The shift goes from one of
avoiding hard work and seeking the easy, to finding the path of results. Fulfillment then comes
from achieving these results, rather than simply finding an
easy way to achieve lesser or no results. This process purifies the mind also. “Hard” and “easy”
are relative and they are perceptions. The more that we
avoid hard work, the harder it becomes. The more that we just do it, the easier it becomes.
It is this shift that brings a realization of what “working smarter” is really about. “Smarter” truly
is more about getting these beliefs of “its all too hard” out of
our heads. These beliefs more than anything, are what make the work really hard.
Hieu Doan
Judgment
Published by admin April 4th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Motivation, Mastery
Judgment is a tool for growth and evolution. It is the aspect of our consciousness that decides
our priorities. By definition everything else becomes less of a
priority. This is by the way where the famous line, “judge not lest thee be judged,” fits in. As
soon as we judge one thing as better than another, then we
automatically judge the elements of ourselves that are not aligned with the “better” aspects as
being lacking – and vice versa. But that’s the price of
conscious evolution really. Each direction, choice and action is a weighing of priorities, values
and meaning. We can’t have one without the other. The
famous line rather than being a moral statement is more of an explanation of universal law.
More important than debating whether judgment is morally sound or not is to understand it’s
meaning and value. The fact of the matter is that without
judgment none of us would exist here and now in this form anyhow. First off, without judgment
our lungs wouldn’t be able to breath because they couldn’t
perceive the difference between the feeling of air and no air. Without judgment we would walk
smack bang into pain and danger because we could define it as
an experience that was detrimental to life.
Essentially, growth is about realizing what direction has real meaning and value and then going
for it. The main factor that gets us there is judgment.
Judgment is what takes in the over view, looks at the cards we’ve got, knows what to hold,
knows what to fold and knows what to keep back from the game
for a later day. Judgment is what recognizes opportunity and sends the message to jump to it.
Without judgment, well all those opportunities would just float
on by. There is no argument about it. The greatest ally of conscious growth, evolution and
personal development is good judgment.
Now the “lest thee be judged” part is another story. This part is a reminder to look at the
reasons why we seek growth, evolution and development.
Why do we do what we do?
Past the intellectual reasons we come to feeling. If we consciously seek something other than
what we have right now, then it is because the mind is not at
peace with what is right now. “Better must be there, not here,” – this is the perception that we
have created.
This is the “be judged” element. If over “there” is better, then over “here” is by implication just
not good enough. Sound familiar? It’s the story that begins
every journey of personal development. Buddha walked out of his palace because it just didn’t
cut it, Mohammed went looking for his mountain, Moses
thought his people deserved a better deal, even Jesus had a few complaints. By all accounts
these guys could have judgment like an avalanche at times, but
they got results, there’s little arguing with that.
The peace that seekers realize over the course of their journey comes as they gain a deeper
understanding of their purpose. They begin to see that what they
truly seek is lacking within themselves at deeper levels.
How do they realize this lack?
Judgment.
The more intense the drive is to create a better tomorrow, the more intense the agitation today.
The trick however to maintaining direction is not necessarily
to cut back on the drive, but to make peace with the agitation and intensity. This is the balance
point of weaving growth within inner peace.
Hieu Doan
Integration of Power
Published by admin March 27th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Motivation, Mastery
Integration is the practice of aligning meaning and purpose into each facet of our mind, body
and spirit. Each of these is reflected in the experiences, thoughts
and actions that we manifest in everyday life, so this is the where integration is cultivated.
Knowledge, information and the ability to act on these resources is power. This power needs to
be aligned and used toward our purpose, otherwise it is
basically useless. For example psychic skills can be used simply to read that so and so has a
friend who is talking about them, but to really push the level of
personal and spiritual development these skills could be used to fathom why this individual is
manifesting these experiences in the first place. Just as
importantly these same abilities can be used to access the knowledge needed to reconcile and
transcend the source of these experiences.
We need to look deeply and honestly at our goals and why we want them. At the core of our
purpose is the desire to be free of fear – to stand fully in our
power, complete in our knowledge that we are one hundred percent worthy to be standing on
this planet. This will not come to pass unless we make ourselves
worthy. We need to stand for what we know to be true and let go of that which is not.
It is easy to become confused when purpose is only expressed outwards. The world will change,
our interactions with people and experiences will change. The
relationships between these and ourselves will change.
Everything becomes clear when purpose is reflected inwards.
All skill, ability, knowledge, information and power is about self-mastery. Self-mastery is the
ability to create the experiences that we want. From the
spiritual, to the physical, to the mental, it is self-mastery that brings us step by step to what we
want. Frivolous experiences have their purpose – they bring
us release from the tension that is inherent in all practices of conscious expansion and
stretching. They must be recognized however for what they are – a rest
or a respite from the real journey. This truth will always be felt at the core of our being, and no
other sensory entertainment will ever be able to hide from its
call.
The integration of power occurs by making our lives revolve around our true purpose. Our true
purpose becomes powerful when we focus our lives on
revealing and expressing it. This is integration also.
Integration occurs at many levels, but essentially it is about action. If we are unclear of our
purpose, if we are unclear of what has meaning, then we must
prioritize reflecting on meaning and purpose. If we are unclear of how to align our skills and
abilities with our every day lives, then we must prioritize
reflecting on how our skills and abilities are able to help us – and by helping us, help the world.
These levels of reflection and thought are integration in
action. It begins with understanding the value of what we have and it then shifts into sharing
what we have. Through out it all what keeps our intention
moving in the direction of our truth is strength.
Hieu Doan
Destroying Apathy
Published by admin March 22nd, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Motivation, Mastery
The battle within the self is between apathy and purpose. Apathy kills purpose. Purpose kills
apathy. Apathy is a terrible and poor companion for life,
business or romance.
Why anyone would choose it deliberately is ludicrous. It is only when we seek to avoid effort
that we find reasons to justify apathy’s apparent control over us.
It is mediocre at making excuses, but even less satisfactory at creating inspiration or meaning.
There is not much going for it really. Its only power lies in the
fact that we would deceive ourselves into believing it has power at all. In actual fact purpose
and discipline have nothing to do with the existence of apathy at
all. Real discipline, purpose and drive moves forward regardless of obstacles.
Walking the easy path is not in itself disempowering. It is the reason for the choice that decides
whether we have power or not. If we are choosing the easy
path because we cannot face the feeling of putting in the effort, then we are playing a self-
perpetuating game of running from effort and seeking ease. This
patterning will take us from putting in whatever it takes to find meaning and purpose and
replace it with the game of always seeking what requires the least
effort.
A mind that gives in to its fear of expending effort will not move, stretch or expand. All
movement, stretching and expansion takes too much effort for it, and
quite frankly the apathetic mind is quite all right where it is thank you very much. What results
is a mind that is clouded, confused and slow to make
connections. Trying to work with an apathetic mind is futile. What needs to be installed is a new
managing director. One of those hotshot upstarts that
knows all the lingo and has productivity as number one. The mind of the director is about
results – period. If straight out firing the apathetic mind doesn’t
work, if cajoling and begging it to get in line fails, then the director consciousness must look to
see what will work.
The fact is, in creating a managing director mind in spite of the apathetic mind, consciousness
as a whole has already expanded. It’s a sneaky trick to play on
the apathetic mind, but before it knows it energy has already been funneled into creating the
director. Where before it seemed like there was only one mind to
make choices, now there are at least two. By choosing the managing director every time, the
apathetic mind doesn’t get a chance to run the show. This
actually suits it just fine because it has no energy to run shows anyhow.
Apathy destroys all purpose except that of apathy itself. We need to avoid influences that would
try to sell apathy to us, for in doing so we sell our own
mastery and self-control. It may seem laughable that anyone would willingly choose apathy
over mastery, but reality has and is illustrating this very fact. Our
civilization has embraced a fast food “everything is too much effort” culture and this attitude is
literally destroying our ability to connect to purpose and
meaning. This is a fact. Without the ability to move our mind, to exert effort and discipline for
creating clarity and control, we have no means to communicate
or explore deeper meaning. We need to enter the battle, summon our resources and destroy
the form that is apathy. Its control is destroyed when we no
longer allow its presence to dictate our actions. Its form is destroyed when we move from a
mind that chooses self-discipline and control. We need to
remember that if we do not choose self-discipline and control over ourselves, then something
else will.
Hieu Doan
Purpose
Published by admin March 19th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Purpose comes from having meaning, the deeper the meaning, the stronger the purpose.
Meaning is born from self questioning. Incessant self questioning –
the more the better. Questions often reveal more that needs to be answered, but rest assured
that each question whether satisfactory or not is leading us
closer to meaning.
Questions are an acknowledgement that there is knowledge worth having and answers worth
discovering. The search for answers in itself is a worthy purpose.
It is a purpose that reflects a desire for meaning. Without questions we are in effect saying that
we do not have the drive to seek more. Without drive, there is
no meaning and without meaning there is no purpose. This path of existence leads only to
perpetuate suffering.
Meaning reaches its highest peak when every moment of our existence contains the promise of
expressing and creating influence.
The greatest obstacle in our way is apathy. It has been said that all the tragedies of our time
occurred because everyone else just did nothing. This is the same
essence that kills all potential. It is the consciousness that is shaking in its boots and doesn’t
want to cause a single ripple in this world. “Please let everything
remain safe and within my comfort zone,” it says in a whisper as to hope that no one notices
even this fervent wish. So frightened does it become of causing
changes that it hides all of its dreams and aspirations under a cloak of apathy. Under this cloak
it can pretend that it just doesn’t really care, that everything is
fine and dandy. All purpose and meaning gets swept under the rug. Maybe in another life.
Obviously the trick here is to get another manager on the floor.
Apathy produces pitiful results.
The single greatest opportunity that past life visions do for a person is that we get to see all
that we have achieved and done. Most of us wince when we
realize how many lifetimes we play out the same patterns, but at least it gets us into action.
Purpose when it comes down to it is really about making a difference. It is about observing what
it is that we don’t like and making it right. Purpose and
meaning is not a difficult thing to understand – we simply make it difficult when we deny to
ourselves the aspects that have value. This is why all truth is
obvious once it is no longer denied. Destroy illusion and it is easy to see what is going on. What
has meaning and what has lesser meaning then becomes clear
– and so true purpose becomes defined.
Hieu Doan
Metaphysical Technology
Published by admin June 9th, 2007 in Manifestation, Mastery
The influx of metaphysical technologies into this planet is moving into a new stage now. Where
the harnessing of such technologies has largely been in the
underground movements even within fringe new age groups, recognition of potential power and
knowledge is beginning to be realized. The melding of
consciousness and technology heralds expanded opportunities for manifestation, astral
projection, healing and spiritual realization and as long as the balance
is kept between the esoteric and exoteric principles, the path of self-mastery and control will
continue to progress.
The advantages of using metaphysical technologies are many. For the novice they offer a way of
sustaining high levels of energy and intent even when the
consciousness is not yet able to hold these frequencies. It is much like a computer is able to tap
into complex equations at a level and speed that most human
beings are not.
Metaphysical technologies range from the very physical implements to etheric artifacts and
structures. The method and material used to create these artifacts
will determine the power and ease with which they can access each plane of reality. Ancient
knowledge is now being understood and channeled in as to how
to create technology that can link and transcend several planes simultaneously. The ability to
link these planes and to draw energy from one seamlessly into a
creation of another holds profound opportunities.
Hieu Doan
Astral Consciousness
Published by admin May 8th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Mastery
The Astral plane exists here and now simultaneously with the physical. Similarly, part of our
consciousness is connecting to the astral right here and now.
Understanding and experiencing this part of consciousness is all about training the mind to be
aware of it. Deeper levels of projection simply require training
of the mind to shift more energy into the aspects of consciousness that are already connected
to the astral.
The ability of projection begins with the development of awareness. It is like the difference
between being aware of a door or not being aware of a door.
Awareness provides the opportunity to move through while ignorance hides the door completely.
It is necessary then to train the mind to first become aware that the astral exists right here and
now. This must be achieved through experience. The mind
must be observant to itself, to feeling for and noticing the aspects of itself which are tuned into
the astral.
These openings are the keys to deeper travel.
Experienced astral projectors no longer require a deep level of relaxation to project. They simply
tune into the astral plane and through focus and mind
control, enter directly. The higher and subtler planes too, exist here and now and are accessed
by tuning into the aspects of mind that are already connected.
The subtler and higher the planes are, the ‘further’ or ‘fainter’ they will seem from our
awareness.
Difficulties shifting into subtler planes or even astral projecting in the first place occur because
the consciousness is attached to the densities of emotion,
thought and the physical. The more that we get these under control, the ‘closer’ the subtler and
higher planes will be perceived by our consciousness. A full
shift occurs when we have control over the specific densities, those being emotions, thoughts
and sensations that would prevent us from moving deeper. In
could be compared in some ways to an air filled balloon resting on the ground. It may wish to
go higher, but it is only when it is filled with a lighter gas such
as helium or hydrogen that it will.
Various temples, monasteries and places of learning exist within the astral and these also can
only be accessed if the right frequency is met. These
frequencies cannot be bought or sold. They are simply requirements of consciousness that when
met allow entry. If the frequency is not met then most likely
these places will not even be perceived at all. The same requirements exist for meeting certain
teachers and masters.
It is interesting to note that the same energetic shifts in consciousness required to project into
and within the astral hold to the same principles required for
emotional mastery, psychic communication and manifestation. The complexity lies within
deciphering the unique laws of each plane and dimension. Just as in
the physical however, we are fortunate that knowledge and teachings are always available – we
simply need to be willing to seek and to ask.
Hieu Doan
Real Manifestation
Published by admin April 10th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Mastery
Manifestation is creation. It encompasses all that we create, from a single thought, to a breath,
footstep or dollar. For each creation there is a transformation
of energy, there is expenditure, destruction and creation of form. These days in metaphysical
circles it is becoming popular to think of manifestation as
existing without needing to expend any effort at all. There has become such a separation
between body and mind, that people believe that if any physical
effort or action is implemented at all, that this is not real manifestation. This way of thinking
simply limits the potential and reality of manifestation.
Manifestation is not about creating things without lifting a finger. Manifestation is just about
creation – period. Mental, physical, spiritual – it’s all the same to
a consciousness that is intent on getting real and tangible results in life. The belief that says
that all manifestation has to happen without any effort is simply
limiting all the other ways that creation could happen.
It is our definitions and beliefs about work and effort that are getting in the way here. How can
manifestation be working if I need to labor for 40 hours to get
it done? The real question is: why is 40 hours for a manifestation wrong? Ah! Because I should
be sitting on my couch waiting for enlightenment, a new car,
fame and fortune to come knocking my door down!
The guiding principle of manifestation is to imprint the pattern of achievement into our
consciousness. This pattern then communicates with our world with the
language of achievement. If this language is saying: “I am master of my destiny, but only if I
don’t need to do a thing,” then what is being broadcast loud and
clear is that this goal really isn’t worth it. True intent is not about “I don’t want to lift to finger
or get my hands dirty.” True intent is about “there’s my goal,
let nothing not even heaven or hell stand in my way.” With an intention like that the language
being communicated is entirely different. The world
understands that we are serious about our goals, that sensations, emotions and feelings aren’t
going to hold us back. More importantly, our own
consciousness understands that we are serious. It is this kind of mindset that makes providence
move mountains for us. It is also a mindset that cannot be
faked. Denial is one thing – continual lack of results is hard to ignore.
We need to shift our minds from being attached to concepts and slogans, to looking at results.
Legions of philosophy, spirituality and theory die in their very
first steps when asked to provide results.
All manifestation, whether spiritual, financial, emotional, physical or otherwise has a logical
process and practice that delivers it. If results are lacking, it is
because the process is missing something. It may be something on the mental level, it may be
something on the physical, it may be information and
knowledge, it may be action and discipline. Real manifestation occurs when we recognize the
process and structures that need to be linked and in place and
then respond appropriately. The real reason that manifestation fails or is only partially realized
is because limiting beliefs prevent us from seeing the
opportunities and understanding that we can enter into them. This is all. Manifestation is simple.
It becomes more complicated with each and every condition
that we place on it. Being open to all the ways that creation may come, means that we need to
destroy all the beliefs that would stand in creation’s way.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Perception
Published by admin March 9th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Paths of Power, Intuition, Mastery
Power without perception has no true value. In the first, without perception, we will not even
know power to exist. In the second if our perception is not up to
scratch we’ll not know what to do with it. Perception is vision and clarity. It is seeing the big
picture but also remembering the small details. When we have
perception the ways and methods of power become simple and clear. As a result this type of
power has profound value.
Clarity brings the ability to understand the why and how of things. The why and the how are the
nuts and bolts of reality. When we can see how and why
they hold everything together, we can loosen a nut here and tighten a bolt there or make
everything come crashing down and perhaps build a new structure.
Perception and clarity also clears out all the superfluous garbage from our minds and body.
Instead of wasting time and energy juggling meaningless variables
and theories, we just take in the whole in a glance and see exactly what needs to be done to
affect everything. Obviously this attribute is valuable for
everything from healing to meditation and manifestation.
There are two fundamental directions that perception can move toward: inward and outward. By
maintaining awareness at the sense doors where the external
and the internal meet it, we are able to understand the interaction between both. Working with
the creative and destructive cycles, the point of transformation
occurs within this point. Moving into this point allows for a deeper perception of creation and
destruction. The loop or cycle of transformation become tighter
as creation and destruction begin to occur swifter, each taking the place of the other in rapid
succession. Look for the point where both exist simultaneously
and observe for a still point. This still point of zero point provides a completely different space
from the reality of creation and destruction. It stands apart and
is unaffected by cause and effect and yet its presence and acknowledgement affects all around
it. This is they entry point into the void, stillness and eternity.
It is through this infinite well that healers and magicians attempt to transpose reality.
Hieu Doan
The Foundation of Magic ~ Part 2
Published by admin February 23rd, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Mastery
Magic creates a direction in which to channel consciousness. At the same time the art of Magic
is not adverse to the use of tools, reagents and other
ingredients as catalysts and mediums of energy. These ingredients provide a window into these
energies and the reasons for how they alter cause and effect.
Where many practitioners of “pure” meditation can reach plateaus where they cannot bridge
spaces to further development, the aid of external energies and
ingredients can provide the information that is required. In principle there is no difference
between guidance from a human consciousness and guidance from
a plant extract, crystal or herb. Knowledge is knowledge.
Moving the mind into an ingredient or reagent is essentially the same as moving the mind into
any form or shape of consciousness. Observation opens the
way to recognition and by focusing the mind through this channel an understanding of the
energy’s properties becomes available. If the mind feels stretched
as it learns to do this then the process is working!
With practice deeper levels of connection to the specific energies are found and the ability to
use lesser and lesser amounts of ingredients and reagents will be
noticed. This becomes a tangible way to measure the increasing ability of the mind to take the
form and property of these specific energies. As the mind
gains the ability to manifest directly, the opportunity to continue the process of development
can be sustained by increasing the “intensity” of the goal. This
will in turn require a deeper sensitivity and strength of the energies required to manifest this
goal.
The art of Magic leads to the same place ultimately as the art of pure meditation. At the peak
the mind recognizes itself as the creator of all things, and this
understanding reveals the universal processes inherent in all esoteric arts and sciences. The
way is almost never straight and linear, and knowledge however
profound will not become wisdom without the integration of consciousness. The more expansive
this consciousness, the more masterful our ability to integrate
and therefore access and use this wisdom and knowledge.
Hieu Doan
Meditation Mastery
Published by admin April 30th, 2007 in Meditation, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Meditation is the practice of understanding. It is training the mind and the body to observe and
gain knowledge about specific energies and aspects of
consciousness. As the body and mind becomes familiar with the language of these energies, a
communication is realized and formed. This communication is
the catalyst to understanding.
Often understanding is perceived to merely mean intellectual realizations. In truth
understanding can be defined as ‘knowing.’ It is knowing how ‘cause’
relates to ‘effect,’ and it is also knowing how to influence “cause” and “effect.” Deep
understanding means an intrinsic, intuitive knowledge of how to create
effect or result. It becomes as basic as simply reaching out and taking a glass of water. No
thought, theory or concept needs to be understood to take the
water - the ‘knowing’ is so deep and cellular that our body and mind has the perfect
coordination and knowledge to simply reach out and take it. This is ability
and skill. It may not be recognized for a task such as this, but this is because we have reached
a high level of skill. It is simply taken for granted. This is the
direction of mastery. It is tuning our abilities to such a high level that ‘intention’ can become
‘reality’ at our will. This level of mastery only occurs through
progressive practice.
For many people spiritual practice does not move much deeper than the intellectual level. The
intellectual level is the level of thought, concepts, philosophy
and theory. This is the level where we make our plans and understand the ‘map’ to creating
deeper skill. The fact of the matter is that without deeper
practice we do not have the opportunity to control cause and effect. Using the example of
taking a glass of water for instance, as babies we were unable to
manifest this effect at will. Even through watching and gaining instruction it took practice and
time to entrain these abilities into our bodies. It took even
more time to develop this ability to the level where we could do it without thought.
The training of the mind and body to coordinate and follow intention in this way is meditation.
Mastery of meditation is the development of all the skills
required to move, direct and control the mind in all its facets. Where the basic meditation will
form fewer aspects of focus and skill, mastery is able to flow
from one to another at will. The difference is like needing to think hard about reaching out and
taking a glass of water, all the while concentrating intensely -
and simply reaching out and taking it.
The speed of ‘thought’ is fast indeed, but it pales in comparison to the speed of knowing.
Mastery is the training of our abilities into body and mind so that this
deep coordination of consciousness just ‘knows’. ‘Thought’ needs to interpret and process
experience, then apply the necessary level of consciousness.
‘Knowing’ simply creates experience directly. The higher the level of ability and skill, the less
thought is required. It is like taking the glass of water – we
simply reach out and connect. There is no dispute, doubt or argument about the fact that we
can simply reach out. We just do it. This is what ability and skill
does for us. This is also the reason why intellectualization, concept and theory leaves so much
room for arguments, dispute and doubt. None of this however
matters when we develop real skill. It becomes completely irrelevant when we develop mastery.
Training towards meditation mastery develops the ability to connect to spiritual experience
without requiring intellectual concepts or theory. The experience
just happens as a result of the ability and skill. Our understanding of spirit, the Higher Self and
metaphysics changes completely, because instead of working with theories and thinking “what
if?”, we get to actually try out our ‘what if?’ ideas within the realm of experience.
Where theories would discuss whether spirit of the Higher Self exists, ability demonstrates
existence beyond a shadow of a doubt. More than this, experience
moves us into a more constructive phase such as viewing discussing methods of evolving with
Ascended Masters, astral projecting into mystic libraries of
spiritual knowledge and communing with the Higher Self or God force.
Mastery is a path that is created when we dedicate ourselves to developing a high level of skill.
Through this path, purpose and meaning are made apparent -
empowerment is made apparent. Ideas that were concepts become experiences within our
reality. Mastery at this point is no longer simply an idea, dream or
ideal. It is refined ability and skill. Correct meditation, the art of understanding and
communication is the most direct path of training to bringing these skills
of consciousness to mastery.
Hieu Doan
How to Expand Consciousness
Published by admin September 28th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Meditation, Unlimited Mind, Intuition
Expanded consciousness is flexible consciousness. It is consciousness that can quite literally
stretch and move effortlessly and easily. Flexibility of the mind is
about choices. A person who trains their muscles to stretch will be able to move efficiently in
ways and perform actions with a greater range of movement than
when the muscles were untrained. Similarly in learning to stretch our minds we will be able to
do things that we were unable to do when we keep it in a rigid
state. This is not to say that rigid states are not of value, it is simply to say that with flexibility
we have the option to be rigid, gentle, mentally resilient,
creative, intuitive, responsive, sensitive, genuine, playful, loving, caring and free. Furthermore,
just like the muscle that is flexible will be less prone to injury,
the mind that is used to stretching and expanding will also gain this benefit. Granted the injury
of the mind arises from the perception that it is wounded. What
is actually happening is that it is losing it’s familiar form. It believes that the new forms are
negative and so it perceives injury. In any case, a flexible mind
gains the ability to realize that it cannot truly be wounded and the freedom from this most basic
fear also allows it to experience more than it could ever
imagine.
Expanded consciousness is a consciousness that allows itself to perceive more. It is exploring
and stretching the fringes of itself. It is exploring, moving and
delving into the heart of itself.
In this society many of us have permitted ourselves to become carbon copies. We have a
perception about what an “in control,” “successful”, “happy” or
“spiritual” person should be and we try to fit ourselves into this mold. The problem is, because
we get into the game of wanting to fit the mold, we deny the
reality (or illusion) as it actually is. To get anywhere we need to start where we are.
Who we are and the image of who we are are two very different things.
So what constitutes a flexible mind? Look at what we have told ourselves we should and should
not be. How many of us never let ourselves cry because we
believe that it is weak? How many of us repress anger because we have been told it is wrong?
How many of us keep a “brave” or “good” face simply to
preserve an image or perception? These are simple everyday examples of where we control our
consciousness and command it to not step out of line. Not only
do these repressed emotions cause physical problems in the body, they affirm that we need to
fear these aspects of ourselves. We must face this fear in order
to transcend it. We must transcend it in order to experience freedom.
Let yourself feel your emotions. Acknowledge what they are. Do not get trapped in the game of
pride saying you should feel this and not that. Simply feel.
Expanding our usual routine to encompass more feeling frees up a lot of energy. At the same
time it stretches our perception of ourselves. The more we
expand the more energy that we get.
Work with this exercise:
Observe your body. Feel your posture, notice your breathing, watch your thoughts and
emotions.
Observe.
Seek neither peace, order or chaos. Simple observe what is with a neutral, objective mind.
Begin to feel, see and imagine yourself expanding out.
Feel as if you have an energetic skin that is expanding out and becoming giant.
See yourself as big as your town, then your city, then your state, then your country.
See yourself holding the planet in the palm of your hand.
Keep expanding. How expansive can you become?
Remember that the secret of visualization is to simply do it. If it seems unclear or if you seem
to have doubts, just let them be. We are pushing our minds to
stretch and expand. If it feels elusive at first then you’re doing it right. If you have doubts, then
you’re doing it right. The main thing is to maintain a
connection to the visualization no matter how small it may seem at first. Know that your mind
exists at this frequency of expansion right now. You are simply
tuning into it.
We are not seeking to diminish who we are - we are simply experiencing that there is more.
From the vantage point of holding the planet in your hand take a look at all the things that you
have perceived to be your problems. How do they feel now?
Take a look at how different situations and experiences both internal and external are affecting
your energy. From this expanded perspective, observe and ask
yourself how you could best get from where you are now to where you want to go. Know that
this expanded consciousness can give you the answer as easily
as you can know that turning a door handle will open the door.
Hieu Doan
Principles of Dimensional Shape-Shifting
Published by admin August 17th, 2006 in Spirit, Esoteric Alchemy, Meditation, Realization
The mind is the portal through which we can experience all dimensions. This is achieved by
training the mind to become the key which is needed to open the
doors. Quite literally by shaping our minds in a certain way a shift or realization occurs where
we are able to perceive and connect with these dimensions. The
value of this is understood when we realize that all mind and body states from emotions to
expanded spiritual consciousness are dimensional realities.
An excellent foundation for developing our minds to access dimensions is through the chakras.
The chakras are gateways of dimensional energy that the body
and mind can easily learn to sense. From this sensory base we learn to move through the
illusion that the chakras exists only in a certain location*. By
learning to work with the mind in specific exploratory ways we allow it to realize that the chakra
can in fact exist anywhere on the body, then extending from
this - anywhere at all.
*For locations of chakras please refer to the glossary in the sidebar menu.
We need to understand that a chakra’s location is perceived as existing in specific places simply
because the mind and body play into this blueprint. Anywhere
on the body and as we will learn later, anywhere at all is a potential chakra or energy gate.
We can for instance feel the energy of the third eye chakra through the middle of our calf or for
that matter the dining room table.
Location is an illusion which is dispelled when we teach the mind and body to bridge the gap
between what we perceive as separate. In and of itself the
experience of oneness is a profound and healing experience. Further advantages of learning
how to bridge the gap is that we can connect to any dimension we
wish anywhere. This goes for emotional, spiritual, physical, or any energetic dimension. We can
use this skill to access knowledge, communicate, dissipate
negative emotions, create empowering emotions and enhancing healing faculties.
The initial training of shape-shifting teaches us to bridge the gap between objects. It allows us
to experience the unity between things and shatters the illusion
of separateness. The practice described here of listening to chakra consciousness then moves us
into the realm of communication and inter-dimensional
awareness.
Begin with this exercise:
Closing your eyes allow yourself to become aware of the area between your eye brows.
Feel for an energy that exists here in this location.
If you cannot feel it then imagine what it might feel like.
Send your imagination out to listen for anything which might be there.
Any thoughts, sights, sounds, distractions - simply let them be. Let them be as they are.
Allow your focus to be placed only on this location and anything which flows from this location.
Allow all else to be like the water surrounding a gemstone. The water exists but we are focused
on the gemstone.
Do not be concerned with whether you are focused properly, whether the exercise is working for
you or not. By applying your mind in this way, know that it is
finding it’s way.
These descriptions are in fact more than the exercise needs to be. Once you have realized the
feeling, all descriptions become extraneous. In the beginning
however we need these in order to satisfy our minds that we are doing it right. In truth by
simply looking and exploring in this area regularly we will begin to
see.
It is important to note that apart from the healing and regulating nature of the chakras, that
their energy is also a wisdom of their own. It is one thing to
control the energy with our minds - it is another to allow the chakras to express and show their
own dimensions to us. It is the difference between telling the
chakra what we want and listening to what it is.
This is first allowed to happen by attuning our minds to the energy of the chakra. We can then
begin to move into it’s dimension - or rather the two dimensions
begin to coordinate together. The mind becomes the focal point where this is able to occur.
There is an important skill that is developed here. By giving permission to others to be all that
they can be - we are able to realize their power too. When we
believe that we know what is best for others and try to control their path we are unable to be
fully open to all that they are. There is a perception that we are
right and they are wrong. That we know what is best and they do not. A chakra has an essence
as much as a human being has an essence and the same
principle applies. In fact the same principle applies for love, happiness, enlightenment, peace,
joy and so on.
There is a wisdom and intelligence that can only be realized when we allow the universe to
“come as it is.”
Without the filter of our expectation, our control and conditions, we are able to experience what
these essences actually mean. As long as we place conditions
all we truly hear and feel are our perceptions of truth - a far cry from truth itself.
Through listening and learning to “walk in the shoes” of the chakra’s energy, we are able to
understand it’s message - then our coordination with it becomes
deeply profound and powerful.
As a race human kind has a tendency to use resources whatever these may be without listening
and asking. This goes for the earth, this goes for people, this
goes for energy. Even in meditation we try to “control this”, “do that” and “make this happen”.
It is part of our evolution that we seek to make ourselves
“better” - but sometimes better experiences only come through first listening to the knowledge
and wisdom that is already before us.
When we seek happiness and empowerment only in what is to come, we take away the
opportunity to find it here and now.
Through listening comes understanding, through understanding comes unity. This is where the
gap is bridged.
It is ironic that in our attempts to control others we lose the essence of the very power that we
are seeking. In allowing ourselves to connect to them as they
are - and learning to open ourselves we realize power.
The level of dimensional mind discussed here is sometimes regarded as more difficult to grasp
than the usual chakra or energy work - but in fact it is more
simple. It is just that we have created complex barriers in the mind. In truth young children
would understand this principle in experience if not in words easier
than many of us - but therein lies the method and simplicity.
Observe the areas of the mind that would resist. Observe the areas of the mind that are able to
imagine possibilities. The imaginative areas are like flowing
water. The resistant areas are like dams. We learn to move the flow into the areas that we wish
to explore. Leave the resistance to be as it is.
Work with observing all the chakras. Explore the difference between placing your mind at the
chakra and allowing it to come to you. Recognize that it is a
communication between you and the energy. Play with it. Spending time with your chakras is
like spending time with a child - have fun, observe. Build the
trust between yourself and the chakra. Communication can only deepen with trust.
Remember that the imagination is the area of the brain that is able to stretch and this is what
we are truly developing here. We are expanding and stretching
our minds. In time we will want to begin moving and connecting to energies which are far
beyond what we currently imagine. Each step grounds us for the
next step and allows us greater insight into what is possible.
Expanded consciousness occurs one step at a time.
Keep finding ways to explore the energy of the chakra’s. Then see if you can find this energy at
different areas of your body. Explore how far you can move
into the dimension of the chakra. Move in so deeply that you become the chakra looking back at
yourself. Work with realizing the energy of chakras existing in
external objects.
Some of these may feel like a stretch - and that’s how they are meant to feel.
Remember that we are developing a communication. Communication bridges the gap. It is to
listen as well as express. To be sensitive to what the connection
would like. Through communication we then gain understanding, and through understanding we
realize power.
Hieu Doan
The Beauty of Meditation
Published by admin August 13th, 2006 in Meditation
Meditation to me simply means the practice of developing the mind. The goals of practice can
literally relate to anything, after all how many things are there in
life where our mind isn’t present in one form or another? Generally the better we are at
coordinating our mind the better results we get from experiences in
life. To me that’s the beauty of meditation. I put everything aside for a while and prioritize the
aspects of me that I want to develop. It makes integrating
personal development principles into daily life a lot easier than trying to do it on the fly.
The focus can be literally anything from healing, spiritual consciousness, mind/body connection,
enhanced learning, calming down, energizing up, vision
quests, developing the personality, relationships, affinity with the earth, emotional mastery,
alchemy, manifestation, music, martial arts, golf - you name it.
Meditation is like training for the big game - the big game in this case being life. I do what I can
to break down the myths that meditation has to be done a
certain way because I believe that this type of mentality will make some people turn away from
developing a skill that in truth is not exclusive to dogma or
sectarianism. Meditation is a means to develop the mind - pure and simple. If anyone believes
that meditation should only be used for certain purposes they
have a right to have this belief - but it doesn’t mean that they are right and it doesn’t mean that
anyone else has to abide by this belief.
Meditation is development of the our minds. Let us decide for ourselves what direction we wish
to take our own development.
If we keep this in mind then meditation will be inclusive of everyone - not exclusive. It can be
used by children to go on grand adventures into outer space, it
can be used by students to manifest acing their exams, it can be used by musicians to connect
to the genius of Mozart, it can be used by spiritualists to
connect to the consciousness of God and the universe.
At the same time when we encourage meditation to be used in this way we begin to embrace
the uniqueness of everyone. We are saying that your path is
alright too. I’m not the only chosen one. It opens up a courageous heart when we can accept
ourselves and our unique individuality regardless of what
everyone else is doing. It is in direct opposition to needing to make our path more right, putting
ourselves on a pedestal and ragging on other people for doing
it “all wrong.” This just affirms our fears and insecurity.
In any case meditation like cooking, will turn out in many forms. Sometimes it tastes like
something the cat dragged in, at other times it’s like heaven on
earth. What it’s really reflecting is our mind in all it’s creative forms. There’s some stuff we’re
good at, some stuff we’re crap at and some stuff that we really
don’t have a clue what’s going on with. At the end of the day though it’s a discovery of
ourselves no matter how we put it. Sure discovery is something that we
get in life regardless - but giving that time, making creative, mental, exploratory expression and
practice a priority even for 5 minutes a day, begins to pay
dividends big time in the long run.
It’s a conscious and directed work out of the mind. Eventually the split between the work we do
in meditation and our every day life becomes seamless. The
mind just clicks that this is the way we want things to go - and while I love a good fight and
struggle every now and then - there’s nothing like knowing that
when I want to go with the flow and make life easy I’ve got a good friend backing me up.
Being Natural
Published by admin March 31st, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Motivation, Truth
These days it has become popular to use the word “natural”. Its usage is especially enjoyed
when it is used to refer to aspects of humankind or evolution not
being natural and to use this inference in an attempt to direct a particular influence of “natural.”
In the context of the universe there is nothing that is not
natural. There is creation, there is destruction, there are layers of truth, illusions, shapes and
forms. This very planet we live on was not always what it now
is. There was a time that it was simply swirling gases, and a time before that when it was
nothingness. Is this more natural than where we now live? Is it
better simply because it is what was? A more accurate term for these swirling gases would be to
use “original form.”
These same concepts and beliefs are projected through into how we see ourselves and how we
direct our development. For instance in this very moment we
may have natural tendencies which are not aligned with our conscious intention. These are
habits, patterns and a magnetism that are moving in a particular
way. The only reason that they are natural is because we have done them so many times that
they are in effect self-perpetuating. This is in fact what we
have defined “natural” to mean.
This planet, the trees, the air, the water – all have become self-perpetuating patterns of energy.
They are able to hold their form, more or less. The same
principles apply to consciousness. This is how energy works and yet we seem confused when
certain achievements seem to require a lot of effort or hard work
to attain. It is almost like all great goals and dreams should come easily. “It’s not natural,” we
say when things get too hard and we fall back to old habits.
“It’s too extreme,” we say and return to patterns that we consciously know do not serve us.
As a race we have done well to create language, but as a tool it can be used to hinder or
support our intentions. We define words and concepts into negative
and positive and then we act from the ridiculous notion of not wanting to be associated with
negative words and only positive ones. What we really need to be
doing is understanding what serves and supports us and what does not. Certainly being
controlled by words does not. It is meaning that holds true power.
The ability to consciously, positively and willfully direct our reality is powerful. It is extreme and
for many people it is not what comes naturally. The
processes and abilities involved to reach this stage take work and practice. Often this work will
be hard. It becomes harder when we feed ourselves beliefs
that everything should be easy. Ironically, when we embrace what is hard the experience
becomes inspiring. No person who has broken through their own
self-limiting beliefs has ever not been astounded. Breaking through challenges is not natural. If
it were natural then it would not be perceived as a challenge
at all. Take walking for example: How many of us find it a challenge to walk into the next room?
Is there even a thought that it may be an insurmountable
obstacle? For many people the act of walking is so natural that it registers not even a thought.
Yet for those that are in rehabilitation, walking may not come
naturally anymore. They need to train it, over and over until their body and mind understands
what is required. Eventually, it can become natural.
Living life at a “high” level is never entirely natural. There is always a stretch or expansion that
is pushing at boundaries and limitations. Yet when we
embrace and accept what does not feel natural then it becomes natural. The bottom line is that
achievement in any area of life is about working the body and
mind to remember the forms of consciousness that are required to excel. As each level becomes
entrained into the body and mind they become natural. This
then opens the way to use this base to reach for a higher level of achievement. Without a stable
base, none of these changes or understandings are natural –they become as impermanent as
the wind.
Power without perception is of no true use for us humans. This is what happens when we
become attached to words. We need to look clearly at what it is that
is important to us – what holds meaning and value to us. Then we need to understand what
characteristics of consciousness are needed to achieve these. All
that is needed then, is to practice these characteristics until they become natural. Natural is not
about “easy”, it is not about “hard”, it is about perpetuating
what is important. It is a full time job, but when it has value, then there is nothing better in this
world.
Hieu Doan
Recognition and Advanced Manifestation ~ Part 3
Published by admin January 6th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Motivation, Truth,
Mastery
Mastery of the skills of manifestation comes through intensive practice and work. We must
develop the ability to continuously confront and respond to what is
required. This practice must be cultivated until courage, sensitivity and awareness becomes
natural.
All masters who have developed the ability to manifest instantly have progressed through the
ranks of first expending massive amounts of energy, focus and
will in training. The furnace of training involved in this type of practice is what tempers and
conditions the consciousness and enables it to move and create.
There is no avoiding this if we are to gain these skills. The very fears, doubts, lack of patience
and confusion that would prompt us to find an easy route to
manifestation are the exact same aspects that will strengthen and develop our consciousness.
We need these aspects to develop strength and sensitivity, a
type strength and sensitivity that enables us to control our consciousness. This is what
manifestation is and requires.
There are types of manifestation that are like puffs of wind and to those of us that can perceive
this energy we can see that it is instantly dispersed. There is
quite literally not enough energy or effort to hold it in our reality. The type of energy that we
need to develop is of the mindset that is resolute and fixed in its
determination to achieve its goals. If we have the mindset that we wish to manifest but only if
we need not do any real hard work, then this is the exact
intention that is expressed and projected. If we have the mindset that we will do whatever is
required, that we will find a way and that even if we meet a wall
we will climb over or find a way around it - then this is the type of energy and intention that we
will manifest. At the mental level this type of consciousness
looks for opening and opportunities everywhere. At the physical level the body is prepared and
sensitive to respond.
Mastery of manifestation has never been about producing reality effortlessly. This has simply
been a byproduct. The aim of manifestation is just that - to
manifest exactly what we want, using whatever tools and knowledge we have and can get our
hands on. This mindset creates that of an inspired, disciplined
and dedicated explorer, on the lookout for new and better ways to do what we do.
It is this mindset that creates effortless power.
By finding ways in which first and foremost we achieve our goals we find better ways to succeed.
If we simply seek to find easy ways and forgo making
achievement our priority then we will find that what we create are ways of ease but not a lot in
the direction of success. Finding ways that lead to our goals
provides an opportunity to know and understand the destination. Then we can find paths of
lesser resistance and effortless power. The ironic beauty is, that in
achieving effortless power we have already transcended the need for it.
Hieu Doan
Recognition and Manifestation ~ Part 2
Published by admin January 4th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Motivation, Truth,
Mastery
Directing consciousness, recognizing what is required and responding to this requirement are
what allow our intentions to become manifested. Of all of these it
is perhaps recognition which is most commonly missed and the primary reason that
manifestation fails.
Recognition allows us to see exactly why experiences are unfolding as they are and the
directions needed to affect positive change.
Recognition is the ability to see the threads of life that can lead us to our goals. If we are
working to manifest a home, recognition will direct our mind to
understanding what we currently know and do not know about houses and perhaps lead us to a
builder or real estate agent. If we are working to manifest a
healthy body recognition will direct our mind to understanding what we currently know and do
not know about a healthy body and lead us to information,
people and resources that will help to elicit this change. The stronger we direct our intention to
manifest the more threads and directions will become apparent
to us.
Recognition is the reason that we form relationships with teachers, mentors and those more
experienced than us. They are able to recognize where we are on
the path, what we need to move us to a level of higher awareness and see whether our
practices are working for us. In the first however it is ourselves that
recognize that we can accelerate our progress by learning from a teacher or mentor.
As recognition and response evolves to a deeper level, integration moves toward a direction of
happening instantaneously. Solutions are understood, the
necessary energies and emotions are fueled in such a way that limiting beliefs will be moved
through and supporting beliefs can come to the fore. All of this
occurs in that instant of recognition. At an internal level the forces of consciousness will have
mobilized and formed the necessary forms to elicit expression
within external reality.
It is important to understand that in the beginning manifestation will often require what we
perceive to be an internal as well as external recognition and
response. That is to say that external action will be required to fulfill internal needs. As training
progresses it will seem as if less external response is needed
until finally the process becomes entirely internal. Reaching this stage requires a deep and
thorough understanding of the communication and relationship
between the internal and external worlds. Real and tangible integration occurs only when we
actually experience the connection between the two, and this can
only be achieved through observation and recognition.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Music
Published by admin May 26th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Paths of Power
Music has the ability to transform locked physical and emotional states into fluid ones. The
power of sound and music has been used since the beginning of
time to channel energies into direction and intention. Higher planes exists where the traveler is
met with music that seems as if it is played by angels. This
music has a direct effect on the heart center of a human being and this energy has a ripple
effect of healing the entire body and mind. There are also realms
composed entirely of sound, where the other senses recede to the point of completely dissolving.
Here the consciousness floats and the language of the tones
and symphonies simply infuse into out being.
Beings have intuitively connected to this place of sound and music throughout our planet’s
history. The circular, flowing nature in which music captures a form
of energy, emotion and intent forms a direction that manifests powerfully at the physical level of
sound. It is this reason that music can so inspire the energies
and emotions of joy, grief, hope, anger and so on. It is also for this reason that we need to be
deliberate and conscious of the sounds that we choose to
express, as well as the meaning behind the sounds.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Destruction
Published by admin March 7th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Paths of Power
Destruction is the cleansing aspect of the transformation cycle. It is a changing of the old that
makes room for the new. Spiritual destruction flows from
universal consciousness and is integrated into our actions and intent by the way that we would
choose to evolve ourselves and the planet that we interact with.
There has not been a single consciousness on this planet that sought change that did not also
embrace destruction.
Gautama the Buddha created destruction when he chose to leave the cycle of suffering. Each
vibration of this master would decimate the emotions of hate,
anger and fear. Jesus created destruction when he chose to bring the wisdom of God to this
planet. Even in his tortured death he had the ability to choose
love and forgiveness.
Each of these masters brought profound and dramatic change to our world - beliefs,
understandings, ways of life - all were destroyed and then created anew.
The presence of these beings destroyed and created more than all the wars in the last 500
years put together. Their legacy lives on because the waves that
they made while they were here, were made in stone. They called to the parts of us that
resonated with the messages of universal truth - and when all was
said and done we realized their messages as being worthy of religion.
To this day thousands of years after their physical incarnations on this planet, we still reflect,
analyze and strive to understand the paths that these masters
walked. Their steps left waves where the rest of us left the smallest of ripples - and yet they
would remind us that we too were just like them.
The resounding attribute that all pioneers, masters-to-be and explorers have is their willingness
to embrace their purpose. It is understanding this purpose
that allows them to destroy and ultimately transform those aspects of themselves that would
limit and hold them back.
Mastery is about directing the tides of change. These directions bring a deliberate and conscious
guiding of where destruction is to take place – and where
creation is to flow. These vibrations of change which may begin at the subtlest level as thoughts
and feelings, gain solidity when they become congruent with
the energies and frequencies of the physical plane. All expression interacts with its environment
and in this moment of meeting the transformation elicits a
destructive phase as well as a creative one. Mastery is the art of playing the smallest of ripples
and guiding them into the perfect cycles of destruction and
creation.
Energies of hate, anger and frustration speak to us and it is our understanding of these
languages that allows us to understand the essence of our true inner
self. Hatred does not exist when we are completely in love with who we are and in exploring the
areas where we hate, we can come to discover and reconcile
these parts. Similarly, frustration and anger do not form into these intensities when our cells
are able to experience a consciousness and a mind and body that
is able to create a reality with true meaning and purpose. These emotional energies speak to us
of destruction. They are asking for change – inner change.
When we change the way that we receive and communicate with ourselves, then our reality
changes. Our experiences and purpose become meaningful in a
positive way. This shift in attitude is both powerful and profound. It makes the difference
between a consciousness that is passionate and inspired to live and
one that is not. It is the need and action that initiates change that destroys and it is the need
and action that perceives a better way that initiates creation. The destruction
needs to be understood and accepted if the creation and transformation is to be had.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Recognition ~ Part 2
Published by admin December 31st, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Paths of Power, Motivation, Truth
The essence of manifesting a life that is meaningful to us is based on a foundation of willingness.
It is through sustaining this ability to be willing, to
continuously connect with the states of body and mind that will bring us to our destination that
ultimately gets us there. The obstacles and challenges that we
meet along the way are the different shapes, forms, feelings and sensory experiences of the
mind and body. Each of these can and will be transcended by
learning to enter into them, take their form and move consciousness through, but at the very
first it is willingness that allows us to take any action at all.
Whether through intellectualization , faith, hope or inspiration it is this recognition of something
being perhaps worthwhile and meaningful that is the very first
step towards any destination. Meaning comes from recognizing the worth of an experience and
in recognizing worth we give an experience reason and
purpose. The deeper our level of recognition the stronger our willingness for further exploration.
It is important to understand for ourselves the tools that make recognition clear. Without clarity
we get glimpses of recognition but may lack the ability to
understand the potential. Without clarity we may recognize yet miss the opportunities to work
with these opportunities.
Self-discipline is perhaps the most important of the tools. Discipline works whether or not we
are inspired or confused, tired or energized, passionate or
apathetic. From discipline we can learn to create passion, inspiration, knowledge and wisdom.
Discipline needs to be recognized for what it is. It is an engine
that will take us where we wish to go, however it needs to be pointed in the right direction.
Discipline without a journey of reason and meaning will lead to a
life without purpose. The strength of discipline needs to be blended with the softness of
reflection, introspection and self-questioning. In this way each step is
one of meaning and power.
At the experiential level recognition occurs through sense and feeling. The journey from a
surface level of recognition to a deeper level occurs through
becoming familiar with the experience of feeling and moving the mind through the various doors,
flows and spaces. The development of patience and tolerance
is very important here because it is only through tolerance that acceptance can be realized.
Being able to keep the mind at any particular place, feeling or
emotion for as long as is needed will eventually provide the recognition that is required to move
through. There is no getting around this. The only way to truly
transcend is to make peace.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Recognition ~ Part 1
Published by admin December 29th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Paths of Power, Motivation, Truth
Real, tangible empowerment exists when we train our physical and mental consciousness to
recognize it. Recognition is the development of listening, seeing,
feeling and perception. It is our senses that provide us with the opportunity to judge and
perceive our experiences, and thus it is our senses that determine
what empowerment truly is. Without the ability to hear it would not matter how beautiful
sounds might be as we would not be able to appreciate them.
Without the ability to see it would not matter how beautiful sights might be as we would not be
able to see them. Without the ability to feel it does not matter
how beautiful a feeling may be as we are not able to feel them.
Understanding what to recognize at the intellectual level provides us with a road map of what it
is that we are seeking, but this is all it is - a road map.
Intellectualization does not provide us with the feeling, sight and sound of the actual experience.
We may read all there is to know about enlightenment,
empowerment and awakening, but without actually experiencing it we are simply reading and
relating a story.
The gift of the intellect is that it acts as a gatekeeper to deeper knowledge. By understanding at
an intellectual level we give permission and allow ourselves to
explore a more dedicated level of experience.
For all intents and purposes intellectual recognition affords us two things: the ability to see that
a certain path will lead us somewhere and a certain level of
confidence in our ability to manifest this direction. This is a level of vision and insight which by
its very realization provides us with the opportunity to recognize
ability. It is ultimately the confidence and insight which comes from this which allows us to
move.
Intellectual recognition will lead many of us to taking the first steps to experiential, physical and
spiritual recognition. For some it will be the first step, for
others a foundation of faith or inspiration may provide the base in which to move. What is
important is that we learn to use this energy in a way to sustain the
direction of our consciousness. It is this continuity of direction, intention and energies that
ultimately creates and manifests our life in a way that is meaningful.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Stillness
Published by admin December 1st, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Paths of Power, Mastery
The power that stillness offers us is the opportunity to clearly perceive the nature of flow in all
things. From this we can develop the ability to follow the path of
flow into dimensions of knowledge, spirituality, empowerment and enlightenment. All things
have their own flow or frequency, matching it is like creating a key
that fits a door. We can choose to open this door and explore, we can choose to leave the door
just as it is or we can choose to make peace with all the door
represents. Each choice offers an opportunity for mastery of the self because each choice
involves learning to move the mind.
The experience of stillness is like bringing quiet to a swirling lake so that we may see the
bottom. In truth the bottom is always there, stillness simply allows us
to see. When we have tuned ourselves to hearing and seeing this flow then we will find that
quieting the mind and body is no longer necessary. We will gain
the ability to perceive flow and stillness in all things, noisy, quiet, chaotic or orderly. Even the
experience of stillness which is often perceived as eternal has
within it a depth that when moved through is realized as flow. The question then arises whether
this is true stillness? As with all things the speaking of it will
never compare to the experience of feeling it. The perception of stillness is enough at any given
moment, just as the perception of truth at this moment is
enough when seeking absolute truth. Sustaining the direction through practice will in the
fullness of time transcend all the layers. It is similar to a dripping tap
filling a swimming pool with water, given enough time the tap will fill the pool.
Stillness can be practiced by implementing the physical path. By remaining absolutely still,
moving no muscles other than our lungs to breath, our heart to
beat and our other autonomous organs we observe a static state. The easiest way to do this is
lying down or sitting in a comfortable position. In stillness we
will then observe our mind and body’s desire to move, and yet when we do not move, when we
remain still we will notice the flow of energy that is asking us
to move. We simply observe this energy’s flow and it leads us to other flows. In time we may be
conscious of many, many flows and yet beneath them all
there is a deeper stream of flow. Learning to follow these pathways to deeper levels we find
subtler and subtler feelings of stillness. The stillness may again
open us to the awareness of flows which in turn lead us to gateways of stillness. Through each
portal we will find that we are delving deeper into ourselves. We
can also notice that between the stillness and flow is another space. This space is the canvas
upon which we can realize clairsentience. Similarly, observing
stillness we may begin to perceive movement, this movement may become visual at areas and
is the space where we can experience clairvoyance. Each of the
skills of true perception can be found through following the paths of power, but even at these
levels of experience still deeper areas can be sought, explored
and found. In time a doorway that unites all the senses, stillness and flow can be found.
Through it we experience ourselves as we remember ourselves as we
truly are and who we have been is changed through this reunion. One of the true beauties of
this however is that although we are changed we can still
perceive the consciousness that was unaware. This is the reality of the infinite mind, it can
experience the contradiction of knowing and not knowing, truth and
ignorance all at the same time. Learning to experience peace as it exists within all internal
struggles, dissent and contradictions is what heals and reconciles all
aspects of the self.
Gaining a foothold to understanding stillness is all that is required to integrate this essence into
all practices and life. Remaining still physically gives us the
most obvious representation of stillness. The principle remains the same as we travel deeper.
Bringing this essence into the practice of focus allows us to find a
far deeper, more sustaining focus. Bringing this essence into the practice of observation allows
us to find a more expansive, fluid awareness. The psychic
senses become clearer and connection with the higher self becomes tangible. The relationship
between stillness and true empowerment are intrinsically linked.
Negative Entities
Published by admin May 28th, 2007 in Spirit, Psychic Senses
A time will come when most projectors into the astral will understand how to navigate and deal
with at least minor negative entities. By keeping the etheric
body strong these entities simply cannot harm us. At this stage it can be very interesting to
spend time around these entities. Much of what they
communicate is going to be by our own perspective deceitful and in a sense cunning, but a lot
of understanding can be gained through observing between the
lines.
A certain level of emotional control is required in order to still aversion when dealing with these
entities. They may be slobbering great spiders or demonic
looking entities, but the true power of an entity comes from perceiving straight into its core.
This is how we can identify true ascended masters from entities
simply taking the form of one. The eyes too will often betray malice or the hunger for power.
Negative entities in the astral will often attach themselves to beings in the physical. By
understanding and observing their methods and reasons, it becomes
clear how to deal with them in the physical. Most of the time negative entities gain their power
simply because people in the physical are unaware of their
existence and effect. The two most effective ways of identifying these entities is through the
psychic senses or through recognizing the patterns of entity
disturbance.
Hieu Doan
Psychic Ability and Spirituality
Published by admin May 4th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Psychic Senses
Psychic ability is simply the ability to communicate with weaves of energy that are above the
‘normal’ level of physical reality. Reading future events, past
events, spiritual knowledge and channeling the ‘dead’ are symptoms of connecting to specific
weaves of energy. The term ‘psychic’ has become an umbrella
term to encompass many skills and abilities that are considered paranormal or metaphysical. To
expand on this all of these skills can really be classed under
‘communication.’
It makes the topic of spirituality far clearer when we understand that ‘spirituality’ is really a
communication with spirit. It always has been and probably
always will. The various definitions of ‘spirit’ change from religion to religion and belief to belief,
but the essence is the same. It is about communication with
spirit. The most accurate communication is always going to be direct communication. It is the
same with any verbal communication with another person.
Being there and doing the actual speaking is always going to be more accurate than second
hand information. This is where psychic ability comes in.
Psychic ability is simply an expansion of our set of communication tools. Where there may have
been no conduit with which to listen and speak to spirit or
other energetic entities, psychic abilities help to open up these paths. Having said this, psychic
ability in and of itself does not equal spiritual communication.
Spiritual communication like any communication requires an intention to connect – in this case
to spirit. The language and faculties of connection are then
used and developed to gain fluency and understanding.
A surrendering of the ego’s desires is necessary when learning to communicate psychically to
spirit. This process is supported by guides and entities that hold
the path open at specific planes and dimensions. For example while some may be at least able
to fathom the infinite spirit, most will have difficulty with
moving fully into infinite consciousness. This is simply because the energetic pattern of the mind
is too strong. The older or more experienced we are, the
more crystallized these patterns become. Getting around this requires dedicated practice,
subtlety and a constant will to refine and understand self-mastery.
The modern world has a habit of getting people addicted to semantics and this too is something
that we must let go of. Semantics and words become useless
eventually, only the true meaning that words and concepts point to hold real empowerment and
understanding. This is where psychic ability provides a
powerful opportunity. Psychic ability allows us to see deeply beyond words and concepts to the
source. In shapes, scents, sounds and forms these weaves of
energy expand and deepen, leading us through their paths and removing us through our own.
The channel that is formed becomes stronger and clearer than
the organic body we live in could ever be. This becomes our conduit to the spirit, our connection
and our communication. It is here that we come to see spirit
with our own eyes, hear spirit with our own ears and feel spirit with our own heart.
Hieu Doan
Channeling ~ Part 5
Published by admin February 9th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Psychic Senses, Mastery
Channeling offers a practitioner the opportunity to shape their mind in such a way that it
perceives itself to be communicating with external sources. It is this
perception that allows the development of the internal consciousness to realize and understand
that the entire universe can be experienced within. The
process of seeking the outside from within guides the mind to discovering more than what its
familiar comfort zone and it is this that allows it to find true
strength and purity. The contrasting perception of purity, which is one of isolation ultimately
creates a perception of complete separation from the True Self.
In moving the mind out we are working with the sense and perception that we are moving from
what is the self into external territory. This perception is what
opens us to the possibility of psychic manipulation and negative entities. There are two main
methods of dealing with these phenomena. One is to release the
areas of resistance within us that entities can hold on to. The other is to form the part of
consciousness that channels into a weave of sensitivity - soft yet
strong enough to match the frequencies of any that come in its way. At the point of meeting it
is important that our mental direction and energy is strong
enough to move past these entities without taking on their residues while at the same time not
compromising flexibility for strength. This is a process that is
learnt most easily through experience, however it is important to note these things.
Interestingly it is almost impossible to connect with another energy and
not have an effect. The intention is to learn how to manage and direct this effect so that it is
congruent with our truth.
This type of training provides a basis for moving in the direction of our potential at all times.
Rather than fearing what we perceive to be negative energies
because we have not yet reached the point where we can transform them, we learn to keep
ourselves centered while moving toward our destination. We
neither compromise our ultimate destination nor do we compromise our development of real
inner strength. Working with this level of sensitivity requires a
constant state of consciousness because subconscious states will have a tendency to react with
fear to anything that they cannot assimilate or transform. A
flexibility of mind is required to understand when the opportunity for developing aspects of
emotional strength are at their potential and when less vulnerable
methods of protection such as the popular white light visualizations are more appropriate. In
itself this flexibility develops into a wisdom that is gradually
understood at the deeper levels of body and mind. This direction entrains a further congruency
of truth, reason and purpose between all levels of
consciousness.
All action must report back to reflection and observation, and the main factor to observe is the
overall state of tangible and conscious energy. Energy is the
fuel that allows us to direct, drive and move our consciousness. There will always be a balance
between integrating knowledge and having that act of
integration drain us of energy. The important thing is that we keep tuned into our purpose and
destination. There will be times when we intuit that it is
necessary to enter low energy states, but the awareness of reason and meaning will provide the
opportunity to find a gate through which we can again
transcend this state.
Hieu Doan
Channeling ~ Part 4
Published by admin February 7th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Psychic Senses, Mastery
Integrating knowledge, experience and information and transforming it into understanding and
wisdom requires different levels of surrender and receptivity.
Form must always change in order to assimilate something new, but at a deeper level that form
must remember what it originally had been seeking if it is to
use the new wisdom at all. The longer we move into a certain experience the more we become
encompassed by it. This provides the opportunity for deep
understanding and wisdom, but in the process it is possible to lose connection with how that
understanding and wisdom was originally intended to be used. In
the fullness of time all consciousness will return to its true self. The choice however is whether
our connection occurs within our life time, tomorrow, the next
ice age or a day short of eternity.
Providing our consciousness with an internal signal or beacon that moves from within our
depths to where ever we are and who ever we become, gives us the
opportunity to move deeply into experiences and in essence to “lose ourselves.” At the same
time we set a kind of consciousness alarm clock, to wake us and
allow us to remember our true purpose. The time spent immersed allows us to then understand
and integrate experience and knowledge from the perspective
of one who has walked fully in the footsteps of life.
By understanding the reason and meaning behind choosing particular paths of experience we
can set a beacon of intention to allow immersion until specific
realizations are met. The waking itself can be as gradual or sudden as we direct it to be. For this
reason it is important to understand and observe what would
best serve our needs. As much as a sudden awakening can push an accelerated direction of
realization, we must also take into account the person that we
may be at this time and the emotional and mental patterns that we will be working with.
The beacon that awakens should be integrated with any of the senses, sight, sound, smell,
touch, taste or thought. The awakening itself must be initiated with
awareness - a trigger of observation that originates within the main sensory of choice. This way
the mind will have the tools to recognize and interpret the
nature of the beacon.
Working with this level of channeling needs to come with a warning. Losing oneself will always
come with the requisite emotions of anguish and despair. Reawakening
and realization will bring all into perspective, but while we are gone we do not have at our
disposal the the same vision or understanding. This is
after all what it means to lose our self in the first place. The same method of triggering a
beacon can be used for when we experience and meet these specific
aspects also. Just as there can be much knowledge gained from entering into “the dark night of
the soul”, despair and anguish, perhaps more can be gained
from remembering how to move through and out. More than just a reminder, a beacon can act
to trigger a realization of illusion. That realization will allow
the experience of empowerment to be felt and understood, regardless of any emotional pain,
feeling or thought. As this channel of empowerment and truth
draws through all the experiences that have been, integration, awareness and awakening arise
automatically and with them deep levels of understanding,
compassion, forgiveness and rejuvenation.
Hieu Doan
Channeling ~ Part 2
Published by admin February 3rd, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Psychic Senses, Mastery
The power of channeling or communicating with our truth is that it provides the opportunity to
express that truth. Even when communicating with entities that
would deceive us or seek to feed off our fears, we are able to produce a profound change within
the dimension in which we connect with them. By observing
what is occurring and directing our understanding of this interaction we change the direction. By
allowing our truth and energetic understanding of the
connection to enter the communication, the entity at the deepest level receives a frequency that
is understood as peace. The power of real peace cannot be
matched for its ability to transform. Essentially peace is the energy of absolutely nothing, and
yet it is recognized simply because everything else in the
universe is something. Consciousness of all types are so used to meeting other energy and
being made to be more or less than what they are. In meeting
peace consciousness and energy is not required to be anything else than what it is.
When an entity meets this energy, at a deep level of its being it recognizes pure acceptance and
this allows it to also understand the nature of its own rejection
and struggle. Seeing and experiencing this moment is truly powerful and profound. It shows us
what is possible when we create peace within ourselves.
At the same time we must be aware that there may well be levels of ourselves that simply
cannot connect or communicate with specific entities at this time.
We need to recognize and respect these limits, and we must understand the potential that is
possible by gradually stretching these limits but not necessarily
breaking them. In this way we come to understand the reason and nature of who we are and
why we chose to create ourselves in this form and
consciousness.
Using the principles of centering, truth, understanding and peace radically changes the nature of
communication and channeling. Firstly rather than simply
believing what is being said we simply see exactly what is occurring. Second, we gain the
opportunity to expand the boundaries of our peace. We test it in
live waters so to speak. Third, we gain the opportunity to communicate understanding and
empowerment through resistance and obstacles. Fourth, we move
in the direction of seeing and communicating with the path of our true self and fifth we make
our consciousness congruent with with our higher self.
Channeling and communication is what provides the opportunities for deep development of our
internal strength and power. Unconditional peace, love and
empowerment is realized within the consciousness only when it is challenged by forms that test
it’s existence. When we guide our minds and body to
experiencing its existence in the face of contradictions, challenges and resistance, we manifest
realization. This is an important key to bringing ourselves to a
complete understanding and experience of our true self.
Hieu Doan
Channeling ~ Part 1
Published by admin February 1st, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Psychic Senses, Truth, Mastery
Channeling is the ability to communicate with spiritual and dimensional entities. This ability is
anything from subtle communication to allowing other entities to
fully enter our physical being. It is important to understand that communication on any level
with dimensional or spiritual beings is to be taken with the same
cautions that we would take communicating with someone on the physical plane. Many factors
enter the equation when communicating with dimensional
beings, the first factor being purpose - ours and theirs.
If we observe the spiritual dimensions objectively it is not difficult at all to perceive the truth
behind any entity’s purpose. Many, many entities simply seek to
have some fun with what they consider to be unsuspecting humans. Like many beings they like
attention and so if we listen and follow their advice, they’ll
continue to give it. Just remember though, just because they aren’t from the physical doesn’t
mean they know anymore than you. The scope of entities
available for channeling and communication is massive, but their relevance to our own life
purpose is not. Many of the beings that have worked hard to purify
themselves are also available but do not hang around or throw themselves at people who are
not on the path themselves. In order to communicate clearly,
we must be clear within ourselves. Without this clarity, the expression that we are capable of
receiving is limited. In other words until our consciousness
begins moving in a direction that is congruent with inner strength and truth, we are unable to
perceive let alone communicate with those that are much further
along the path.
The ability to create energy is always important. Without energy we cannot survive, let alone
create. Between the initial and middle stages of development
many forms of consciousness and entities will come to us, not necessarily to harm us, but
simply because we are beacons of energy. As we begin to master
our emotions it becomes more difficult to upset our center and so the entities that would
normally take advantage of our fears and insecurities begin to move
away and avoid us. The same thing occurs with people of this type in the physical plane. They
simply sense at an energetic level that they cannot get what
they want from us. At the same time they will sense that we can see quite deeply into their soul,
but because we have met these aspects in ourselves with
understanding we are able to meet these people with peace. The same goes for inter-
dimensional entities, but the fact seems to remain, that unless they seek
peace and understanding themselves, they will move on. In any case at this stage psychic
vampirism and the like is no longer an issue.
It is of course important to move in a direction of fully meeting each aspect of ourselves with
the energy of understanding. This is the best and only true
protection that we can ever have. It is the kind of shield that protects by fearing nothing inside
ourselves, not even fear and so in this state we are able to
meet anything outside ourselves - even fear. Each master who has achieved full realization has
come to this meeting and succeeded in facing this.
Until then, we must meet each communication and interaction with the highest level of
perception and truth that we can connect to. We must connect to this
truth and seek through the windows available to us even purer and clearer truths. This is the
way to seeing to the heart of all communication, physical,
spiritual or mental. There is no being that can truly deceive when we look at it through the eyes
of truth. This is simply because when we are in our truth, we
are in the essence of understanding and the essence of internal peace. This inner peace, means
that we do not seek through craving, aversion or desperation
any emotional promises or bargains. And so we can see with clarity what is actually occurring.
This frequency of inner peace does not need to be fully
realized in order to work. Even the merest intention or illusion of inner peace creates a direction
for consciousness to understand. This is the true essence of real power, that even a reflection
can banish what is false.
Hieu Doan
The Way of the Crystal Pt 2
Published by admin December 17th, 2006 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Psychic Senses
Learning from crystals requires that we learn the manner in which they communicate. As with
all effective communication the first prerequisite is learning how
to listen. Through listening we learn the shape and form of the language and this then provides
us with the ability to speak. As our skills of listening and
expression become refined we will find that the knowledge that we are able to gather is also
refined. The other interesting this is that as we learn more and
gain more knowledge the aspects and intention of the information we seek changes. The power
of crystals is that the age of their knowledge has an
understanding of this progression. While they can be accepting of the nature of process they
can also prompt us to move on and evolve. This could be
compared to being in the company of any person or being of greater age or experience who
simply through the act of communication allows us to see certain
perspectives and perhaps a “bigger” picture of reality.
To listen to another we must be able to listen to ourselves. This is why the practice of
observation is so important. Not only does it build the necessary skill of
patience, it also develops the ears required to hear. Hearing occurs when the sound meets our
ear drums and is processed and integrated. Similarly
communication with a crystal occurs when we are able to process the form of it’s expression.
Through observation of our own energy, mind and body we can
notice the shape and form of this expression.
Just as Clairvoyance reveals the interaction of subtle energies so too can it reveal the visual
language of a crystal. Look at the crystal and observe the space
that exists between sight and how your mind perceives sight. Allow this space to connect with
the crystal. Sit in this space and observe. This practice teaches
you to be open and to listen visually.
Clairaudience works through first becoming comfortable with the space that exists between
sound and how your mind perceives sound. Then we allow this
space to connect with the crystal. Sitting in this space we simply listen and allow the
development of hearing to take place.
The same principles apply to all the other psychic senses. Clairsentience exists between feeling
and the perception of feeling, Clairessence between smelling
and the perception of smelling, Clairgustience between tasting and the perception of tasting and
Claircognizant between thinking and the perception of
thought. By tuning ourselves into the space that exists we automatically work with the flows
around that space and the paths of communication become
realized. All that is required is that we allow these paths to open by being actively patient.
It is as relevant when choosing a crystal to communicate with as it is relevant when choosing a
person to communicate with. It depends entirely on what you
would like to experience. Some crystals are hard core teachers, others are more relaxed, some
are slow, some are quick, some are passionate, some are dry.
We may all have our favorites, but lessons can be learned from all forms of communication and
knowledge. It is as always, most beneficial to learn through
direct experience. It is also not mandatory to work with crystals from a shop - even common
garden stones have opportunities, information and knowledge to
work with.
Remember when you feel more fluent in listening, to offer your own expression and intention
into the dialogue. Through this you will find that the relationship
becomes more meaningful, as the communication imparts knowledge and wisdom that has
purpose to you.
Questions and Answers 2
Published by admin September 16th, 2006 in Questions and Answers
What is Shamanic Healing?
The essence of shamanic healing is the art of shape-shifting. Shape shifting allows the shaman
to take on the forms and properties of energy. The school of
shamanism understands energy existing as forms of consciousness defined as entities. Just as a
prayer has a certain form that is shaped to specific requests
to God, an inner critic becomes a consciousness in itself which as most of us will perceive to
have a certain limited intelligence in itself.
Emotions and thought forms move through the air like radio waves. Through observation we
can learn to feel the presence of emotions and thought forms.
Our body picks them up like a transceiver radio or satellite dish - we interpret the ones which
our bodies and minds are consciously able to understand and the
others are filtered through our body and subconscious. There are various methods to deflect,
shift and protect from these various energies. Not surprisingly
most people have developed their own methods for attempting to minimize the effects of this
sort of stuff, but similar to the way we often deal with our own
emotions and thoughts it doesn’t always work out the way we plan. For example if we’ve learnt
to deal with certain emotions by repressing them, or certain
thoughts by criticizing them then we’ll have a similar pattern in play with eternal energy forms
too. Valuable to note is that as we learn to deal with our own
stuff, in an understanding way we feel more grounded and centered dealing with external
energy.
A shaman who knows what they’re doing is able to clearly perceive and manipulate energy
because they have trained their mind to see, feel and move through
and around energy. The methods of any particular shaman or metaphysical healer may differ on
first glance but essentially they are working with the
transformation of energy. The power and effectiveness of shamanic healing comes from
understanding the principles of energy but also the fact that they
have practiced these techniques, perhaps tens of thousands of times for many, many years.
A twist of the hands to remove a dimensional entity is the coordination of the shaman’s mind
and body to influence energy. At the level of pure mind the twist
of the hands is not needed, but the movement is used to facilitate coordination with what is
occurring on the mental and spiritual planes. Similarly wands,
crystals and the like are capable of storing and influencing energies, thoughts and emotions.
External alchemy has been concerned with the use of these
catalysts of knowledge. As the study becomes more internal the shaman or alchemist
experiences the energies and knowledge as existing without those
catalysts. It is similar to learning from an esoteric teacher - eventually an effective teacher will
guide a student to discover the master within.
What is your take on receiving Metaphysical Healing vs Meditation/Doing it yourself?
Having come from an extremely stubborn background where I wanted to discover everything for
myself and be totally self-sufficient, I have in the past been
reluctant to receive healings because I didn’t want to deny myself the opportunity to learn how
to walk the path with my own mind. It was only when I
realized that in reality the path had already been walked, I was just training my mind to dispel
the illusion and see what already was here. At this stage I
recognized the benefit that all healers, teachers, esoteric schools and methods could offer me.
In a sense I could say that the student in me was ready and so
the teachings appeared everywhere. I began to discover that there would always be an
abundance to learn and develop myself around. I also realized that I
had never truly been independent - it was simply my pride wishing me to see this. Every breath
that I take is a dependant relationship with the air. Every drink of water that I consume is a
dependant relationship with the water. It was only when I revealed to myself the fear that had
been needing me to be
“independent” and “self-sufficient”, did I see my true interaction with the world.
At this stage I felt a new found freedom. Each interaction with healers and teachers would shift
my realization and understanding dramatically. Instead of
powerful spiritual experiences happening on weeks or months at a time, I was realizing them on
a multiple daily basis. But more than this I was
understanding that true power existed in the “mundane” as equally as it existed in what I had
once perceived as “profound.” It is truly ironic that when I
received the “magic” that I’d been yearning for that I no longer craved it.
In moments of extreme connectedness I experienced periods which felt timeless, where
understanding the oneness between myself and others went beyond
intellectual, it became reality. It was at once horrifying and wondrous, but what it showed me
was that my need to be self-sufficient had interestingly resulted
in me keeping knowledge from myself. I began to understand that my inner self wanted me to
connect with healers, mystics, teachers and practitioners of all
traditions in order to accelerate my journey as much as integrate my understanding. Further
more my “higher self” was egging me on to share what I had, to
be a true communication of deep give and take. It amazes me now to reflect that meeting a
certain person could allow me to realize in 10 minutes what I had
struggled to understand for years. This in itself was a lesson. I had been asking the universe for
understand all my life and yet when the answers were
offered to me in a manner which I did not deem correct I closed the door.
Teachings come in many forms. I really enjoy the methods which promote self-understanding
but I also now realize that inter-action with others whether
people, nature or whatever it may be will still be a method of self-understanding. Whether we
like it or not we can’t really get away from this fact: Living is
learning. To me self-understanding is what is important whether for me or for anyone. This is
the reason why I am open to correspond with anyone about
these matters. I’m not a “master” who is above anyone else. I’m me. I’m on my own path like
everyone else. I acknowledge the courage and strength that
it takes anyone and everyone to live and live well on this planet and I also acknowledge the
absolute abundance that I gain from sharing my essence with
others and they from sharing theirs with me.
Hieu Doan
Questions and Answers
Published by admin August 15th, 2006 in Questions and Answers
In the last two weeks I’ve had quite a few questions and email discussions regarding the nature
of realization and belief, so decided to put up a questions and
answers section. I’m hoping that this format will provide some other angles to look at some of
these topics. Hope you enjoy it!
Question: How did you come to the understanding of realization?
Answer: There was a time in meditation where my body just seemed to open up. It was like all
these little compartments in my cells just lowered and
everything shifted sideways. That’s the only way I can describe it.
What happened next was an experience of what I call inter-dimensional existence. As real as I
feel my life here and now, I was simultaneously experiencing all
the other possibilities of me in this moment that “could be”. I was experiencing what “could be”
as if it was actually happening parallel to my own life here and
now.
I was able to access all the parallel I’s as they stretched out next to me. The only thing keeping
me back was that at some point my mind even in this state
couldn’t “stretch” that far. But I could “see” the enlightened me. I realized that there was
already an enlightened me that existed parallel to the usual me. At
the same time I experienced all the other I’s also. There were I’s that were anywhere up the
scale of being spiritually conscious all the way to the I’s that were
completely uninterested and ignorant. My mind and body were fully present in these other
selves simultaneously.
As much as this experience was quite a dramatic shock, the long term knowledge that I gained
was that the mind is capable of being the conduit between all
these dimensions or realities. In connecting to the reality that I wish to create I seem to draw
that to me. In a sense it already exists and so it is not created. I
attract it. This is what I have experienced as being the law of attraction and it works for our
fears as much as it works for our “higher” desires.
I began to understand what it means when enlightened beings had been described as “realized”
or to reach “realization.” Their mind and body is able to fully
see the truth of reality and that is that those states exist here and now and so too do our states
of unawareness, of seeking and of suffering.
In a sense I had been a visitor. An enlightened being made that place their home. Their mind
was such that it could move through illusion at will.
The interesting thing is that this principle can be used for anything. People are constantly
manifesting or realizing the states that they are in. We are
perpetually doing it. We come into our power when we learn how to direct our realization the
way we want it to go.
If you wish to be more disciplined you work with your mind to realize that there is already a
disciplined “you” that exists. And you draw it to you. You realize
that particular “you”. The mind begins to open up and see that you and it becomes your reality.
Likewise if we believe that we are unfocused we extend that
realization and it becomes our reality.
This is where beliefs come in. With this type of work we begin to see huge beliefs come up. We
may be working on discipline but have a deep belief that we are lazy and undisciplined.
We wonder why we don’t change and it is because at a deep level we have a conflicting belief.
Now in the reality where we are disciplined we wouldn’t have a belief that we were lazy or
undisciplined - or at least if we did it would have to smaller than our
belief that we were disciplined.
So working with these possibilities, manifesting and so on requires that we also work with the
beliefs that we have that stop us.
When our focus gets strong enough and deep enough it becomes like a laser beam - it focuses
on what we wish to create so strongly that everything else is
just small stuff.
Realizing that level of focus will tend to take time because often we have a belief that it needs
to take time, that we need to work real hard for it or perhaps
that we are the types of people that can not develop it - that we are just not cut out for it. All
that stuff is just illusion, but it’s as good as real because we
believe that it is real.
Learning to work through illusion gives one a healthy respect for it. It is not overcome so easily
because the mind is strong. When we learn to master the mind
it is still strong, but we become capable of directing that strength.
Question: I believe that I am already enlightened but why do I still suffer?
Answer: The answer to that question is that you do not really know this. We may say that we
know, but that knowledge is not even skin deep. We have a
whole mind to realize here - not just an idea that we are enlightened. When we begin to dig
deeper we find that we have millions of beliefs that say we are
not. Deeper still we have the body which believes that it is not. We need to have congruency
between what we know at an intellectual level and at the
subconscious and physical level. This is full realization.
The other thing is desire. We need to want something enough to go all the way. I remember
this great story about a Zen monk who wanted enlightenment and
his teacher said “Do you really want it?” He said “Yeah I do” and the teacher said “Not good
enough.” He then put the monks head into a well of water until the
poor guy nearly passed out. Then he let him out. He said, “You’ve got to want it like you wanted
to breathe! You’ve got to want it like you wanted to live!
That’s what will push you to your goal.” Now that’s desire.
Sometimes we say that we want to experience a spiritual connection, or we want to be wealthy
or successful and we entertain the idea now and then but really
do nothing that would sustain a real result. If we practice the methods of achievement we would
be able to have some pretty amazing experiences, but we
come across some mental obstacles like boredom, or other emotions and we don’t go any
further. There are also issues of the ego. It takes a certain level of
humility to be able to realize power - because first we need to realize how little we know and
also accept how “human” we are.
We always need to start where we are. That’s about looking truthfully at who we are and what
our current capabilities are. Only then can we effectively
improve those capabilities.
Sometime we conceptualize a statement like “we are already enlightened” and we think we
don’t have to do anything. It can be useful to mull over the
meaning of it for a while, but then it’s time to do the real work. The statement “we are already
enlightened” is trying to wake us up to the fact that
enlightenment exists here and now. Understanding this on an intellectual level is easy. It is the
actual realization on all levels that is the work.
Hieu Doan
Psychic Protection
Published by admin October 4th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Sanctuary
The best psychic protection will always be a mind that is flexible. Flexibility gives strength,
sensitivity and clarity. It is also self-nurturing. The path of power
is primarily about developing this deep strength, however for the journey there will be times
when we realize that we would benefit from some additional help.
There are many forms of psychic shields - all of them are based on the inter-action of energy to
ward off other types of energy. One of the most common
shields throughout the ages is singing to oneself when one is scared. The energy created
offends the energy of negative entities and they often seek to leave.
The same principle holds for spiritual chanting and mantras although the realization and
connection to holy and spiritual consciousness through the chanting is
able to enhance the properties of the energy to a generally higher frequency.
Play with this exercise:
Take a slow, deep breath.
Make an “ah” sound - similar to “far.”
Allow the sound to be vocalized easily and effortlessly.
Depending on the situation you can practice this aloud or sub-vocally (silently) in the mind.
Practice with different pitches resonating first from the lower abdomen, moving up through into
the chest area, throat, head and above the head.
Notice how a frequency in the lower abdomen area may give a more grounded feeling.
Observe how a frequency intoned and visualized above the head may give a lighter, “higher”
type of energy.
Observe how these different frequencies impart different protective qualities.
Another form of psychic protection is the well-known and loved “white light.” This has a similar
effect to singing in that it brings an energy into the users body
and consciousness that negativity generally finds repulsive. This is the same reason that some
energy healers use it.
Work with this exercise:
Close your eyes and visualize yourself in the third person.
See and feel yourself surrounded by solid white light.
Breath slowly and deeply.
With each breath see the light filling your body and the space around you.
As you exhale feel the white light intensify and strengthen.
Observe it surrounding and infusing your space.
Program it with the intention to protect and revive you.
Filling the abdomen with prana and broadcasting this energy is also an effecive method of
protection. This method can be explained by comparing the body to
that of a car tire. When the tire is full of air it is resilient and more impervious to impact. The
body works in a similar way with prana - when we are full of
prana it is more difficult for other frequencies to enter our space. There are of course many
other areas besides the abdomen where we can fill ourselves with
prana. The heart chakra is also popular - which brings on the saying “drive off negativity with
love.”
Work with this exercise:
Breath in slowly and deeply. Hold for a few seconds and release slowly and deeply.
Again breathing in slow and deep. Feel and visualize the breath filling your abdomen.
Hold and feel the energy expanding easily and powerfully throughout your body.
Exhale and feel it broadcasting from your body and filling the space around you.
Repeat until you feel a tangible power inside and surrounding you.
Another powerful method is to simply walk in universal light or “God’s light”. It works by
connecting to an energy or consciousness that is able and willing to
protect you. The emphasis on this exercise especially is that God’s light, universal force -
whatever you want to call it is perceived as all powerful. This places
our consciousness in a position of communicating with an energy which is able to manifest
effortlessly. I believe this to be one of the reasons why many
people who claim that they simply live their lives walking in “God’s light” ask for and practice
nothing else. They have learnt to communicate with this
consciousness to create at the very least the internal world that they want.
Work with this exercise:
Visualize yourself going up out of the planet. See and feel yourself flying straight out. You can
visualize yourself as a body, as light, as a star - whatever
works for you. Know that you will meet the God Force. Allow it to come to you.
Connect with it.
Return to your body and pull and attract the energy to surround and bathe you.
Protection visualizations can get pretty creative - anything from guardian arch angels with
flaming swords, to glowing pyramids and butterflies. If the method
works it is because the energy or feeling behind it is effective. This is the foundation behind all
of these examples. They all connect to frequencies which the
mind perceives as being supportive and protective. The perception that there is opportunity to
see, feel and move differently is realized and our overall
awareness is allowed to shift to one where we feel safe and protected. This shift occurs at the
physical, mental and spiritual levels of consciousness depending
on our intention. Feel for the deepest and most genuine level of protection and it will exist.
Hieu Doan
The Adepts of Fiola
Published by admin June 1st, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind
The Adepts of Fiola are a specialist guild of sorts which deals with their own brand of Astral
sorcery. They are secretive to the extent that they will not allow
admission to anyone that cannot prove a certain degree of ability in energetic manipulation.
Fiola has since moved beyond the plane of the Astral where the
tower, resides yet the adepts regularly channel his consciousness through the use of
dimensional portals.
The path of Fiola is one of pure dedication to the art of sorcery. They place the understanding of
energy above and beyond all other concerns even
enlightenment. Interestingly however, their dedication to their path brings them closer and
closer to full awakening. It has been observed that where many
disciplines of the Fiola became dedicated because of a lack of ability to feel emotion, their
exceptionally high level of development brings in expanded
opportunities to access the emotional planes.
Considering the politics that exists within the Astral the services of the Fiola would be in high
demand if they would have anything to do with anyone. The pure
dedication of their path however is such that nothing can buy them. Their energy bodies are so
strong that they survive directly from the astral plane in which
they live and their ability to create and support Astral structures is amongst the highest in their
particular plane.
Hieu Doan
Hollibross
Published by admin May 22nd, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind
A universal guide that has made the choice to offer themselves as a helper to those within the
4th astral plane is the ‘Hollibross’. This is really one guide, but
because their consciousness is able to expand within the first 6 planes they are able to exist
within these realities within multiple locations. So in a sense, the
‘Hollibross’ is one ‘individual,’ but in another they have simply transcended what we understand
to be ‘individual.’
The ‘Hollibross’ have their own agenda, which is ascendance and understanding from their own
purpose and meaning, however toward earth bound beings this
reflects as neutral, yet very helpful service. What this means is that the service and the nature
of the service must be asked for directly and the ‘Hollibross’
will meet this request within the boundaries of the 6 planes in which they exist. It is also
important to understand that no guilt or shame is required in order
to make these requests. One of the reasons why the ‘Hollibross’ fits as a guide for earth bound
beings is that they fully understand what they are getting out
of the transaction.
Be direct when calling on the ‘Hollibross’ for guidance and knowledge. This is the requirement if
clear guidance is sought, otherwise it will be just as muted or
murky as the request itself was. It is of value to understand that the ‘Hollibross’ take requests
literally and will do their best to fulfill what is asked to the
letter. This can lead to some off-kilter results only because often we are unclear about that
which we truly desire. For this reason, asking for guidance for
clarity, knowledge and understanding always brings positive opportunities and empowerment.
Hieu Doan
Two Paths
Published by admin February 27th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Realization, Unlimited Mind, Truth
There are essentially two paths that we may choose from at any time - that of increasing
awareness and truth, or that of delaying it. Awareness seeks
connection, unity, understanding and truth. Denial and delaying seeks separation, removal and
truth.
The path of awareness is the path that finds complete understanding through unity of all that is.
Instead of seeking to separate from darkness, evil, hate,
anger, negative thoughts and painful emotions, the path of unity seeks to feel through illusions
that the mind has created around these. Where the path of
denial would attempt to separate the True Self from darkness and negativity, the path of unity
brings awareness to ignorance, enlightens the dark, and
exposes love in all the places of pain, hate and suffering. The path of separation creates
hierarchies of experience, where the mundane cannot be profound
and the student cannot be the master. On the other hand the path of unity bridges the gap
between the ordinary and the enlightened and the student and the
master.
The path of denial and separation understands power because of that separation. It is the
perception of relative difference, that would express one experience
as higher than another. Yet this difference will cease to exist on the path of unity. There will still
be forms, expressions and individuality, but the defining of
them as higher or lower will be gone. This occurs because the mind that would experience one
thing as better and another thing as worse has learnt to feel
and see the truth. The truth is that better or worse, higher or lower is a perception of
consciousness that once purified allows us to be free of the need to
divide and separate. At this point we see the path of denial and separation for what it truly is. A
perfect game that we have created in order to experience the
evolution and growth that we were unable to experience when we knew were whole. It is the
perfect marriage for growth and experience. To deliberately
create a state of forgetfulness knowing full well that memory will pull us to striving, struggling,
practicing, growing and working our way to remembering once
again.
The meaning in all this growth however needs to be remembered. It needs to be remembered
that however perfect the game, however predetermined, that
because of the perfection of creating finite consciousness we have the opportunity to move
outside the game, through a path that exists within infinity yet has
its own control and mastery within this space. Instead of being played by our own game, we
become aware of and begin to direct the rules of the game.
Meaning becomes something that we are, not something that we search for and we learn to
walk between worlds, free and awake.
Hieu Doan
The Planes of Scent
Published by admin May 20th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind
Moving directly from each of the senses are the planes of pure sense. The plane of scent is one
of these. It is a reality which exists only of pure scent and
smell, all communication, information, knowledge and interrelationship occurs here through
smell. Memory of the physical body is not lost, but the
disconnection is such that it seems like a far away dream.
The intention and purpose of the being that projects into this realm is what is kept intact and for
this reason the congruency of learning, understanding and
wisdom is never compromised. The opportunity that is given is simply to immerse oneself fully
into the realm of scent. It is like an intoxication that takes
hold within moments, yet although the other senses for the time being seem to diminish and
dissolve completely, the sense of smell rises to a level where it
far surpasses that of the normal consciousness and intellect.
Recognition of specific scents as entities and intelligences of full consciousness, wisdom and
knowledge becomes completely clear and apparent. High level
communication with these entities not only becomes possible, it occurs at a rate that would
make normal verbal communication seem clumsy and primitive.
The depth of relationship within this plane is profound. Depth of intimacy and the ability and
willingness to open ourselves to experience is enormous.
Interestingly, although the other senses are absent, there is absolutely no perception that one
is lacking in information or undergoing any type of sensory
withdrawal. There is much learning to be had here.
Hieu Doan
True Purpose
Published by admin February 19th, 2007 in Life Purpose, Realization
Evolution is the journey of discovering purpose and meaning. This path is one of self-exploration
and it moves us to create experiences that we believe would
connect us to meaning and purpose. Through observation and reflection we come to understand
the true nature of an experience and the true beginning of
meaning and purpose. We come to see that it is not external circumstances, people or places
that bring us the deepest meaning, but the way that we find,
react and understand those circumstances, people and places.
A journey may go through periods where we seek great material wealth and glory, feeling for a
time that this is where we can find real satisfaction. We may
also seek knowledge, information and building up our intelligence and wit, believing that this is
where we will find meaning. We create these experiences
because it is exactly what we require in order to see the truth. It is only through time and
experience that we gain the opportunity to observe. Through
observation we learn to recognize, and through recognition we learn to understand.
Observation, recognition and understanding only occur when the mind is allowed to immerse
itself within experience. By embracing and accepting experience,
living and being open to what is available, we give the senses the opportunity to see.
What is it that we see?
What is it that we may measure our experiences up to?
What would make them fall short?
What would make us seek deeper and further?
Why would we risk losing all this for the chance that something else better exists out there?
It is the fact that we see and the fact that we see something of importance, feel something of
purpose and meaning, that spurs us to move onwards. It is as if
each experience is but a respite, a momentary refreshment for the body and personality, but
that before long we remember a feeling or a memory of our
purpose and we must move on.
Hieu Doan
Recognition and Advanced Manifestation ~ Part1
Published by admin January 2nd, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Motivation, Truth,
Mastery
Manifestation is the ability to direct our consciousness and intention in a such a way that it
affects reality. From the smallest of thoughts and sensations to the
largest of experiences and connections, manifestation is the ability to understand the
communication of energies at play. It needs to be understood that
recognizing these communications of energy and the relationships of cause and effect means
more than simply observing. The reason that manifestation has a
limited effect for many people is that they do not recognize the communication that is taking
place. In the instant that we direct our consciousness and
intention there is an effect, this effect begins within our mind and body and creates a response.
Listening to this response allows us to understand the cause
and effect, that if we use our consciousness in this way then this will happen. Observation alone
however allows the opportunity to pass in exactly the same
way that it allows us to let go of emotional and energetic blocks. Manifestation is different. With
manifestation we are intending to create.
Manifestation requires that we observe the interaction of cause and effect then recognize
whether the resulting energies are conducive to our goals or not. If
the result is one that is not congruent with our goals then we listen and observe why that is. By
communicating within this energetic relationship we come to
understand exactly what is needed to effect exact goals and directions we have. Keep in mind
that in the beginning manifestation may simply reveal a
direction, however the importance of this direction should not be underestimated. Profound
changes in life occur because of direction alone, and similarly a
lack of direction can lead to a real lack of fulfillment.
Manifestation may require that action is taken at the mental or physical level or both.
Recognizing the communication that is occurring when we direct
consciousness, understanding what is required then responding to this requirement is what
makes manifestation work.
Perhaps the most common obstacle in manifestation is understanding what is required and
responding to this requirement. In both instances the ability to
recognize allows us to understand and integrate. Recognition is more than observation. It is
observation with a purpose to effect a specific direction of
consciousness. It may be an understanding that all is going as intended, or it may be an
awareness that certain elements need to be altered. In any case once
we have recognized we must respond. It is this reciprocation of energy and consciousness that
allows that manifestation to take place.
Hieu Doan
Emotional Mastery Pt 1
Published by admin December 19th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
The gatekeepers between the personality self and the true self are the emotions. In truth the
journey between personality and truth is simple - we move our
consciousness from “here” to “there.” This principle holds true for any spiritual realization from
the most basic fundamental of awareness to the most
incredibly profound experience of oneness with the universe. The shape of the path of truth is
straight, it is our steps that are crooked. As we straighten our
steps the way becomes simple.
Movement of the consciousness reveals many layers and levels of the self. Each level expresses
itself with certain feelings and sensations that ultimately
control us through the emotions we attach to it. While one direction of mind will elicit an
emotion of joy, love and bliss, others will reveal emotions of pure
frustration, irritation and fear. The really interesting thing is that each of these emotions,
whether we perceive them as positive or negative can, if given the
opportunity, absorb us and so prevent us from moving further along the path to our true self.
An emotion that is perceived as positive will not only be thought
of as such, it will be felt, and sometimes quite strongly. This often provides an even greater
challenge to pass than the so called negative emotions, as
pleasure has it’s own way of taking away the motivation or desire to keep on moving. It
caresses us to stay here a little bit longer. It convinces us that this is
what we are looking for. On the other hand painful emotions prompt us to move on and learn,
and if we have the tools we will continue studiously to use them
to transcend.
Recognizing that our mind and body reacts to pain with aversion and pleasure with craving is
the first step to mastery. Recognition must come in the form of
observation of the body and mind, then at the juncture that body and mind meets,
consciousness is given the opportunity to move through and perceive
spirit. Through observation of mind and body we will notice that with each sensation that arises
an emotion connects to it. As our observation becomes
refined and sharp we notice the birth of this emotion. Observing deeper we notice the space
before the birth and we move through.
Emotional mastery requires that we move in the direction of fully understanding all emotional
energy. This means that rather than retreating from the
experience we enter into it. This is the true meaning of detachment. To retreat is not
detachment. To retreat is to fear or avoid the meeting of emotion and
experience. Detachment is to be able to fully connect with emotion and experience and keep our
consciousness clear. In this state our consciousness does
not add to the experience. It does not add the perception of emotion, it does not add the
perception of good or bad. It simply experiences reality as it is.
When consciousness exists at this place, mind and body walks the path to the true self in a
straight line.
Hieu Doan
Illusions Pt 1
Published by admin November 15th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Truth
Illusions are all about the perception of obstacles, the most effective of which we are the ones
we do not even see. Perhaps the greatest of obstacles to selfdiscovery
is believing that we have reached a point where we are beyond self-delusion. When we cling to
this belief then we lose the ability to perceive where
we are. We close our eyes to feedback, intuition and true seeing. Growth stops, the ego grows
rigid and we create an illusion of self-actualization. This will be a
way point for many who have built a little skill and ability. Substantial development and
connection comes only if we recognize this and continue on our way.
Seeing the pettiness of pride can be a slap in the face particularly when we have worked to
develop inner strength and stability. The truth is that the only
reason it is coming up now is because we have the strength and stability to face it. If we follow
the fundamental principles of awareness and observation and
allow ourselves to meet what is so obviously there then we can get through this particular
obstacle.
The “higher” we get up on the throne of development in any particular area the higher there is
to fall from, and so inevitably we seek to keep our place. Real
strength and wisdom however is understood through learning to take the falls. We learn to meet
the ground and we gain yet another opportunity to
understand illusion. What is it that is hurting when we admit that we are fallible? What is it that
is stinging when we allow other people to know that we do not
know all? That we may even have something we could learn from them? Through this particular
kind of exquisite pain we reveal the shape of our pride. We
trace out the image of the personality that we have chosen to develop and we gain the
opportunity to seek more. How much stability do we truly receive from
our false pride? How much strength and empowerment do we truly receive from pretending that
we are flawless? How strong can the inner child become when
we simply continue to shelter it from the world?
Invincible spirit is forged only in connection with the universe. Connection comes through
consciousness, consciousness through awareness and observation.
Transcending illusion means that at any particular time we are ready to truly admit that we may
be totally wrong. That each and every experience and our
perception of it could have been total bull-arcky. That all our rationalizations, ideas, concepts no
matter how proven in science or backed-up by society, friends
or family could be a total farce. When we face this possibility what do we find? What exists in
our consciousness at this place? This is what we must find if we
would find our truest, deepest strength and reach our highest peaks.
The fear that we are totally worthless when met with understanding reveals the way to absolute
empowerment. When we reach that place and we allow
ourselves to find courage, love, compassion and complete acceptance regardless of the fear that
what we have achieved and are is absolutely nothing, then
the illusion is gone. In that moment we are innocent. We become nothing and we meet this
state with absolute peace. The practice is achieved through
observation, awareness, focus, the development of psychic senses, communication with spirit
and communion with the earth. The degree to which we will
experience real inner peace depends on the degree to which we are willing to face our selves.
The illusion of infallibility occurs because for so many people personal development begins as a
result of perceived flaws, fears and insecurities. As we gain
some skill we gain the opportunity to say “look at me, I’m alright now!” We say this to
ourselves, we say this to the world. It’s what we’ve always wanted. To
be alright. The thing is though we aren’t alright by the things we have and become. We become
alright when we perceive we are alright. As long as we believe
that we need more in order to be a better person we are saying that we are presently not good
enough. Meeting that aspect of consciousness and guiding it to
experience love and acceptance completes the circle. We show our deepest self that what we
are, however we are, is good enough - always.
Hieu Doan
The Way of Manifestation Part 2 - Once More With
Feeling
Published by admin August 23rd, 2006 in Manifestation
The core of all desire is feeling. Feeling is what we seek to fulfill with all our creations,
manifestations, struggles, growth and evolutions. Manifestation is the
action of directly creating our desires. Since desire is feeling, this is where we will stabilize the
creative process.
We started with visual imagery because this has one distinct advantage over kinesthetic or
tactile/feeling imagination. This is that for the majority of us it is
infinitely easier to visually imagine events and experiences that we never had before, than to
feel events and experiences we have never had before.
It is far easier to recollect the feeling of something when we have been through it. It gives the
mind something to grasp. Even so in this day and age it is not
uncommon to experience disconnection even from emotions and feelings that we have been
through.
Compare this to the visual imagination where people regularly daydream and see themselves
doing things they have very probably never done before. It would
not be so difficult to imagine ourselves topping the class in our exams, becoming the president
of the world or winning the Nobel Peace Prize. Having said this
the power of manifestation really comes into power when we coordinate the sensory of feeling
into it.
So first we need to recognize that beneath the visual manifestation, beneath the wishes and
dreams what we are really after is feeling and emotion.
Connecting to the feeling and emotion that we ultimately seek from our manifestation draws
that reality to us. The reason for this which I have spoken at in
length in the articles on realization is that these dimensions or realities already exist. By tuning
in and aligning ourselves to the mind state that we have in
these dimensions we attract that reality to us. One of the important reasons for understanding
this principle, is that when we acknowledge that this reality
already exists then we do not need to “try” to create it. Trying actually creates a struggle in the
creation. It affirms that the creation needs effort. When we
open ourselves to the reality that it already exists then we let go. This “letting go” lets the
reality manifest. Some may also associate this feeling as a kind of
“surrender.” Understand that this type of surrender is positive and beneficial. It is not giving up
- it is surrendering the struggle against ourselves so that the
manifestation can come through.
Look at it like throwing a paper plane. We need to direct the plane but if we put to much force
into it the plane will not glide as far. Eventually we need to let
the plane do it’s thing.
When we try to “hold on” this attachment actually holds back the process of what we are trying
to create.
The principles of manifestation can be used for anything.
Let’s say that you wish to manifest good health. Visualize yourself in excellent health. Work
everyday on seeing your health perfected. See it inside as well as
out. See the cells and dna of your body vibrant and shining. Begin to imagine the feeling of
health - and remember to imagine how you would feel when you
have attained that health. The happiness and security you would feel having vibrant health. The
inner power and stability. Work on perfecting the visualization
on both the kinesthetic and imaging level. Bring the visualization into the present - see and feel
it happening now.
It is important to remember that the reality of health exists parallel to the reality of disease. We
want to align our minds to the reality of health so that it
realizes this dimension. Dis-ease implies a lack of ease in the body. Health requires an ease, an
affirmation that life within does not need to be a struggle. The
more that we “try” for health, the more we affirm the struggle, the more we train our minds to
find the dimension of health the more we move into ease.
The deeper our minds go the more “into the physical” the manifestation becomes.
Connecting to feeling requires that we have an idea of what that feeling might be like.
Visualization can help us to tap into this. When we see what we want in
our mind’s eye we can observe the little details exactly how we want it to be. How are we
feeling in that visual? What emotions are being felt? Bring them into
the imagery. Make the visuals and the feelings congruent with one another.
Here is another tip for when it is difficult to connect to feeling: Spend time around people that
have already achieved what we seek. Make sure that they have
the mind state too - not just the external trappings. It is the mind and emotional connection
that we are familiarizing our minds and bodies to. This works
because there is an energetic relationship between this person and for instance, health. They
have succeeded in inter-acting with the entity that is health in
the way that we also desire. Observing them, feeling the energy lets us to understand what the
interaction requires.
Be observant of the feeling. Observe their body language. Know what you want and what you
don’t want. You are looking for tuition on how they interact with
this energy. Let your mind stretch. Imagine it moving into their space and connecting and
observing this interplay of energy.
Sit at a busy area, a train or a bus and allow your self to observe the people. Just let your
senses bring to you whatever is already there. Let your judgments,
thoughts and emotions just come and go as they wish - like a stream. Observe and know that
your intention to understand this knowledge relevant to your
goals is being understood right here and now. This practice will give you the ability to perceive
the people that have achieved the mind-state that you desire.
We are learning to connect to the feel or vibe of a person. Note that it’s not necessarily the
person themselves, but the frequency or energy that we want to
understand.
When you do solo practice at home connect back to this energy - train your body and mind to
know that you can bring it on at will. Coordinate the feeling with
the imagery. In your mind’s eye see yourself having achieved your goals.
How would you look?
How would you feel?
What would you be doing?
See it and feel it now.
This new mindset will begin creating opportunities for this reality. Knowledge, perceptions and
observations will be up for change and up for grabs. In the
example of health, you may become aware of posture, breathing and tension. You may meet
people who have further knowledge on health. Your awareness of
what “health” means to you will grow, as it grows you will see opportunities for creating health.
Exploring these opportunities feeds energy into them. A
reciprocal communication goes on which expands the relationship between you and the energy
or entity that you are manifesting. Action must be taken.
Whether that action is taking the opportunity to perceive in a different way, or whether the
opportunity is to talk to someone who has come into your space, it
is the action that creates the reality.
Conscious manifestation can only be mastered through practice. Sporadic practice will lead to
sporadic results. Consistent practice will lead to consistent
results. The core of manifestation is understanding cause and effect, an experience that is only
understood through observation, “trial and error” and
exploration. It is a universal law that experience will always bring further understanding. All that
is required is that we keep going - keep our consciousness
moving in the direction that we desire.
Hieu Doan
The Essence of Meditation
Published by admin August 7th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Meditation, Realization
Meditation is the practice of realization.
In the beginning it seems that we are developing concentration, objectivity, visualization and
certain perceptions - whatever the focus of our meditation is.
With practice we come to understand that these states have always been there. There has
always been a concentrated mind, an objective mind, a mind
capable of perceiving the spiritual dimensions. What we are actually doing is removing the
illusions of the mind that prevent us from seeing. It is a
transformation of belief that exists in body and mind.
This is why it is called realization. We see what is, with “real-eyes.”
What is actually being developed in meditation is awareness and focus. This is all.
Enlightened states, divinity, bliss, emptiness, no-mind, surrender, God force, universal force,
chakra energies - these are inter-dimensional states. They
already exist. Awareness and concentration allow us to find the places where they exist and to
move our consciousness into them.
The most basic tools of meditation are focus and observation, but since the focused mind and
the fully aware mind already exist what are we really developing?
We are developing the ability to move through illusions.
Through practice we can experience a supremely focused mind regardless of the fact that
another part of our mind seems weary and unfocused. We can
experience an infinitely aware mind even though another part of our mind seems overwhelmed
and lacks clarity.
This is the beginning of experiencing an infinite mind. It is a mind which can be very normal,
very human and down to earth, while at the same time able to
move into universal awareness, great strength and courage, and a deep sense of power. It is a
mind that can move through illusion which can move between
these states.
The most effective way to understand this for ourselves is to experience it. Work with this
exercise:
Observe the feeling of your body.
Be aware of the breath.
Be aware of sound.
Be aware of sensation and thought.
Simply observe all that passes through your senses like watching a movie.
If there is agitation - let it be. If there is thought let it be. If there is sound and emotion - let it
be.
Place your hand over your navel area.
Feel for a consciousness which is pure focus and deep, calm strength.
Listen for a consciousness which has mastered inner power - that is unshakable.
Feel it and know it.
It exists here and now - allow yourself to find it.
See and feel it blossoming in you with full strength like a sun.
Feel, see and hear your body infusing with this energy.
Feel it nourishing and energizing you.
As with all meditation practices - do not be concerned with whether or not it is or is not working.
Simply keep your mind in this area. Allow your consciousness
room to play as it discovers the energy here. In play we learn to discover and explore. In
exploration and discovery we understand what works for us and what
does not.
The energy at your navel area is called by many names one of which is chakra or “energy
wheel” but the name is not as important as the meaning - and the
meaning is found by self-observation. Whatever we may know intellectually about chakras is
nothing compared to what the chakra will communicate to us
itself.
In the beginning the chakra may seem weak or non-existent. This is not the case - it is simply
that our minds have only learnt to tune in to the most subtle
frequencies of the chakra. With practice it seems like the energy of chakra is increasing - like
we are developing it. What is actually happening is that they
body and the mind are learning to perceive more of it. It already exists in it’s full power - when
we allow our minds to perceive then we experience this. For all
intents and purposes perception is like stretching - regular practice brings results. There is no
such thing as a quick fix to realization - there are layers upon
layers upon layers. As the mind learns to move through each layer the skills and understanding
developed here help it to learn how to move through the next
layer and so on. We can stand at the bottom of the mountain and peruse the best way to get to
the top, but until our hands and feet touch footholds and feel
what works we will not truly know how the mountain works.
Meditation is about realization. Whether we choose to use this to connect to universal
consciousness, to energize the body, focus the mind, bring love into our
hearts and knowledge into our souls is up to us as individuals. The principles underlying all
these goals however are the same.
It’s about realization.
Beneath the clay exists the masterpiece - the sculptor merely removes the filter so that the
naked eye can perceive it.
Hieu Doan
The Way of Manifestation Part 1 - Visualization
Published by admin August 21st, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Manifestation
Visualization is one of the most powerful tools for manifesting the reality that we want. From
our desires we build our ideas, from ideas we envision our
success, from our vision we create our reality.
Visualization is one of the best kept “secrets” of conscious manifestation. It’s one of the ways up
the mountain to creating a life that we desire. Whether we seek to create wealth, health,
happiness, be free of pain, emotional wounds or just have a simple life - the principles of
manifestation will apply. It’s all about understanding the interactions of energy and ourselves.
Visualization interacts with our minds and bodies in a very interesting and effective way. If a
visualization is strong and/or sustained long enough, we create a belief and knowing that we
are now manifesting that reality. It is seen and witnessed and so it is done.
All of us have the ability to visualize perfectly. We just need to allow our minds to realize this.
Close your eyes for a moment and try to see in your mind’s eye an apple.
How clear is it?
Does it shift and waver?
Can you make the apple red?
Can you see it in detail?
A small percentage of people will be able to visualize the apple clearly the very first time. The
rest of us need to train our minds to focus on that image much
like focusing a camera lens. In time all of us are capable of seeing that apple perfectly in our
mind’s eye, and if we can see the apple, then we can see
anything - success, health, wealth, love, whatever it is that we wish to create.
It is valuable to understand that clear visualization exists for everyone right here and now - we
are just learning to tune into it. It is very similar to tuning a
television or radio to get the station that we want. If we are off a little bit, all we see is static.
When we keep looking we begin to refine the ability of our mind
to hone in on the signal. Eventually the image becomes clearer, and in time it becomes perfect.
Experiment with what types of visualization work easiest for you. Some people find it easy to
visualize an apple but difficult to visualize a car driving down the street and vice versa. Make
sure to practice both what comes easy and what is more challenging. The aim is to be able to
visualize whatever we want whenever we want. As far as manifestation goes however the real
fun begins when we visualize ourselves achieving our goals and dreams, and this is what we
should focus on as soon as possible. So even if the visualizations are muddy, wavering or
unclear at first keep connected and keep going! Your skills will improve with persistence and
practice. One of the important fundamentals of manifestation is that we need to make sure that
we see what we want to create as clearly as we can - to actually witness it happening and being
achieved in our mind’s eye. It is not complete until we see it happen. This is the fundamental
difference between intention and knowing. Intention is a may be. Knowing is a certainty.
If we would manifest our reality we need to make our visualization as clear and as certain as
possible. If for example you want to cure yourself of a sickness
then see your self fully cured. See yourself flourishing and in vibrant health. Do not stop the
visualization until you get it just right. If you want to see yourself
acing your exams then see it happening. See yourself doing it easily. See yourself accessing the
information you need easily. See yourself walking in and
walking out full of clarity and confidence in your abilities. See yourself holding your results in
front of you.
The more directed, flexible and strong our focus, the easier it is to visualize. This is something
we want to keep in mind. We want to develop our visualization
so that it is effortless. If we find ourselves straining then we end up affirming that manifestation
will be a difficult and challenging process. Through finding the
path in our mind of least resistance we can manifest effortlessly and easily.
As can be seen, the principles involved in visualization tie into the practices of focus and
observation that have been discussed in previous articles. The skills of
observation give us the sensitivity to know what needs to be worked on, what needs to be
refined and honed. Focus is what lets us get crystal clear images. It
keeps things sharp. Focus is also what transforms ideas into reality.
It’s a relatively simple process of training a mind that quite literally sees chaos or “nothing”
when it tries to visualize to one that has absolute clarity. The
“secret” of success is regular practice. We start where we are. Even if the image is present for a
split second and then gone this is where we move from. In
your practice do not be concerned with whether it is working properly or not. Focus in on the
object of your visualization and even if your mind’s eye is
complete blackness know that your mind is training to find the shape of your images. Start
where you are and step by step your skills will evolve and improve.
If motivation and discipline is a limiting factor then a good starting point is to visualize
ourselves being motivated and disciplined. The key is to make it easy,
to see ourselves practicing and doing what we want with relatively nothing holding us back.
Practice even 5 minutes a day for ten days and the degree of
difference in motivation and discipline will be substantial enough to begin getting started on
other goals. Self- discipline is a very valuable skill for achieving
anything in life, so let it be one of the first things we develop.
Conscious, directed visualization is one of the keys to manifesting the reality we desire. Make it
a close friend that you communicate with regularly and it will
serve you well.
Hieu Doan
*In part 2 I’ll be discussing the importance of feeling. We begin with imagery first because for
most people it will be easier to stretch the mind to imagine
visually events and experiences they have never had before. Most of us for example will be able
to imagine riding a red dragon. In contrast many of us find it more challenging to feel
something we have never felt before.
The Preciousness of Despair
Published by admin August 2nd, 2006 in Emotional Healing
Unconditional love is deeply understood in the light of our darkest hours.
It is here that we are finally given the opportunity to extend - to stretch our capacity for
unconditional love and acceptance of ourselves.
Loving ourselves when everything is peachy is a cakewalk. It’s when everything is going to the
toilet that we really see the depth of our love. It is when we are
suffering and are in darkness that we have the greatest opportunity to provide light and
nurturing.
The first step as with all things is to simply see. To acknowledge despair for what it is. To feel it
for what it is. To fully grasp the moment for what it is. That we
are deep in despair.
In the truth of our experience we can then move with honesty - and from honest beginnings we
produce honest results.
Know that it takes more than mere cursory acknowledgement - more than simply saying or
thinking “yes I am in despair.” The root of despair is feeling - and
it is feeling where we must meet it.
It takes full faith to surrender to your inner self. Full faith to know that you are going in. Only
by going in - entering that place can you fully understand it. It
speaks in feeling and so we must listen in feeling.
Faith is needed to know that when you let your self go. When you surrender - that you will find
yourself again. In truth you cannot be lost - but in the
moments of despair our perception of this truth is lost. We dispel the illusion by going in.
Nothing will be lost - because nothing can be lost. Faith is a perception that we create because
we believe that we do not know. We cannot lose ourselves as
long as we remember that there is nothing to lose. Loss too only exists in the realization of it.
All revolution must start where the resistance is.
Working with resistance we find movement - then transformation.
Start where you are. In the depth of despair.• Know it well. Feel it.
From here there are many paths to move. Many methods to transform. But during the transition
take careful note. What are the patterns in place that would
stop or hinder you from transcending? What are the thoughts, the feelings, the voices that
would ridicule, fill you with hopelessness or doubt? These too are
children of despair. Hear them, understand them - but know that they are not the only voices
that have power.
We can move from despair even with one voice, one weakened thought or breath.
Who is the person that chooses to focus on and thus feed what we choose to feed?
It is your choice when to focus - when to move.
The choice to love is the difference between continual suffering and meeting our despair with
understanding. The power of choice gives us freedom - but only
when despair is understood.
Hieu Doan
Ascension Activations
Published by admin June 5th, 2007 in Mastery, Ascension
A new form of activating spiritual energy within our mind and body has become available to this
planet over the last 12 years and is reaching critical mass at
this time. Planetary experiences have been moving vital elements into place which are now
making it possible to access energies and activate dormant
knowledge within our cells and dna. Until now much of this knowledge has been transmitted and
used at the mental and spiritual levels, but it has only been
through drastic restructuring of the physical nervous system that people have been able to
integrate at the cellular and dna levels.
In the past many masters have burnt out or short circuited their physical systems in the
development of their spiritual connection. This was mainly due to the
lack of planetary energies to support their physicality. The massive influx of energies into this
planet over the last 12 years has changed the potential of this
completely. The body over this time has been gradually adjusting to the increases and
expansions of energies and new information. This has resulted in much
information from the higher planes channeling through into modalities and systems on the Earth.
Within the Astral, guilds are forming and strengthening in order to create the opportunities for
sentient beings on the Earth to activate and access their higher
consciousness and abilities. For the first time in many ages the possibility for mass ascension of
not only the subtle consciousness, but the physical body is
possible.
Hieu Doan
Cellular Activation
Published by admin June 11th, 2007 in Mastery, Ascension
The core level where the physical, mental and spiritual meet is at the cellular and atomic level
of the body. There is no actual separation between these three
aspects of consciousness, it is simply limits on awareness which make it appear to be so. As
awareness grows the blank areas of ‘connectedness’ or unity
become apparent. Transcending illusion is very easy at the spiritual level of consciousness, it is
the easiest level of awareness and knowledge. The mental
and intellectual level is more challenging, but the most difficult is the physical layer. It is the
training of this layer that offers the most potential for gaining
powerful abilities within the astral and etheric realms and this is the reason why so many
sentient beings have come to this planet.
At the physical level of the body spirituality is simply about bio-chemistry. This is how the
physical and organic elements of this planet communicate with one
another. Cellular activation requires that the chemicals of the body are trained to become an
expanded sentience or consciousness. This process is best
facilitated through the DNA. The DNA is like the master program of the physical body and it is
through this program or blueprint that our ability to know true
power and ability is activated.
Activating DNA strands from an ‘inactive’ state is difficult to do on oneself – or at least the
process may take many years, if not a lifetime or more. The length
of time depends on the programming and compartmentalizing that has taken place within the
body. Furthermore, implants may be in place which continually
sabotage the process. These programs and implants have been put in place by entities who feed
off the struggles of sentient beings and so have a vested
interest in keeping consciousness and empowerment limited and ignorant.
In spite of this, knowledge of DNA activation has been taught through the co-operation of astral
guilds and higher planes masters. This training is taking place
with the hope that those beings who are activated will realize their true calling and begin to
support the path of illumination and ascendance for all beings on
the planet.
Hieu Doan
Emotional Mastery Pt 2
Published by admin December 21st, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
What is important is to move the consciousness in the direction of emotional mastery. This
movement will be refined and strengthened through the nature of
it’s intention, and in time the movement and the path will become one.
It is important to understand that mastery is ultimately about control, and control is about
sensitivity and the ability to respond to this sensitivity. Imagine
trying to hold water in your hands. If you grasp your hands tightly into fists then the water will
be lost, but if you cup the water gently in your hands then you
may retain it all. Control is like this. We need to develop our sensitivity in order to feel and see
the nature of our emotions. Understanding this nature allows
us to direct the shape of our minds. When we can consciously assume the shape of an emotion
then we can enter this gate. Through this gate we may find
yet another subtler manifestation of this emotion and we are given the opportunity to refine our
consciousness further. Eventually we come to the beginning
and move through.
Taking the shape, being open, detached and formless are all essentially the same thing. By
being formless we take the form of whatever energies we meet
and being detached we do not add anything to the equation. Being open we accept into
ourselves that which we experience and taking the shape we become
one with it.
The reality of being detached means that we will feel the whole spectrum of emotions. Right,
wrong, ugly and the rest - none are too good or too bad. In
observing objectively the emotion and observing the thoughts and beliefs that come along with
that emotion we are learning the nature of the key.
Developing the ability to remain sensitive and formless we move with the shape of the emotion
and we become that key.
While many of us will experience difficulty in feeling and connecting with emotions that they
may perceive as bad or even evil, such as hate, jealousy, anger or
grief, others will also notice that it is the pleasurable emotions that they do not truly want to let
go of. Simply let go and know that the experiences of
pleasure and pain are always there. We do not need to become afraid of losing them and in fact
this fear keeps us from experiencing the moment of reality
that is here and now. Within this moment of reality there lies the opportunity for realizing our
true self, but we must continue to move through with
consciousness what we are experiencing inside.
Hieu Doan
Illusions Pt 2
Published by admin November 17th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Truth
Moving through illusions is more than an esoteric past-time useful only for discussing over
afternoon tea. The ability to move through illusions is the
experience of feeling and perceiving more love, empowerment, joy, capability, spiritual
dimensions and magic. As discussed in Part 1 the biggest obstacle for
many people is the delusion that we have moved beyond self-delusion. It is interesting to note
that many masters describe with awe and humility that at each
level or plateau where they have believed that they could not possibly experience anything
more wondrous they would eventually go on to experience a reality
that was even more awe-inspiring. Until finally they reached the place of absolute peace. With
this in mind if we are to develop ourselves to our potential we
need to be explorers - explorers that test truth, reality, question ourselves and seek out cracks
in our perception. As explorers we need to develop minds that
can be objective as well as subjective, in this way we can grow as well as experience and enjoy.
The psychic senses are very effective tools for enhancing the abilities of observation and focus.
Psychic senses expand and deepen what we observe and allow
us to become aware of new dimensions. While our usual 5 senses observe in their own ways,
the psychic senses have their own way of perceiving that
ultimately reveal a new reality. When we turn these senses inwards we reveal the manner that
this reality unfolds and interacts with our consciousness. This
presents us with the opportunity to understand and make peace with a whole new level of being.
The basics for understanding and practicing psychic senses are described in Part 1, Part 2 and
Part 3 of the Psychic Development series.
Turning the psychic senses inward instead of outward requires a change in attitude. From
practicing the basics you will have become familiar with the
experience of finding the “space” in between perception and the reality of the senses.
This is how you integrate it into internal work:
Work with just one of the psychic senses to begin with, visual, auditory or kinesthetic. If it
comes easily to you integrate all 3 senses into practice.
Allow your senses to encompass all that you are. Extend your mind to seeing, hearing or feeling
your whole being.
The way that you hold your being and consciousness may be firm, flowing, shimmering, subtle,
solid or any combination of things. How it manifests to you is
not important. Simply observe and hold your mind in the shape and form of how your being
presents itself to you.
Observe.
Find the “space” between the observer and the shape of your consciousness and being. Allow
yourself to move into this space.
Simply be in this essence and allow it to permeate your consciousness. Allow it to communicate
to you. Listen, see and feel what is being communicated.
There is no need to intellectualize or try to make sense - simply listen like listening to wind or
ocean. Feel for the rhythm, look for the frequency, listen for the
touch. The “space” that opens up here is the doorway to further development in the psychic arts,
however what we are looking for here is not what lies beyond. We
are training our mind to understanding the feeling of the psychic touch. Now we simply need to
bring this essence into looking, listening and feeling within
ourselves. Interestingly this part of the ancient art of Esoteric Alchemy, it is the mixing and
inter-relation of energies.
Observing your emotions and thoughts. Observe what you see and hear, feel and taste and
smell and integrate the essence of the psychic “space” into your
perceptions of these things. You will begin to sense more to what you usually perceive, you will
notice a certain kind of stretch or expansion in your
consciousness in a direction that can only be described as “different.” Notice what comes
through this space. Observe with the intention of understanding
yourself and you will begin to gain an intrinsic understanding of exactly what illusions you have
and what directions to take to move through them.
The path of understanding is an art. It is fluid and changing because we, reality and life is fluid
and changing. The information I have written here will never
compare to the experience. Use it as a guide and you will inevitably experience how and what
works for you.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Intention Part 1
Published by admin December 7th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation
Intention is the directing of consciousness. It is moving the consciousness into areas with a
desire to affect a particular result. Intention is a powerful tool for
manifestation when used to gather the specific frequencies and knowledge required. Weaving
the psychic skills with direction of intention allows us to gather
the exact information that we need be it in the form of visions, sounds, feelings, smells, tastes
or other forms of knowledge. Integrating this knowledge which
can often be done immediately begins to elicit the changes that we desire. The process of
refining the practice utilizes the exact same principles. If something
is not occurring the way we wish it to then we direct our intention to gathering the information
as to what needs to be added, subtracted, sped up or slowed
down. This is a two fold development of learning how to manifest and learning how to gain
precise information. In time the process of intention, information
gathering and implementing this knowledge will occur simultaneously and accurately.
It is important to observe and access the information coming through with honest and open
awareness. This is perhaps one of the main difficulties inherent
within the art of manifestation. For example information may be coming through that to create
a certain result energy needs to be built and gathered for 4
weeks. If this crucial detail is ignored then a person may believe that their manifestation has
failed where as what has actually occurred is that they have
simply not followed through on all the necessary requirements. The development of accurately
and clearly perceiving information is also important. The mind
needs to be directed with the intention to understand and hear, see or feel clearly and then we
need to observe and allow ourselves to find this space within
us. Through continuous training the mind understands exactly what it is that we are wishing to
access and in time we can connect with these spaces
effortlessly.
The understanding of how intention works is like how water finds it’s way through rocks. If there
are many rocks the water will continue to weave around
them until it reaches it’s destination. Similarly intention is a direction of the mind. When the
mind finds an obstacle or distraction is must allow that entity to
be as it is and simply find a way around it. In the case of the mind, intention is the place of
knowledge as well as the consciousness that is seeking connection
with this place. In time the two become one and this is the process that dissolves the illusion of
location or separateness. This is when the acquisition of
knowledge becomes effortless and instantaneous.
Hieu Doan
Illuminating the Dark ~ Part 1
Published by admin December 11th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Esoteric Alchemy, Realization, Truth
Real mastery of the self can only be realized through meeting all aspects of being with
conscious equanimity. In the moment of connecting with these parts
unflinchingly and with acceptance, we no longer struggle with the self and we experience unity.
The path of ‘the dark’ means a path where we are lacking awareness. Unconscious,
subconscious and spiritual dimensions all have relevance here, but it is
also valuable to note the various grey areas. It is possible and common to have an intellectual
awareness of certain concepts and principles, but without
integration at the level of the body these skills and experiences will not be fully realized. For
example we may understand the principle of ‘living in the now,’
but as long as our body still reacts to pre-programmed responses we are still living in the past.
The journey of moving from an intellectual idea to an
experience that encompasses not only the mental but the physical is a far deeper and more
“whole” level of integration.
Mental consciousness generally works at a far greater speed than the physical, but through
training and practice we can guide the body to realizing it’s own
potential for development and expansion. Keeping the connection between body and mind
requires that we do not neglect one over the other. When working
with the body we observe the nature of the mind and learn to direct it’s energies through the
body. When working with the mind we observe how the body
perceives and interprets this level of consciousness and we look for the spaces and areas where
it can open to the experience with deeper understanding.
Patience is important when working with an intention for integration because until full
integration occurs the mind will almost always be faster than the body.
This is especially true for those that are developing their psychic senses as the ability to
perceive subtle energies opens a literal floodgate of information.
Without integration this information will lead to various levels of agitation, stress and confusion.
What is actually happening is that the physical level of
consciousness has no idea of what is happening and being realized at the subtler mental and
spiritual levels. We could look at it as upper level management
not communicating to the middle and lower levels. While it may not always seems as exciting to
work at the physical level the revelations and realizations can
be just as profound if not more because they can actually be used and implemented into our
physical reality. Further more what we experience is solid,
tangible and built on a base of emotional, physical and mental strength. On the contrary
experiences that try to ignore the body are essentially leaving the
foundation or base behind.
Illuminating the dark brings light to all the aspects that we would ignore or pass off as too
mundane, boring or not worthy of note. In bringing the light of
consciousness we are communicating and understanding. This reciprocal interchange of
energies speaks and listens and within time we realize that we
understand the meaning of this communication clearly. As our ability to listen increases, so too
does our ability to inject meaning into the communication -
and so the product of the communication becomes more refined and more meaningful. Many
results can be gained from bringing consciousness into these
dark parts and each morsel of knowledge and wisdom opens up new opportunities to seek out
and explore. In the end however, all paths lead back to the one
true path, the path of unity, the path of peace, the path of power.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Acceleration ~ Pt 2
Published by admin January 20th, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Accelerated mind states bring profound and dramatic increases in awareness, while at least for
the time being, neglect the processes of integration and
resolution. Guiding the shape of acceleration to that of a spiral guides the knowledge back
through all the spaces and levels that have been missed. Trusting
that we can always find ourselves again we leap out into the space of our consciousness. The
lines and paths that we take within the spiritual and mental
realms are vastly different to those within the physical. In the physical the shortest path
between two points is a straight line. In the spiritual and mental
dimension points can be opened and connected to within other points, to an infinite degree. For
this reason excessive acceleration can lead to problems with
integration or “re-entry.” This is one problem that can occur to people who rely on drugs for
acceleration and is reason that shamanic traditions that use drugs
prepare their bodies through ritual.
Training the mind and body to understand how to consciously accelerate involves the same
principles that all meditation and Esoteric Alchemy use. It is all
about movement. While integration is about receiving and harmonizing, acceleration is about
finding gaps and spaces and moving through these. At the same
time we send our consciousness out with the intention of connecting to the source of the
knowledge that we seek. This acts as a beacon or thread of
intention. By communicating, feeling and seeing this beacon we understand and intuit which
paths and spaces will open up further paths and spaces and
which will not. Working with intention to direct our journey towards purpose and meaning
ensures that our creation of consciousness is congruent with our
truth.
It is also important to recognize the way that our higher consciousness communicates with us.
For some there will be a leaning toward the visual, others
auditory, kinesthetic or one of the other senses. While it is always beneficial to develop a well-
rounded set of psychic senses, for the purposes of
communication it is better to acknowledge the language that is being spoken.
Acceleration will always bring a sensory increase in one or more areas. If working with the
chakras for instance one may see layers of colored energy rippling
and peeling open. Or if one is more auditory one may hear tones moving and shifting through
frequencies. Thoughts and seemingly random imagery may
flash before the eyes and mind. All of these are indications of acceleration, similar to how sights
and sounds flash by when we are in a speeding car. In the
beginning it is fine to investigate some of these phenomena, but eventually it will be shown that
only by staying true to the purpose of our journey will we find
the meaning and answers that we seek. There is a literal infinity of sceneries that the
consciousness will show us and if we allow it, this slide show can and
will continue indefinitely!
The process of gathering knowledge from an accelerated consciousness is usually one of cycles.
Each cycles allows us to push a little bit further and
understand where we go a little bit more. As is often the case, just as acceleration is an
experience that often elicits excitement, it is the return trip, the
integration the elicits the understanding and thus the rewards.
Hieu Doan
Clairaudience
Published by admin November 13th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Psychic Senses
Clairaudience is known as “true hearing.” At higher levels of development it is the ability to
communicate with spirits, but even at beginning levels the ability of
tuning in to the subtle energies of what is happening within, to really hear what is, provides us
with the opportunity to understand the messages that our own
consciousness is sending to us. Our body and mind is always trying to communicate to us, it has
our best interests at heart always, it is simply that often
messages get “lost in translation.” Sometimes they do not even get heard. Clairaudience gives
us the opportunity to hear, understand and respond. The more
cohesive our communication becomes the more our whole being responds with harmony and
understanding. This creates a solid and empowering foundation in
body and mind. Whether we choose to use the skill of Clairaudience for communication with
spirits or simply gain a better understanding of the self is up to the
individual practitioner. The ability is developed in the same way, by learning a new way of
listening. If you do not wish to communicate with spirits, angels or
God, then instead simply use the same techniques to listen and communicate with your body
and mind.
Clairaudience is first developed through the practicing of listening to a mantra or sound as I
described in the article Developing Psychic Senses Pt3. By at first
intoning a sound silently in the mind, then listening for the echo we begin to understand the
“space” that is required for communication.
Through familiarizing ourselves to this the psychic space we are developing the ears necessary
to hear the subtle realms. It is important that we begin to
develop understanding and objectivity for all that we hear and receive. Many people believe that
just because an entity is from another dimension or is dead
that they must know more than us, or that they are somehow wiser or more knowledgeable
about the spiritual realms. The truth is that many entities and
spirits are much like people on earth, they will speak and tell tall tales, they will exaggerate
truths, flat out lie and flap their jaws about anything they think we
want to hear just to get an exchange of energy. Objectivity, awareness and focus is necessary
to move through all the chatter. Remember what it is that you
truly wish to achieve and move your consciousness through to this destination. The power of
moving through this psychic space is that there is far less friction
than in the physical world. By moving with decisiveness and intention you can connect directly
with the authentic guides and entities who have the knowledge
that you wish to share. By keeping your intention direct and pure you are manifesting the action
clearly and so it will be. Likewise if you wish to connect and
listen more deeply with your body you’ll likely find the notorious monkey-mind playing it’s usual
games, trying to distract you and generally running amuck.
Just let it be. Let it play it’s games and keep your consciousness in the space between
observation and the area of mind or body you are listening to. Train
yourself to keep your mind in this place, and in time you will hear.
In the beginning most people find that moving through the dimensional layers of space to where
they wish to be somewhat confusing, but the truth is it is
much the same as any form of focusing meditation. Allow the chattering entities to be, allow all
other dimensions and spaces to be. Listen and feel for the
space and dimension that is congruent with your desire and intention and keep a grasp of it.
These layers of dimensions have often been described as having a
feeling like moving through treacle, albeit shifting and sometimes tumultuous treacle. The trick
is to let it all be, and simply continue to focus and move toward
your goal. No matter how far away it seems, no matter how much else is going on, simply
continue holding your mind on that place. With practice your mind
will realize the ease and effortlessness with which you can instantly shift to where you need to
be, but you must first start where you are and work with the
skills that you currently have.
Always communicate with the intention of working towards your highest good and the results
and experiences you manifest will always work out. Highest good
means toward a direction where you have inner strength, peace, wisdom, love and
empowerment. If you choose to connect to beings with the intention of
dominating and controlling others you will get knowledge, but you will also enhance your own
fears and insecurities and these entities by their very nature will
also be looking to dominate and control you by feeding off and growing your fears. It is the
same in the physical world. When we surround ourselves with
people who seek empowerment our group consciousness empowers us all. When we surround
ourselves with people who seek to dominate and control we feed
our own fears and feed off others’ fears.
Listen to and observe the way of communication in the psychic realms. Explore expressing your
highest goals and aspirations. Listen and feel for the
knowledge and solutions that would best fit your experiences. With practice the communication
from both ends will become clearer and the knowledge and
solutions that you gain will also become more accurate, powerful and effective.
Clairaudience can have a profound impact on the way we experience our lives. The level of
listening opens up a wealth of knowledge from spiritual dimensions
but it also opens our mind and body to who and what we are. We learn to listen to ourselves
and from here gain the opportunity to accept, make peace and
love. This is perhaps the most valuable aspect of clairaudience.
Hieu Doan
The Source of all Knowledge ~ Part 2
Published by admin January 26th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Intuition, Mastery
Channeling knowledge and integrating it is important but for knowledge to be relevant it also
needs to be meaningful. The receptive way of using knowledge is
to trust that what is being communicated to us is for our highest good and to learn how to listen
and work with it. The active way is to weave our intention
into the conduit of universal connection with the Source and seek specific knowledge.
Intuitive, responsive communication is always a flow of receptive and active. We recognize what
is being said and we respond with sensitivity to the outcome.
A good listener has the opportunity to understand well, good understanding provides the
opportunity to respond well, a good response provides the
opportunity for relevant knowledge. This cycle moves in the direction of creating integrated
meaning and purpose. The consciousness that leads it all is that
of intention. The intention to seek deep understanding. It will always come back to this.
Observation and listening is an art, and so too is learning to respond clearly and coherently. If
the consciousness is muddled with subconscious talk, mixed
messages and so on, then our expression will reflect this. Our reality and the way that we
interact with it will show the results of our expression. Learning to
speak clearly to the Source takes practice. It is a balance of being aware of the ever changing
dynamics of energy, the interpretation of the communication
and the way that we are infusing our own meaning. In this, it is much the same as any good
conversation we would have with another human being.
Just as in communication with another human being it is also important that we observe the
nature of communication. If we were to go to another country
where the people did not speak English, then perhaps we would have to learn their language,
but perhaps in the meantime we would need to find some happy
medium. Under these circumstances we would speak what little we could and use whatever
other ways, we could to communicate. Importantly we would
observe others very carefully for clues as to what it is that they were communicating and all
along we would be gaining experience in how to speak their
language. The same principles apply is communicating to the Source.
In order to hear and listen with clarity we must create a space for communication. Into this
space the frequencies of communication can inter-relate freely.
The way in which we realize this space will determine whether our communication is clear or
confused, spoken or visual, diluted by emotional beliefs or neutral
and objective. The nature of the space will also influence the way in which the Source will be
shaped. Exploring the space and the manner in which it
influences communication is important, because it is only in understanding and actually
experiencing the many differences that we can know with certainty
what will best serve our own true path. Integrating emotion, belief, thought or feeling into a
space will provide opportunities for understanding these aspects,
but the direction that this communication takes will be strongly influenced by our own
attachment to these parts. It is this attachment that shapes the nature
of the Source, at least in how we will perceive and communicate with it. For this very reason it
is important to always come back to neutrality, the place that
observes and experiences the Source as it is, unfiltered by our own mind, beliefs and emotions.
Through always seeking, through intent for the truest aspects
of the Source, we will be led back to the truest aspects of ourselves. This journey will integrate
and reconcile all the aspects and bring universal understanding
and knowledge.
Hieu Doan
The Way of Manifestation Part 4 - Listening
Published by admin August 27th, 2006 in Esoteric Alchemy, Manifestation
The way of listening moves us into a subtler realm of manifestation. It is a skill that allows us to
to develop and fine tune the principles of realization.
Mastering listening really begins to open the doors to creating reality. We begin with
affirmations of what we want. Vocally at first. Then in our minds. Silently
expressing the affirmation and command. Up until this point we are working with the positive
expression. Now we listen for the affirmation.
Work with this:
Silently express the command “Vibrant Health.”
Now listen for the echo of the command.
Remember that the affirmation already exists. We are training our minds to hear something that
has already been created. Whether we initially hear the
command or not, we continue to listen and in doing so we train our minds to become sharper.
In time it will learn to distinguish and tune into the frequency of
the affirmation. This is the basis of auditory realization. Similar training is found in the
development of clairaudience, finding the eternal “OM” and connecting
to “spiritual tones” for dimensional shifting.
We want to be intimately familiar with the difference between mentally projecting a sound and
listening to a sound that already exists.
What is required is dynamic focus and enough trust to know that the sound does exist. We need
to sustain our discipline and focus in order to move past
doubts that the process is not working. This is particularly important in the beginning.
It may require imagination at first to bridge the gap between what you currently believe and
what is possible. This separation or gap is caused by the beliefs of
the mind. Imagination is what gets the mind to move past those beliefs. In time the object of
imagination becomes more tangible to the mind and begins to
shift into our reality. We learn to hear what has always been there.
Developing the skill of finding that middle point between listening for the sounds we desire and
surrendering is what we require. It is not a full letting go -
remember the example of the paper plane. We give just enough power for the plane to glide,
not too much or it will clash with the air. We let it go but keep
our minds with the plane. Focus on it.
Let’s work with this exercise a bit more. Using the example of health begin by vocalizing at your
usual speaking volume the affirmation: “I am in vibrant
health.”
Say it a few times to get accustomed to it.
Then say it silently in your mind. Don’t worry too much if your mind starts saying other things.
The mind is like that - it always has a come back, don’t be
concerned.
Now listen for the affirmation. Don’t express it with the mind - just listen for it. If your mind has
lots of thoughts and other voices just let them be and go
deeper. The affirmation may be quiet or loud, subtle or obvious.
We are listening for the genuine affirmation that requires no input from ourselves other than to
listen. The affirmation already exists. Don’t let the mind fool
you that it does not. It is there.
Again don’t be concerned with whether the process is working or not working, whether you are
doing it right or not. This is the beauty of listening and
realization. Simply by looking out for it you are doing it right. It is the listening and the looking
that is being trained here - so as long as you are doing this,
which you are, then you are doing it right.
Allow the genuine affirmation to unfold for you in it’s own time. It will become clearer as we find
that balance between not struggling with the mind and putting
out a beacon or feeler for the sound.
To coordinate affirmations with the visual and kinesthetic senses means that they work together.
The visual sees us having achieved the desire here and now.
The kinesthetic sense feels the emotions and feelings that we will feel. The auditory sense hears
the affirmations of success.
Manifestation is a balance of action and letting it happen. It is the subtleties that make the
difference. Listening for affirmations that are already there trains us
to understand that what we seek already exists. Listening in itself requires us to let it happen.
The very instant that we realize that something already exists
we cease struggling to make it happen. Why struggle for vibrant health when we allow our
bodies and minds to realize the existence of it here and now? This is
the moment when we allow that reality to come to us.
Struggle merely affirms that the reality of vibrant health does not exist. It affirms what we do
not have. Realization on the other hand is literally an opening of
our eyes to what already exists. The mind realizes, the body realizes and the entire process is
an affirmation that vibrant health already exists.
As we listen for the affirmations and commands that support our goals we draw that reality to
us. As we listen for the affirmations and commands that limit
our goals we draw that reality to us. The freedom to choose either is simply a matter of learning
to listen and develop dynamic and flexible focus.
The practice of listening is one of the most effective ways to familiarize the mind to the reality
of the law of attraction. If the practice has given elusive results
before, it may be because contained within the process has been the affirmation of lack. What
this basically means is that if we are struggling, then what we
are actually manifesting is that achievement of this result is to be a struggle. If we are craving a
particular result, then what we are manifesting is that we
crave a particular result. It’s a pretty dirty catch 22 huh? But not to worry. The art of listening
takes care of the situation.
Hieu Doan
Clairsentience
Published by admin November 11th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Psychic Senses
Clairsentience means true knowing. It is the ability to shift into a consciousness that knows the
exact knowledge that is desired. The shift of consciousness
that occurs is a connection with what is known as the Akashic Records. These records are an
energetic dimension that contain the knowledge of all that has
been, all that could have been, all that is, all that could be and all that will be. The Akashic
Records act as a portal between realities and from this portal we
can directly draw upon knowledge and guidance. This is the reason why Clairsentience allows us
to simply know. By connecting to the reality where what we
seek has already happened we gain the opportunity of understanding how our desire or
intention is successfully able to be manifested. Clairsentience is
congruent with knowing because in relation to the place where we are receiving this knowledge
it has already happened. This knowledge however does not
mean that we can be certain it will happen here in this reality - we simply have the tools to
make it happen. It is similar to an electrician possessing the
knowledge of how to create a safe and effective circuit. They have the knowledge but they still
must implement the action. This is the main mistake that
many beginners make when developing clairsentience or manifestation abilities. They assume
that knowledge equals action which is not always true. For sure
if our only intention is to have knowledge then yes we have achieved our ends, but if we seek to
create changes in our physical reality then we must take
action. When we connect honestly with clairsentience then we will know this, it will be strikingly
clear. This brings me to another important point about
clairsentience. In my experience it is one of the most commonly felt of the psychic senses, but
often people do not feel the openings because they simply
assume that they have guessed or deduced the knowledge in some other way. In order to
extend this ability to the level where it is impossible to gain the
knowledge in any other way we need to explore it’s attributes and opportunities.
The main way that we develop clairsentience is through feeling, recognizing the frequency of
knowing, integrating it with the process of “listening” and
interpreting the knowledge into solutions. Knowing is a perception that will deepen and
strengthen with time, but we must be careful not to allow it to turn
into arrogance. Knowing is knowing. Arrogance is pretending that we know. Clairsentience
works in a way that provides us with knowledge but it allows
for the fact that reality can be directed and changed and so the relevancy of the knowledge can
change too. Arrogance is rigid, knowledge is flexible.
Knowing is represented by certainty tempered with sensitivity to changing what is required at
any given moment - after all reality arrives in a fluid state not as
static chunks of “rock!”
Clairsentience requires a fine balance between being and doing. The practice of automatic
writing is an example of Clairsentience. Rather than thinking about
what we need to do, solutions or answers we simply write, speak and be. We focus more on the
state of being, finding and feeling, “listening” for the
frequency that is congruent with knowing - then we simply let it come out. We get out of our
own way and let it happen. The deeper we move into this
consciousness the more we develop a trust with our body and mind to just let it happen.
Automatic writing is an effective way of developing Clairsentience
because the progression of knowledge will be seen on the page after we have finished. The
main thing that this process aids is our confidence and belief that
we are actually achieving something. Remember how I said that clairaudience is one of the
most commonly experienced psychic skills? The reason that most
people don’t go any further in developing it is because they don’t have confidence - they don’t
believe. By showing yourself solid and tangible results you will
begin to believe, as your belief grows you’ll use it more, as you use it more your skill will
develop. It’s an all round beneficial cycle of growth. Eventually you
will get to the stage where you don’t need to use automatic writing, you’ll just know. After all
what we are really developing is a mind state, a dimension of
consciousness.
All the psychic senses work around the same core, that of truth - and truth is essentially about
knowing. We can use these psychic skills to play with the
world, but ultimately like any toys and material possessions there is a sense of dissatisfaction.
Turning these skills within and using them to master and
empower our inner selves brings real wealth, joy and happiness.
Hieu Doan
Practicing Realization ~ Part 1
Published by admin January 8th, 2007 in Realization, Unlimited Mind
Realization is the experience of understanding. It exists in the moment that we shift from one
perception of reality to another. In that instant, our
consciousness is able to exist and open to these two realities and being here, seeing and feeling
here, we are able to understand the multi dimensional nature
of our mind and body. Through this nature we are given the opportunity to find our true self.
The practice of realization is essentially about controlling the mind, and through the mind being
controlled the body is mastered also. As long as we retain a
connection and communication with the body and the physical then we retain the opportunity to
transcend and evolve these aspects and in the process we
develop mastery of our consciousness. This is the reason why our training needs to be
challenging. We need to at first get a grip of the basics, learning
stillness, movement and control, then we face co-operative challenges in order to increase the
depth and level of our mastery. Cooperation works by seeking
challenges that stretch us a certain amount, but not so much that we lose ourselves completely
or give up the journey. If we were guiding a baby to walk it
would be counter productive to knock it down each time it almost gets to its feet. Similarly, we
must look for challenges that are appropriate to our level of
skill. For this sincere and honest self appraisal is required.
The experience of realization always comes back to the same principles. By practicing the art of
moving through illusions we will always find that there is more
to reality than what our mind and body would grasp and have us believe. The stability that we
all seek can only be found in accepting the unstable and ever
changing. With beautiful irony it is through this real experience of acceptance that we can find a
peace and stability that is eternal and does not change.
We also need to understand and practice the art of moving through illusions. We need to study
illusion and understand what it is that makes an illusion what it
is. No illusion can exist without belief in it. The deeper and stronger the belief, the more
powerful and effective the illusion. The reason that it is not enough
to disbelieve at a purely intellectual or conceptual level is because this level simply stimulates
the surface area of the mind and consciousness, it doesn’t even
touch the subconscious let alone the unconscious. Working with the senses of feeling, imagery,
sound, smell and taste move deeper into the subconscious but
must be trained and practiced in order to get deeper still. The deeper we get the further we
move through the illusion. We then begin to understand the real
nature of illusions. It is not the illusion itself that holds us, it is our grasping and inability to
move past it that keeps us attached to it. Deep sensory cleansing
purifies the bonds that hold us to illusions. As we move in deeper the awareness and intention
of seeing and feeling, recognizing and responding all become
refined and sensitive to a more accurate and effective way of finding truth.
Hieu Doan
Practicing Realization ~ Part 3
Published by admin January 12th, 2007 in Realization, Unlimited Mind
The experience of realization can be as simple as reading a newspaper and being aware that
you are reading the newspaper. This can involve noticing your
posture and the way your body turns the pages. It can extend to observing how your mind and
emotions react to the news that you read. Moving deeper
involves finding dual and contradictory emotions and learning to access them simultaneously,
moving back and forth between them, or entering into one so
deeply that the other is for the moment seemingly gone. When we are familiar with the flow of
consciousness at this level we may seek a deeper or more
elusive space and seek it out, entering in, through and expanding into it. All the while we are
still fully in the experience of reading the newspaper. Rather
than compartmentalizing experiences we are allowing the mind and body to experience multiple
layers and levels of consciousness. This is realization.
As long as we compartmentalize various emotional states, feelings and experiences our
consciousness sees these states as solid, individual and fairly
permanent. By opening up several states within the one we break this illusion, showing
ourselves that emotion, feeling and experience is actually occurring on
a multiple level of dimensions. The aim of all this is to train consciousness to understand that it
does not need to be trapped in any emotion, feeling or
experience. It has real and tangible choices.
By choosing a simple exercise such as noticing body sensations, posture or breathing and being
aware of them during routine daily life we need to understand
their purpose. Without purpose we are simply performing rote exercises and the mind will
totally miss the point. Without understanding the purpose and
reason integration cannot occur. Without integration there is no empowerment and the
experiences will gradually become hollow and meaningless.
Observing the breath is not done simply to observe the breath. This level of understanding will
not bring much benefit because how many of us truly wish to
live life observing our breath all the time? It’s like speaking but not understanding that speech
is a method of communicating with other people! Similarly
observing the breath trains the mind to focus and sensitize to a particular frequency and
subtlety of energy. Again simply observing this energy may have
some benefits such as calming the mind but there is also an opportunity to understand that a
language of communication is being developed here. By
understanding that this level of observation is a way of listening to the language we open
ourselves to the opportunity for communication! There is a big
difference between these levels of understanding. While one is simply aware that energy is
present, the other is aware that a communication is occurring and
because of this awareness is able to create an intention to learn the meaning behind that
communication!
Context, understanding, purpose and reason give way to creating real meaning in our
experiences. Start with just observing physical sensation. It could be
awareness of the tip of your nose. Just be aware of it at times throughout the day and also
spend some time really listening and observing its feeling. Notice
the various degrees and types of sensations. Explore and move into anyone of these. See what
happens when you keep part of your consciousness attuned
to these threads during the day. Become familiar with changes and shifts. Listen to the
language and find ways to make conversation. Remember the
context in which you are practicing and training. Remember why you are practicing - why did
you originally start this type of development? How do those
reasons fit in with the practices that you are now doing? How can the practices that you are
presently doing help teach you within the context of that which
you seek?
All these questions lead to the development of solutions that are relevant for our life path.
Hieu Doan
The Foundation of Magic ~ Part 1
Published by admin February 21st, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Mastery
Magic is at it’s essence the manipulation of cause and effect. Through the deep understanding of
energy the magic user learns to alter the direction and flow
of reality.
The novice may begin with learning spells and techniques, but these are merely a pathway to
learning the fundamental principles that underlie all magic,
manifestation and creation. So too an adept may use external alchemy such as powders, roots,
and herbs to enact an enchantment, but it is important to
understand that these catalysts simply represent an energy. The path to mastery eventually
leads to complete understanding of the frequencies of this energy
such that no reagents or techniques are needed. The master learns to manifest at will because
they have developed an understanding of the knowledge,
energy and intelligence behind the reagent, technique or spell.
The essence of magic has always been the manipulation of energy whether through the use of
spells and reagents or direct energetic manifestation from the
mind. It may be easier in the beginning to simply use the reagent recite the technique and
leave it at that, but the magic users growth and understanding will
inevitably stagnate. The longer road that ultimately leads to mastery comes from understanding
and meditating on the energy behind the spell, entering and
learning the wisdom within the reagents and listening to the principles as they communicate
beneath the techniques. This is the foundation of magic.
There needs not be any division between metaphysical schools that encourage the use of spells,
ingredients and reagents and those that promote pure and
undiluted development of the mind. The only division is that of the mind that wishes to perceive
itself as being right. True practice and development of the
self is about opportunities.
All understanding whether pure meditation, magic, alchemy, psychology or modern science is
about communication. It is about understanding the expression
of energy and reciprocating an expression of energy. To divide and separate is simply to divide
and separate ourselves from the opportunity to truly
understand unity. There is no separation when we delve into the heart of the matter.
Meditation is understood through the mind and senses and so too is magic, science, music,
conversation, sleeping and dreaming. All of these hold
opportunities for learning, expression, communication and understanding. All of these hold
opportunities for empowerment, wisdom and growth. When
communication becomes open and universal, it is because we have allowed our consciousness
to bridge the gaps in perception that would keep us separate.
The choice to find and bridge those gaps will always be found in seeking out that which we
would resist and separate ourselves from and exploring those
energies and spaces. What is of interest is that the art of Magic directly works with bridging
separation and moving through resistance. It evokes creativity
and surrender, connection with the external and awareness of the internal. The very fact that
elements of Magic will elude the contemporary mind is evidence
of its ability to stretch and expand the mind. All of these aspects and principles are fundamental
to any school of pure meditation or mental mastery. The real
power of Magic lies however in the reality that it does not exist. For it is the perception of
impossibility that creates the greatest resistance in the mind - and
so it is this resistance that bridges the greatest separation.
Hieu Doan
The True Inner Critic
Published by admin March 15th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
Evolution only has meaning when we decide to imbue our choices and purpose with meaning.
The integration point is the point where survival on this planet
connects with our inner truth. Survival is necessary. Where we take it from here is up to us. We
have decided that survival extends to having the right type
of lifestyle, the right job, the right car, the right partner, the right house, the right watch, the
right holiday and so on. During this time we decide that we’ll
put off the inner truth part. After all there’s always time for that later isn’t there?
We shift our mind into critical mode, but it is different from the critical consciousness of our true
essence. Instead of refining and seeking the elements that
are most congruent with our true self, we create a critical mind that seeks ways to find
gratification through the eyes of society, the image and the esteem
that we find in the eyes of friends and family. We learn to play a game of painting the right
picture and saying the right lines. All along the true critical mind
goes to sleep.
We need to put the true critical mind to sleep during this time, because if it woke up it would be
asking us with very little subtlety why we decided to become
so daft. Accepting adoration through having a certain car or sports jacket? Tilting our noses up
when we walk past people that we secretly want approval
from? What is this game that we are playing, the true critical mind would ask – and why haven’t
we finished with it yet?
It would point out with no concern for our attempt at ignorance that trying to win approval and
self-worth from others was only an affirmation of our own need
for approval, and so in fact was an affirmation of self-worth issues. It would then go on to
inquire as to why we were kicking this dead horse.
The true inner critic isn’t about beating us up gratuitously. It is actually about taking apart
everything that doesn’t work and fixing it so that it does. In short
its about results.
Not getting the approval we need from our new shoes? Well how about bypassing the fashion
sector and plugging in direct to the heart center? Want respect
from our peers and colleagues? May or may not happen - but how about giving it to ourselves
instead?
Results. The true inner critic cares little for the way of image and illusions. The true inner critic
is about truth. What will truly bring happiness, worth,
empowerment and meaning. With this goal firmly fixed it moves through flaws and fixtures
without mercy and tears them apart. If we scramble to put our
image back together then this just indicates to our true inner critic that we’re not so
comfortable being naked and it has no problem prodding us and asking us
why? Further more it wants to know how we can expect to become strong or at the very least
attain a certain level of happiness if we just bundle our fears
and insecurities up under the rug.
After a certain amount of time - weeks, years, decades we find new ways to get around our
inner critic, we find ways of re-talking and affirming new
directions. Counters and counter-counters – but the heart of the issue remains as true as it ever
was.
The truth is patient. Denial on the other hand is forever desperate, for it knows that all it takes
is one wrong turn, a slip up – and all fakery is revealed.
Through this gap comes the true inner critic. Here comes the psychological beating that we
have been running from for so long! But instead we turn and face
it – and listen. We listen openly and we listen and feel for the part of the inner critic that is truth.
We see to the part that looks beyond punishment to the
source, to the very core and reason of its existence. The true inner critic has a purpose. This
purpose is to see through the illusions of all that is not
congruent with inner peace, real self-worth, happiness and empowerment. In truth it does not
need to destroy anything. It simply prompts us to see – and in
seeing we realize the flaws and limitations of illusion. That is all that is needed. That picture
speaks a millions words. It tells the story of hope and
exploration. It reminds us why we set out on this adventure of discovery in the first place. It
wasn’t for half-baked dreams and easy compromises. It was to
find real happiness, real peace and real power.
Hieu Doan
The Power of the True Self ~ Part 2
Published by admin February 13th, 2007 in Spirit, Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Intuition, Mastery
The cycle of remembering and forgetting is necessary to create the experiences of exploring,
finding and recreating. The True Self knows that in the deepest
of seeking what will be found is always reunion. In this journey we will create much love, much
hate and much forgiveness. We will forget, reconcile, regret
and accept. This is the eternal balance and cycle that moves from “being” to “doing” - and back
again. As with all that exists within the infinite, however
there is ample room for a consciousness that moves on the fringes of the True Self, between
“being” and “doing”, acceptance and creation, inner peace and
directing and guiding wisdom and information.
The essence of a Bodhisattva is that of a consciousness that has at the moment of complete
dimensional connection with the true self, chosen to delay full
transcendence from this plane in order to stay and continue to work with it. This choice and
decision required at a certain level that the need for struggle,
aversion, craving and direction continue to exist. The choice to delay purifying and transcending
these levels of struggle enable the Bodhisattva to stay on this
plane. It is what connects them here and this connection becomes their purpose. The same
principles inherent in this choice work for all forms of
consciousness, Bodhisattva or not. It is simply a compromise for the time being of energies and
choices in order to support and facilitate a particular goal and
direction. Those that would transcend and continue moving beyond this dimension have made
the choice to purify all attachment, struggle, craving and
aversion to this plane. This is the reason why so few ascended masters and the like interfere
with the affairs of the physical. The need and drive to do this is
for all intents and purposes non-existent. What throws a spanner in this perfect plan however it
the nature of all consciousness to head toward the direction of
truth and the infinite. This in itself creates consciousness where it is possible for the ascended
and transcended to interfere and interact with our plane.
Another example of the impossible becoming possible. Contradictions within contradictions.
Observing these workings from the outside we may for a moment
perceive pure chaos, but the essence of observation itself moves in the direction of order and so
the chaos is balanced. Further perspectives and opportunities
are revealed when we begin to understand how to channel and work with these contradictions.
How to shift what is impossible, draw in and create what is
opposing and observe how the infinite balances the finite.
The different forms are the products of the inter-relationship of the same principles. Healing,
psychic senses, manifestation, meditation, channeling, astral
projection, shamanism - all are the forms. The perspective and ability that makes these what
they are are born from our understanding of their specific shape,
dimension and form. The potential infinity of the consciousness is the reason why these forms
do not follow each other sequentially like patterns in the
physical. Rather the essence needs to be seen through the lens of the True Self. Through these
eyes and ears the connection between what cannot be
connected can be understood, experienced and made logical. Integrating all of these levels of
consciousness right through to the physical and intellectual is
what allows full and whole understanding. At this point spirituality begins to be understood
through the eyes of science.
Hieu Doan
The Source of All Knowledge ~ Part 1
Published by admin January 24th, 2007 in Unlimited Mind, Manifestation, Intuition, Mastery
Knowledge becomes power when its purpose and meaning become revealed to us. This
realization occurs when each level of mind, body and spirit is shown
how to shift to the frequency that creates clear communication. In truth unless knowledge is
integrated it is for all intents and purposes useless. It is having
access to all the books in the world but not being able to read, let alone understand them.
Integration is what allows us to use knowledge directly in this
reality. It pulls intellectual knowledge into the direct experience of the physical body and mind.
Through this connection, theory and concept can become
tangible and physically manifested.
One of the clearest ways to observe integration is in our interactions with people. Tuning into
higher consciousness we are able to see and hear the energetic
relationship that we have with another. We can see why and how our emotions and
personalities interact. We can see what is needed to add, subtract and
connect to in order to facilitate specific directions in communication. This level of vision is within
the first layer of integration.
The second layer of integration is the ability to actually effect the energies so that we not only
see what is needed, we are actually able to add, subtract and
connect to. We recognize and we have the ability to respond. The movement between the first
and the second is the movement between observation and
action, yin and yang. This movement becomes the vortex within which our consciousness seeks
to find harmony. Some also call this the Tao, the Source or
the original Spirit.
It has been written that the Source or Tao cannot truly be grasped and to grasp it would mean
that it is not the Tao. Perhaps closer to the truth is that there
does exist a mind that cannot grasp the Source, but that there also exists a mind that can grasp
the Source. Both exist here and now, and both can be
accessed through the same mind.
There is little to gain over arguing about whether the Tao, the Source or the Original Spirit can
be grasped. If we do not believe, then we do not act. If we
believe, then perhaps we will take the initiative to act. This is the real opportunity. It lies in
simply exploring, in trying to grasp and grab hold. It is
unimportant how many times we fall, all that matters is that we grasp once. In that moment we
integrate knowledge. We make it usable.
The first step is to believe, at least enough so that we initiate and sustain a course of action and
practice. The intention must always be to gain clear and
usable knowledge. This way each step will reveal paths and doors to the next. Small clues of
knowledge will lead to larger deposits, eventually making a
whole. Through all of this the Tao, the Source and the Original Spirit will shape, form and re-
form, infinite definitions of what we will perceive to be reality. By
staying close to this reality, aware and observant, sensitive and open, we learn to grasp without
grasping. This is the first step to understanding the source of
all knowledge.
Hieu Doan
Emotional Channeling
Published by admin January 22nd, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Throughout generations human beings have lived, died and during this time a trickle of
consciousness has survived sometimes as a spark, sometimes as a
raging fire. This consciousness has determined the direction of our evolution. This energy and
direction can be felt. This destination can be understood by
following the flows of consciousness and spirit. Moving deeper into these weaves and spaces we
can find that while the destination may have been the same,
the reason has often been different. At times profoundly so.
Humans have waged wars over knowledge, over land, money and resources. The frequency of
consciousness can shift from peace to violence in an instant.
The gate of the mind acting as a portal between energetic dimensions will if not mastered swing
like a gate in the wind. When we enter into the dimension of
emotion we gain the opportunity to listen to the story of the emotion. The story of the emotion
brings us through all the places it has been, the minds that it
has met and been expressed through and the reasons that it has existed for.
When we listen to the story of an emotion we channel its essence and meaning. This is more
than merely feeling and acknowledging an emotion. It is going
into the very depths of why that emotion has been carried through from the beginning of time
to this very moment. For example listening to the story of guilt
will bring us back to times when power was misused and abused, where we neglected to see, or
we saw and did nothing. The feeling of guilt holds the visions,
and when we listen we may hear the voices of reason and regret. Following the emotion we may
see those that made the decision and the reasons that they
did what they did. We may also see the ones that suffered, the ones that did nothing and the
ones that never knew. Depending on how deeply we enter the
experience these visions and voices may be as vivid or real as life or as subtle as a flicker of
sensation, light or feeling.
The first barrier to hearing the story may be doubt and this is something that is easily washed
away by experience. The next barrier however is often greater
and that is the barrier of fear. It is at this gate that we ask ourselves what we could possibly
have to gain by entering. It is here that we find reasons to turn
back and look elsewhere. It is important at this stage to send out the intention through the gate
and to understand whether our truth needs to be realized by
entering through it. Interestingly if the knowledge and ability is there to acknowledge then there
is truth to be had.
There are more journeys that seek endings and destinations than we have started in this
lifetime alone, and it is only through opening up and remembering
that we can reconcile all these. With each journey’s end comes a reunion of that emotion and
sense that seems so old. With each ancient guilt brought to
reconciliation comes a deep transformation that results in forgiveness, healing and peace. As
each path and journey is met and listened to we come to
understand the reasons for lifetimes of striving and endeavor. We see reasons that have been
duplicated over and over again, we see lessons learnt then
forgotten, then learnt once again. As consciousness listens and experiences the story of emotion
it begins to reveal itself and see its own reflection through
the ages. It recognizes the path as one that it had walked and understands the reasons why. All
the reasons from high to low when integrated become closer
to a whole. Instead of fractured, separated answers there is cohesive, coherent scripture. At
this point the story becomes our own and when we listen we
understand, and so life and our actions take on the wisdom of the ages.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Acceleration ~ Part 1
Published by admin January 18th, 2007 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Acceleration is moving the consciousness in the direction of our boundaries. It is acceleration
that trains our mind and body to bridge the gap between the
physical, mental and spiritual. It is acceleration that allows the consciousness to at first
experience separation and then unity. Acceleration provides a means
of intensity. It is a push for growth and a striving for movement and evolution.
It is always important to understand just where it is that we are accelerating to and for what
purpose. Acceleration for the sake of acceleration will teach
control and focus, but without wisdom it is basically useless. It is wisdom, understanding,
reflection and observation that brings us our reason, and reason
brings us meaning and purpose. For example discipline for the sake of discipline will only bear
so many fruits before the entire practice becomes meaningless.
On the other hand in the beginning discipline is needed to support the development of
observation, reflection and wisdom. Acceleration is used to push the
envelope of development. Instead of a mind that is complacent and lethargic we push it to
understanding and becoming familiar with the feeling of alert
awareness. At a deeper level what we are really developing is the ability for the mind to
transcend both the illusions of complacency and alertness. This
however only occurs by the ability to accelerate between the two, eventually joining the two
experiences.
Unlocking weaves of wisdom and understanding also comes from accelerating consciousness. It
is simply a matter of feeling out the boundaries, shapes and
forms of what we perceive our wisdom and spheres of knowledge to be. Then we push out these
boundaries. We must be observant and aware. If we push
too much then we lose grip of the boundaries, it is almost like they slip off our consciousness.
Of course if we do not push enough then our mind is pushed
back to the most crystallized pattern of consciousness. The entire process is almost like trying
to hold a ball under water, push too hard or not grip in the right
way and it may slip up under our hands remaining on the surface. If we don’t push enough then
we can’t break the surface pressure of the water.
An opening exists at the moment we reach our peak of acceleration. At this point we have the
opportunity to see, listen or feel for a communication or energy
that understands what exists at this peak. Just as importantly this communication understands
how energy and consciousness can exist at this peak. The
significance of this is that once we bridge and link to this communication then acceleration to
this point becomes easy. It is going from dial-up internet to
broadband. More information is available, the communication is easier and clearer. As
movement from this point becomes familiar areas of consciousness
that were once normal become slower and easier still. It is like seeing 3 moves ahead, then 6
moves ahead and so on.
Acceleration is all about knowledge. The more knowledge that is integrated and understood, the
easier and clearer the synchronicities and manifestations
become. On that note it is important to remember that acceleration occurs in many directions.
As much as it is important to learn to accelerate to a higher
and faster vibration, it is also important to learn how to accelerate to denser and slower states.
Another way of explaining this is that the mind needs to
realize the experience of moving instantaneously from dense energy to subtle energy and vice
versa. The paths through which the mind must travel to and
fro are the paths that provide the opportunity for experiencing unity between the two. With
each separation that we bring together and bridge, consciousness
is allowed to experience and understand the nature of universal unity.
Hieu Doan
A Journey’s Essence
Published by admin December 27th, 2006 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Truth, Mastery
All journeys require effort and energy, commitment and dedication. Like all journeys however, if
walked long enough, experienced long enough, and reflected
on long enough certain wisdoms will be integrated. The ability to walk longer and with less
energy expended. The ability to be in the moment, and also
outside of the moment. The ability to see ahead, as well as behind. The ability to understand,
appreciate and experience meaning in the journey.
A journey may at times make us weary, at other times it may inspire us to great levels of
energy. There may be times that we stop and in despair exclaim
that we can never continue, and then in what is seemingly a new moment pledge that we will
never give up. At times it may seem as if all we have achieved
amounts to nothing, at other times it seems as if with all we have achieved we should surely
have reached the peak by now. Through it all we may at times
remember to look back at the person who we are, the person that is walking, reflecting, in joy,
pain, grief, anger and love. At times we may look back in
gentle compassion, other times may bring regret or remorse, love and passion, wonder and
confusion. At times we may be reluctant to look back at all for
fear of what we may see. At other times it may seem as if all we see, the good and the bad,
clear and confusing is in perfect harmony, rolling along
seamlessly like clockwork.
The truth of all journeys is revealed when we begin to look back, it is an opportunity that only
exists in reflection and the fact that we do carry a past - as this
past is what defines the journey. That past, that journey is our present. Where we choose to
direct it from here and now is made available by the extent,
depth and focus of our awareness and ability to observe. The thing about observation as it
pertains to the realm of mental and spiritual consciousness
however is that there are more shapes, directions and forms than in the physical. While the
physical is 3 dimensional, the mental exists in potentially many
more dimensions. This reality can be experienced and witnessed simply by observing dualities
and contradictions easily and cheerfully existing in our
consciousness regardless of our beliefs and views on how reality should be.
Empowerment comes not from dictating how reality should be but by understanding why reality
is how it is, then learning how to affect this reality. Gaining
perspective comes from stepping back and seeing the big picture, going up and seeing from a
higher vantage point, moving to the edge of the game and
seeing everything that is going on. In the realm of the mental and spiritual this going to the
edge, going up and seeing the big picture works in more ways
that in the physical. Just like like dual, opposing and contrary directions and feelings can exist
within the consciousness, so too going to the edge can mean
going in, moving out, looking sideways, feeling in shapes, hearing in color, seeing in sound,
smelling knowledge, tasting direction and communicating all of this
information with a direction of mind that is moving more and more towards clarity. Traced back
all of these ways of expression, listening and communication
are found from one faculty that all of us have - awareness.
Hieu Doan
The Way of the Crystal Pt 1
Published by admin December 15th, 2006 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Psychic Senses
All things are able to communicate a certain frequency or energy. The power of the crystal is in
it’s ability to absorb, contain and sustain a particular
communication of energy for very long periods of time. While humans come and go within the
span of 100 years or so, crystals have been found that have
been dated back to 4.3 billion years. This may all seem pretty mundane until we understand
how to communicate with the energy that a crystal holds.
The first step is always to learn the manner that a particular entity speaks. We do this by
exploring the different ways of listening. Observing the physical
texture, visually focusing, smelling or otherwise meditating on crystals are all effective ways to
listen. It is important to remember that listening is simply
being open, to feel and allow what comes to come. In the beginning there may be nothing, or at
least the perception of nothing. As our awareness becomes
sharper we will begin to feel, see, hear and perceive spaces and flows. There is in essence no
difference between the movement in meditation and the
communication that occurs with crystal work. The main hurdle is that we perceive one to be
external and the other to be internal. Through practice and
experience we bridge this gap and the communication becomes fluent.
The reason that listening is so important is because is teaches us how to in turn communicate in
a way that we will be understood. If we simply jump into a
new language without any understanding then it will be just like two people yammering away
with no idea or concern as to what the other is saying. Listening
also provides us with the opportunity to generate a tangible and real level of communication.
All the skills used within clairvoyance, clairsentience, clairaudience and so on are used in the
communicative interchange with crystals. By understanding and
refining our ability to utilize the language, we are able to ask and explore the database of
knowledge and information that a crystal holds. By finding the space
within the communication and expressing our inquiry through this space and listening we find
what we need.
Perhaps more important than gaining information is the experience of learning to communicate
with different perceptions of energy. Crystals and all reagents
provide the opportunity to understand the bridging of space, flow and energy. Eventually we
learn to bypass the bridge and connect directly to the
consciousness that we seek. This is the shift where external Alchemy becomes purely internal
Alchemy. As we become more fluent in different languages we
learn to understand the principles underlying all of them. The path becomes subtler but the
destination remains the same.
Hieu Doan
Illuminating the Dark ~ Part 2
Published by admin December 13th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Esoteric Alchemy, Realization, Truth
When the light of consciousness communicates with the dark, a reciprocal interchange occurs
that results in understanding. It is this understanding that leads
to true inner peace and spiritual integration. It is vital that we control the potential arrogance of
our egos enough so that we allow this communication to take
place. The ego wishes to perpetuate a belief that it is in control. The truth is that the ego knows
but a fraction of what full consciousness is capable of
receiving. A decision needs to be made as to what it is that we truly seek: real knowledge and
empowerment or the ego’s fantasy of superiority and control?
If we are to choose real knowledge and empowerment then we must remain aware and each
time we are given the opportunity to choose between ego or truth
we must choose truth.
The path of truth will takes us through whatever lies in it’s way. This means that many times we
will cross through what we perceive to be ego. The
difference is that it is the goal of pursuing truth that is taking us there not the pursuit of
elevating the ego. When we tap into the consciousness of pure
awareness and allow it to communicate with the dark and the places that hurt emotionally, we
are allowing these aspects to “see.” We are lending them vision
and through this vision they realize what they truly are - whole.
Incorporating the practice of seeking out the dark and bring light to it is valuable because it is
easy especially when making progress in “higher” arts to forget,
ignore or pretend that all aspects of being are in alignment. The castle comes crashing down
when we go so high, but have no foundation to stand on and
eventually we realize that the foundation is not something that we can ever do without. Tibetan
Buddhism has a practice called ‘Tonglen’ in which a
practitioner embraces and welcomes all the world’s suffering and pain into themselves and
projects love and compassion back. This conscious directing of the
mind to seeking pain, suffering and darkness shifts the consciousness from one that usually
avoids pain to one that is looking for it. The main goal here is find
the places within us where we hide our pain and suffering. This then gives us an opportunity to
heal it. It’s important to fully meet those parts of us that hurt
and to really feel and experience them before moving to heal them. It is the same as any
communication, the more we hear and understand the more
effective and real the process will be.
Eventually the practice of illuminating the dark will reveal a level where we experience light and
love opening up from within what we perceived as pain,
suffering, boredom, mundane or so on. This is the space within which we realize our true self
which exists and knows empowerment and peace in every
moment and experience. Continuing to work with this consciousness, to deepen, listen, speak
and understand the communication gives us the opportunity to
create with power, meaning and purpose here and now on this planet.
Hieu Doan
Clairessence
Published by admin November 21st, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Psychic Senses
Clairessence means “true smelling.” No it’s not to mean one who truly smells! It is the ability to
communicate and interpret and understand knowledge
through the sensory of smell. In truth the art of Clairessence if one of the more well known and
is represented in part by external alchemy practices such as
the use of Essential Oils and Aromatherapy. These arts have recognized that specific scents hold
frequencies that will elicit movement or reactions within a
person’s body and consciousness. The scent of peppermint will have a certain interaction with
the body and mind, the scent of gasoline will have another. At
the emotional and mental levels it has been revealed that different scents particularly from
natural plants and flowers will activate, promote and decrease the
energies of specific emotions and patterns of thought and being. The scent of Orange works
with the way we interact with depression, the scent of Basil works
to enhance our interaction with the frequency of concentration, the scent of Lavender is a well
known for increasing our connection to relaxation. We do not
necessarily need to understand or be conscious of the interaction, the scent itself takes effect at
a semi-conscious as well as physical and subconscious level.
Bringing full Clairessence into play means that we are able to communicate, listen and receive
guidance through the sensory of smell. We need to first develop
presence or consciousness of mind - we need to observe. Observation brings us to a place
where we can listen with an intent to understand what is being
communicated. The manner of language is of course smell. Through observing the perception of
smell, how we react, how we feel and finding the “space”
that exists in each smell, we will find the first steps to Clairessence.
The explorers who understood how essential oils and aromatherapy work did not find their
knowledge in books, they had little knowledge to go by and so used
their own communication through the channel of Clairessence to glean their knowledge. Some
of these results were understood by experience, but much of
the knowledge was gained through Clairessence. They listened to the entity of each and
“watched” to see how each would interact with the energies within
themselves or others.
Within the sense of smell there is a space which exists. It is similar to the feeling of emptiness,
and within this emptiness exists possibility. The possibility is
like a canvas it is capable of expression and creation. By tuning into this canvas we can
understand and interpret knowledge, we can direct intention and
questions, and we can perceive space, time and reality. This is the space that we use to
communicate with Clairessence. Practice spending time in this place,
observe and you will automatically develop the ability of listening. Practice moving,
transforming and shifting the form of energy that you observe in this
space and you develop the ability of expression. These two aspects are the receiving and
projection of communication. If you wish to gather information from
sources through this sense then you need to shape or form your expression with the intent of
understanding the answers being shown.
Understand that there is a difference between the feeling of intent and certainty. Intent is a
direction of mind toward a destination. Certainty is a knowing
that this destination will be met. Lacking power in our intent our direction can lack deep purpose
or action. Lacking honesty in our certainty and our knowing
can become delusion. Sincere reflection on the experiences we are having balanced with the
inner strength to sustain true intent gives us the opportunity to
progressively develop and realize empowerment and expanded consciousness.
Hieu Doan
Clairgustience
Published by admin November 19th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Psychic Senses
Clairgustience is the ability to “taste” the subtle and psychic essences of the environment,
energies and world around us. It is one of the more under-rated
and under-utilized of the psychic skills and for this reason development can bring the most
dramatic results. Rather than simply being a tool for eating the
taste sensory can become a faculty for interpreting knowledge and understanding reality. The
most valuable opportunity lies in this: The taste sensory
channels knowledge in a different manner than the visual, auditory and kinesthetic. Each has
it’s unique and specific strengths that allow us to experience and
understand reality in certain ways. When we understand each sense we in fact understand an
aspect of our mind. At a particular point we shift into
understanding all these senses as one expanded mind. The development of what seems like
individual senses becomes the development of one infinite mind
composed of many shapes, forms, colors and manners of communication. The psychic sense
itself acts like a doorway to the mind.
The power of Clairgustience is that many people do not penetrate beyond the usual “chomp
chomp, gulp gulp” of eating. The sensory becomes desensitized or
rather our mind becomes desensitized. We perceive taste as having a relationship to food rather
than understanding that food is but one type of energy and
that the sensory of taste is available as a conduit to understanding knowledge and information.
Since our main gate to taste is food the easiest way to
understand Clairgustience is to work with food.
By eating with mindful observation on the taste of what we are eating we activate that part of
our mind that is connected to taste. This provides a foundation
for moving our mind into a deeper or broader level of taste. First we must observe how the
tastes we are observing interact with our mind. How are we
reacting and feeling? Then we need to feel for the space within the taste. It is the space that
remains constant no matter what we are eating. It exists in the
same manner that a certain space or gap exists for seeing, hearing and feeling. Move into this
space and “listen” for the manner of communication. The first
step in any good communication is to listen. By listening we gain the opportunity to understand
what is being said. When we understand then the appropriate
response or reciprocation is easy.
Clairgustience has the power to dramatically increase the effects of all the other psychic sense
as well as the dream state. Observe that eating is in fact an
experience that presents the opportunity for great pleasure, and yet we miss it simply because
we are not present and conscious. The communication that is
occurring when we are eating may appear to be primitive and not worthy of note, yet these so-
called primitive senses are what make life good or bad. It is
through the interpretation of our perceptions that we judge everything. By tuning in and honing
our method of communication we can really learn to taste,
understand and eat for that matter! At the most basic level of mindfulness really tasting our
food allows us to observe what our body is reacting well to and
what it isn’t. We get the opportunity to change our eating habits if we wish or we can use the
experience to practice energetically transforming the frequency
of our food. At later levels we can begin to communicate with the energy of our food in different
ways. We can gather knowledge and information, we can ask
for guidance. These methods have been used for centuries by Shamans and Druids.
Observe what you feel, taste and interpret when you drink a glass of water, a chocolate bar, a
piece of meat or a piece of fruit. Observe what you feel as you
eat something processed as opposed to something natural. “Listen” to the information being
expressed. Observe, then explore communicating through
feeling, energy and intention and see what you can create, transform and move. Buddhists and
spiritualists have long understood that meat can carry the
energy of fear simply because the animal may likely have died in fear. Perhaps this is where the
practice of thanking and blessing food before eating it came
from. By charging and transforming the food we release the fear instead of integrating into our
own bodies. Likewise we can change the vibration of
processed foods by moving our intention and consciousness into them and programming the
frequencies to resonate to that of fresh, natural foods.
Gaining deeper knowledge through Clairgustience requires that we understand how to listen. We
do this by observing the tastes of food. Then we practice
changing vibrations - this is the expressive aspect of communication. Together we have a basic
form of give and take. From here we learn how to form our
expression into a question, but the energy of the question itself holds an intention or shape that
acknowledges that understanding is already available - that it
is here. Then we listen to the answer. The form that Clairgustience comes in is as different in
the same sense that vision, sound and feeling are different.
Learning to differentiate allows us to stretch our mind which will eventually bring us back to a
more expansive and ultimately infinite whole. With practice the
clarity in communication and understanding that we can perceive through Clairgustience can be
as precise as any other aspects such as intuition,
Clairvoyance, Clairaudience or Clairsentience.
Hieu Doan
The Power of the Physical Path Pt2 - Evolving the Body
Published by admin October 16th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Paths of Power
Mind and body harmony plays an integral part to sustaining growth and understanding on
spiritual and personal development paths. Too much growth too
soon is perceived by the body as stress. If the body and mind is not able to adapt quickly
enough to this stress then it reacts with dis-ease.
I’m often asked that if all it takes to be healed or be enlightened is to believe then why aren’t
people there already. The answer to that is because even
though people think they believe the belief is not even skin deep. Belief that exists only at the
intellectual level has not been integrated at the subconscious or
physical level. This is illustrated by the way we react to sensations of various emotions at the
physical level. Our body releases a certain biochemical and we
say we feel this way, another chemical and we react that way. Anyone who has ever done
regular exercise can attest to the change in perception that arises
after a certain period of time. It is possible to raise our level of lactic acid tolerance not only at
the intellectual level but at the physical level. The same
adapting occurs when we work in stressful environments. Given enough time we will survive
and keep on moving.
Bringing in high levels of subtle energy can sometimes result in disease, rashes, headaches and
so on. This is because the organic body has not yet adapted
to the influx of energy. This is the reason why many esoteric schools from yoga and qigong
develop the body in conjunction with the subtler energy flows.
The thing is that even if we are not deliberately practicing any energy building meditation, we
are still engaging in experiences that are eliciting growth,
expansion and adaptation. It may be personal development of any kind, work, family, social or
otherwise.
We’ve already discussed basic physical relaxation in the first part of this article. Another gentle
yet highly effective method to release knots of tension, energy
and blockages in the body is through a technique known as “bouncing.”
Begin by standing with feet and legs about shoulder width. Keep your knees slightly bent
throughout the entire exercises.
Allow your arms to hang by your sides.
Keep a balance of relaxation and tension while allowing your weight to just sink into the ground.
Keeping your feet flat on the ground and using only your knees begin to “bounce” the rest of
your body gently.
Flow into a gentle rhythm of bouncing.
As you reach the bottom of the bounce allow the natural rhythm to bring you back up.
Observe your body. This exercise is designed to feel good. Allow your body to show you how it
would like to bounce. Allow it to show you how fast and the
rhythm.
Allow your consciousness to move with your body.
This exercise is able to gently “move out” and dissolve blocks and tension in muscles in a way
that is nurturing and supportive of your body. By learning to
observe how our body would like to “bounce” we open up a medium of communication. There is
no “right” textbook way to perform this exercise. The right
way is in fact the way that makes our body feel good. Often the exercise can shift from a
vertical type of bouncing to a more horizontal plane kind of gentle
shaking( still standing upright but shaking the shoulders/torso back and forth with the spine as
the central column). The key here is that blockages are
removed gently and within parameters that our body and mind perceive as positive and
nurturing. As excess tension is released from areas our meridians and
other energetic pathways are opened up. The result is a more effective communication
throughout our body, an increased ability to adapt to growth, a
heightened understanding of this growth and knowledge that is coming in and more energy in
general.
Hieu Doan
The Power of the Physical Path - Part 1 (Also good for
back pain!)
Published by admin October 14th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Paths of Power
Physical methods of engineering the body for spiritual and personal development purposes work
with the principles of manipulating energy flow. While
meditation works primarily with the mind to lead energy and could be described as working
from the inside out, physical methods such as Hatha yoga, Tai Chi,
Shiatsu, Kinesiology, certain types of massage and Tantra to name a few work from the outside
in. At specific stages of development depending on the school,
method and teacher the two paths will meet. At more advanced stages all paths are realized as
being paths of the mind.
It is valuable to understand the effect that the body has on the mind because by observing the
cause and effect we learn how to master the mind. We gain the
opportunity to move the mind in different ways, investigate various effects and explore an
expanded and “deeper” aspect to ourselves. Even for those of us
who are deeply committed to the internal, mental path cross research and experience on the
“external” or physical path, can often reveal knowledge that could
have taken years to understand by purely following the internal. There are many, many places
where the two paths will seem like one and the same.
One of the most basic methods for understanding the mind/body connection is through guided
relaxation.
Clench your fist for a moment.
Unclench and allow it to totally relax.
Observe this feeling of relaxation.
Feel it release.
Now apply this sensation of relaxation to your lower back but without physically tensing or
relaxing. Do it with your mind and directed imagination.
Whether you were able to elicit the same degree of relaxation is not important. What is
important is to feel a level of relaxation being created in your lower
back area. Relaxing the hand was more of an “external” practice and relaxing the back more of
an “internal” practice. Of course the two are both inextricably
linked, it is simply that one uses an obvious level of muscular movement and the other a subtler
one. The subtler, more internal practice is what will take us
beyond the body simply because it does not rely on the body for movement. This type of mind
understands how to move in and out of the body. Spiritual
energy is essentially a subtle energy, so it is able to move into the dense areas of the body as
well as of course the higher levels of emotion, mind and
consciousness. For this reason neither methods is “more spiritual” than the other. All methods
and ways have the opportunity to connect to spirit. All that is
required is the willingness to look.
Using this external method of practice allows us to loosen the density of our muscles and body
enough that we begin to feel subtle flows of energy. Through
practice we can take these method and develop it to the level where we can relax any area of
the body completely which can lead to a looseness that we had
as a child. From here it is easier to make the stretch to connect to yet subtler energies. This is
where people have developed skills in astral projection, higher
self connections as well as psychic skills. Interestingly “naturals” tend to not necessarily need to
learn relaxation in order to connect to subtle energy. This is
congruent with practitioners who at higher levels find that they can connect to meditative states
anywhere at anytime. In truth these states are there all the
time, it is simply that we are no longer distracted by “noise”, tension or emotions. We simply
reach out and tune in. This by the way is what directed
imagination can help us achieve even at a beginning level. By matching the imaginative
“template” of what we are seeking or listening for we open up a gate
into that mind state.
The method of physical relaxation is best practiced lying down comfortably. Practice tuning into
your body by physically tensing then relaxing each part of your
body. Explore how much you can release each part. When you believe you can relax no further
see if you can gently breath into these parts to release even
more.
Explore this exercise:
Lying down comfortably on you back observe your breathing.
Clench both hands into fists for a moment.
Release and relax.
Move your mind into the feeling of relaxation and letting go.
Clench you forearms for a moment.
Release and relax.
Gently guide your conscious and body to release even further.
Easily and without too much strain open your mouth as wide as you can. Feel your face muscles
stretching
.
Release and relax.
Gently and easily tense your neck muscles.
Release and relax.
Continue this way with your chest area, upper back, lower back, hips, groin area, thighs, shins
and feet.
Take your time.
If you should feel impatient at any time simply allow this emotion to be and keep your mind on
the feeling of relaxation.
Allow your body to feel heavy.
Allow it to sink into the surface upon which you are resting.
Observe the way the energy in your body is now flowing.
Observe how your mind is feeling.
Don’t be concerned if you fall asleep or start getting tired. This is very normal for this exercise
and in fact is a good method to use if you have problems
getting to sleep. For the purposes of maintaining consciousness during the exercise, see if you
can practice it in the morning after waking and washing your
face or perhaps at some other time during the day. The aim is to become familiar with different
frequencies of energy within the body as well as to form a
connection between the physical and the mental. At times see if you can achieve the same state
of relaxation without tensing the muscles first but through
pure mind. Eventually this practice will allow you to move through the usual prerequisites of
relaxation, silence and concentration and connect to whatever
state of mind that you wish regardless. This is a fundamental step of experiencing a movement
through illusion and so is an important principle of realizing
empowerment.
Hieu Doan
The Power of the Warrior
Published by admin October 12th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Paths of Power, Motivation
The warrior is one who is prepared to express and manifest resistance. Resistance is the
direction that we choose to move toward. It may be in the form of
transforming beliefs. It may be in the form of continually choosing peace. It may be in the form
of being conscious. The way of the warrior is to sustain the
cause that we have decided to “fight” for.
As our wisdom is developed and refined, we understand the influence of energy towards reality.
We understand how much is needed to elicit the exact effect
we desire. We understand which desires to put energy into manifesting. We understand the
paths that will bring us real empowerment and we continue past
the paths that will bring us illusions. Intellectual understanding is not enough. To actually
realize and experience empowerment we must sustain the action
that is required to manifest it. This persistence, this ability to connect with what we perceive as
effort and in a sense, confrontation, is the essence of the
warrior.
What strength is required to continue our journey in the face of self-criticism, ridicule and doubt?
What resiliency is required to sustain in spite of confusion, scattered focus, and low morale?
What courage is required to find compassion and forgiveness regardless of a hardened heart,
self anger and hatred?
There will be times where we will find ourselves alone - seemingly even from ourselves. It is the
essence of the warrior that will aid us to continue along the
path, doing what needs to be done to find the next step in the dark. The wisdom of the warrior
is equally as important as it’s strength and resiliency, for
knowing that in seeking peace, there will be times when it needs to bow down to the power of
new knowledge. That there is something greater and deeper
that it is striving for. This ability to step down, to realize that what has served up to now has
done it’s time and must be let go of, requires strength and honor
to ourselves. This too is the way of the warrior.
It takes strength to hold true to a cause. It sometimes takes even greater strength to admit
that a cause is no longer the whole truth.
The essence of the warrior recognizes destruction as part of transformation. Deep hate when
met with unconditional love is changed in an instant because it is
embraced and accepted absolutely. The “shape” of this acceptance has no form - it has no
resistance and so it becomes what it meets and what it meets
recognizes that it is understood. It realizes peace. Connecting to the energy of unconditional
love however requires a perception of resistance because we are
moving through the layers of our own illusions. This resistance or direction is also the essence
of the warrior. The action of resisting nothing is where the
warrior puts down arms and experiences the destination. This is a very important point because
sometimes in our quest for learning we may get so attached to
the lesson, that we do not let go of it - and in doing so we prevent ourselves from experiencing
the very purpose of our journey.
A wise journey is always a balance of action and reflection.
Work with this exercise:
Activate the desire to look over your life.
Where are you going?
Where have you been?
What is it that you truly wish for?
What is it that you would truly not wish to experience again?
Observe how you feel about these questions.
Notice how your body feels. Feel the emotions and thoughts.
Let the effect of these questions come and go from your mind in whatever fashion they should
wish to move.
Observe.
Begin to imagine the empowerment that would be required to bring your destination, your path,
to fruition.
What amount of resiliency would be required?
What kind of strength would be required?
What degree of nurturing and support would be required?
What type of wisdom and flexibility would be needed?
See and feel these essences infusing into a visualization or feeling.
Feel the power of the warrior that is able to complete this path effortlessly.
“Listen” and feel for the most genuine level of this power.
If there are any feelings of doubt, ridicule, fear or confusion allow these to be as they are and
simply continue to focus on the feelings of inner strength, focus
and deep sustaining power.
Know that connecting to this essence no matter how small the connection should feel, is
creating a communication and realization of empowerment and
strength within you.
Merge with this essence and know that it exists here and now.
Observe the details and overall essence of this warrior energy. The more you pay attention to
the way of the warrior as it feels in your body, the more you
become connected and tuned to this energy. Over the days, weeks, months and years it blends
with you, walks with you and becomes you. This is the power
of the warrior.
Hieu Doan
Developing Clarity
Published by admin September 24th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Unlimited Mind, Motivation
Creating a life with meaning and value requires that we are able to recognize the information
that we are receiving. This is the essence of clarity. It enables
us to see straight to the heart of things, seeing through all doubts, chattering voices, confusion
and fear.
The information is coming through. It is the mind that is interpreting in such a way that the
results seems uncertain and unclear. The confused mind is given
power because we are focused on it. We are tuning our minds into it. Shifting into the mind of
absolute clarity requires that we listen for it.
Work with this exercise:
Observe your body. Notice how you are breathing, how you are holding your posture - feel the
weight of your body.
Observe your thoughts and emotions. Notice how they are manifesting in your body. How do
the sensations feel?
Notice what it is that you are unclear about. Observe your doubts. Let them flood in on you.
Observe your fears. Let them surround you.
Observe how this feels in you. Does it move and change or does it stay still? What is it’s
frequency?
How do you react to being surrounded by fear, doubt and confusion? Observe this.
Notice that the observer is able to encompass all fears, lack of clarity, confusion and doubt. It is
able to be all of these things but also be outside all of these
things.
Allow the swirling mass of consciousness that is confusion and doubt to be as it is now. Observe
the observer. Notice how it surfs the waves of the mind and
body with the essence of mastery.
Now it is time to direct that mastery.
Observe your breath.
Take a slow deep breath, hold for a moment and release. Do this easily and without strain, yet
notice the energy in the breath.
Look for and feel the most genuine, sincere feeling of nourishment and life within the breath.
Observe.
Feel that genuineness again. It is not important how subtle or strong the feeling is. It is not
important how subtle or strong your doubts are. Simply observe,
listen for and feel the genuine feeling of nourishment within the breath.
Now imagine and feel the beginnings of pure clarity infused in your breath.
Know with certainty that this thread of pure clarity exists here and now simultaneously with
everything else that you are. It exists regardless of confusion and
doubt. It is absolute clarity in spite of any perceptions that you are lacking any information at
all.
It is the feeling and essence of knowing.
Allow your consciousness to move into it. Pull this dimension of pure clarity in to you. Feel it
surrounding and soaking your every cell with it’s essence.
Find the effortless mind, the clear mind, the masters mind. Know that it exists here and now.
Recognize it and be open to it. It doesn’t matter if confusion seems to dominate 99.9% of the
mind and the feeling of clarity is just 0.1%. Hone in on that
0.1%. Even the smallest opening that leads to purity is capable of opening the way to full
realization. Grab onto that thread of clear consciousness and allow
it to fuel you with it’s attributes. Allow it give you it’s abilities of effortless clarity and focus.
The power of this exercise is that there is no need to try to integrate knowledge or find answers
when practicing. The answers are already there, the
knowledge is already integrated. We are simply connecting to the mind state that already
understands and knows. The more we connect to this mind state,
the more we will allow knowledge and clarity to simply be known and revealed to us. The less
we feed our doubts and confusion by hanging around with
them, the less we believe and experience their power. Nothing can take our power unless we
give it away first.
When we cease trying to integrate and trying to be clear - when we simply be clear, then things
become clear. Suddenly information makes sense. What has
meaning and value makes sense. Our direction makes sense. Sometimes when we are trying so
hard to forge a direction we don’t notice that our deeper self
is already showing us a path. All it requires is that we feel.
Hieu Doan
How to Transcend Anxiety
Published by admin September 22nd, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Basic Techniques
Anxiety is the fear that we cannot cope with our perception of reality. Logically everything may
(or may not!) seem totally fine, but internally we are seeing
through a dimension that we feel we cannot handle with capability. The trick to conquering
anxiety is to train ourselves to realize that regardless of it’s
existence, deep empowerment still exists. This seeming contradiction creates a gap in the
illusion being: “I am anxious.” After all who am I? Transcendence,
moving the mind, dissolving the illusion - all of these show the mind that there is more to “I”
than it had previously believed. In that moment “Wham! The
cycle begins to change.”
Work this exercise:
Observe your body.
Feel the way your anxiety sits in your body.
Feel the shape of it.
Observe the way your mind, body and thoughts are reacting to the sensation of anxiety.
Allow the sensation of anxiety to be as it is. Observe.
Allow your thoughts to come and go as they please - whatever they may be. Simply observe.
Now allowing the anxiety to be as it is, observe the observer.
Shift your consciousness so that more of it is observing the observer than the anxiety. Simply
allow the anxiety to be as it is.
Observe.
Notice how the observer simply allows the anxiety to be. It requires nothing. It just is.
Notice how the observer simply allows your thoughts to be. It requires nothing. Whether fast,
slow, critical or neutral the observer simply watches.
Now imagine a feeling of capability and strength existing. Use the faculty of the observer to
notice how this deeply capable consciousness feels.
Move your consciousness into this feeling of capability. Allow the observer to be. Allow the
anxiety to be. Listen to the feeling of genuine capability.
Observe how this inner strength is able to exist simultaneously with any thoughts and
sensations of anxiety.
Observe the effortless consciousness that is able to move, breathe, and be empowered
regardless of feelings of anxiety, ridicule or doubt. It is there you
simply need to find it.
Look, listen, imagine and feel. Stretch your mind. Expand your consciousness. Give yourself
permission to explore.
The opportunity to transcend anxiety only exists when we allow anxiety to exist as it is. As soon
as we suppress it we deny ourselves the opportunity to move
through it. Remember that transcendence means to see through the illusion. The illusion being
that anxiety has us trapped. When we experience that
empowerment and deep capability can exist simultaneously with anxiety then we break the
illusion. In this moment anxiety has changed - because the mind
has changed. It’s like learning to climb a fence. The fence is the same, but it no longer blocks
our journey because we have learnt to get past it.
The principle behind this exercise is the same as the principle behind any emotional healing
technique. We must guide the mind to transcend the belief that
we are disempowered in the presence of any thought, feeling or emotion. Working through the
various blueprints of various emotions allows us to understand
the principles. There are of course other methods of working through anxiety, or any emotional
mind state for that matter. Breathing, chakras and energetic
methods all work and some accelerate the process more or less than others. In my opinion the
essential thing is to teach the mind to transcend energy
states. This is what allows us to go beyond technique and instead of being reliant on certain
criteria we understand how to be free and empowered in any
situation.
Be conscious that developing the ability to connect to empowerment will get to the point where
anxiety feels like nothing. It’s tempting at this point to let go
of remaining aware of the sensations and residues of anxiety, and simply connect to
empowerment - but as patterns tend to work in cycles, a time may well
come where anxiety returns. This is simply because the mind has not yet transcended the fear
of anxiety. This fear keeps the mind attached to the belief that
we cannot free ourselves from it. Getting to the root of fear requires that we remain vigilant.
We must remain conscious always. To prevent this from feeling
like a prudish chore, develop consciousness with the essence of effortlessness capability and
freedom. After all these are the essentials of self-mastery.
Hieu Doan
From Stagnation to Motivation
Published by admin September 18th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Basic Techniques, Motivation
Breathing is one of the easiest ways to bring change to the energy of stagnation and apathy.
Breathing elicits a physical movement through the body,
consciousness of actual movement and flow - which is of course the opposite of stagnation.
Work with this exercise:
Breathe in slowly and deeply. Imagine yourself breathing from your stomach area. Of course we
don’t actually breath from the stomach but allowing the
muscles there to initiate the movement of the diaphragm is what we’re looking for.
*As a note - breathing efficiently means we take less breaths per minute, one of the advantages
of this is that we use less energy to get more energy.
Practitioners of breathing such as qigong or pranayama will commonly learn to breathe at a rate
of 4 or 5 breaths a minute. Efficient breathing in itself will
allow us to channel more energy into motivation as well as bring this energy deeper into our
cells.
Breathe deeply and work with the intention of easy, effortless breath.
Look for the genuine feeling of energy and flow within the deep breath.
We want to imagine this feeling flowing through our cells, muscles, brains and organs.
Don’t struggle with the feelings of apathy or stagnation. Just let them be. Save your energy for
infusing the feelings of flow and energy moving.
Let your mind follow the energy to the deepest reaches of your cells.
Listen for the feeling and level of deepest nourishment within the breath.
You should start to feel a vibrancy echoing in your body. It may start small or it may be
dramatic. These are the embers of movement that we start with.
Continue to breathe and focus this energy into the body until you feel that the energy has
surpassed that of stagnation and apathy.
Eventually we can bypass the breathing altogether and simply connect to the exact same feeling
that we get. It is after all the mind that is connecting to the
energy. This is interesting because it is proven that the body and brain need oxygen for energy,
but it is through the connection of the mind to specific
frequencies of energy such as the one we’ve worked with here that it becomes possible to
connect and maintain a sense of energy signatures without using
breath as a conduit. One of the advantages of using mind over breathing is that the mind learns
to transcend reliance on the breath for mind states. It learns
to become flexible and move at the direction of our will.
An extension of this exercise is valuable for developing the mind/energy connection:
Take a few slow, full, deep breaths.
Listen for the genuine feeling of energy within the breath. Feel for the aspects that nourish the
body and mind.
Breath in. Hold you breath for a few moments and imagine that feeling of energy is still being
inhaled into your body.
Exhale, and when exhaling imagine that the feeling of energy is being inhaled into you body.
Feel it infusing your mind and cells.
Externally the breath is the usual inhale and exhale. Mentally the breath is continuous - it is a
steady, effortless stream of energy.
Practicing this exercise continuously for 5 minutes can feel like total nourishment and
refreshment for the mind and body.
The advantage of using breath is that we are physically coordinating our body and mind. This
coordination gives us an object to focus on which is tangible.
The breath allows connection to energy. The mind learns to imagine and through imagination to
infuse with energetic properties. We then learn to move past
the external limitations of inhale/exhale by drawing continuous streams of energy.
Practice working with this exercise for a few minutes the moment you wake in the morning, it
will bring new energy and motivation to your day. If stagnation
and apathy has been a long-standing practice, then great benefits can be had from keeping
10% of the mind focused on connecting with the breath and
particularly the energy within the breath from morning until evening. Usually a dramatic shift
will be experienced in a few days of doing this.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Sanctuary
Published by admin September 14th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Basic Techniques, Realization, Unlimited Mind,
Paths of Power
Sanctuary exists in the mind. It is a state where we can find our center, a place where we can
experience clarity and inner strength. Sanctuary can exist in
external spaces as well as internal spaces because the mind is capable of attaching meaning,
feeling and emotion to anything. The ultimate sanctuary will
always be a mind that is free, but understanding where and who we are right now, and the
environment that would best support development of the inner
state of freedom, is the essence of wisdom.
For centuries monks, ascetics, mystics and shamans have recognized the power in developing
their mind through the use of external sanctuaries. These places
develop a consciousness of their own that supports the internal structures which are being
created. Whether we find sanctuary in homes, forest walks, yoga
studios, monasteries, work places or caves, the power exists in the internal state that these
places aid us in realizing.
We come back stronger, wiser, refreshed and revived - more in tune with our purpose.
An effective sanctuary must be appropriate to our goals. It must reflect our mind state and
desires. If our goal is to rest and revive the spirit then our
sanctuary must aid in creating that state. If the goal is to inspire then a sanctuary must aid in
realizing this state.
The opportunity exists here to realize an internal state which is congruent with the state we find
in our external sanctuaries. Through observation we can listen
to the changes which occur when we move from a location of peace to a location of hustle and
bustle. Through conscious awareness we can learn to allow the
external personality and body to do what it needs to do. Perhaps we have busy jobs and need to
be on the go, perhaps our lives requires analytical thought or
creation within a high stress environment. There is a necessity in allowing our minds to take the
shape of these processes in order to do what needs to be
done - but through developing a connection to the real meaning of sanctuary we realize that no
matter how stressful life becomes, no matter how much
intense interaction we engage in, no matter the ups and downs - that a place always exists
where lives the true essence of sanctuary. It exists regardless of all
the chaos around it. Even if that chaos be something that we are perpetuating within our own
minds. This is the reality of experiencing an infinite mind. It is a
mind that is capable of chaos and struggle but also in that exact same instant pure and deep
inner peace. No matter how many times the mind is “split” or
made to take different forms and “shapes” we realize that it is still infinite. The seemingly finite
part only exists because we believe that we are less that what
we truly are. Infinite exists in realizing that we are always more.
A certain level of skill is developed in practicing sanctuary and centeredness in a place of
advantage. This may be a place of peace, quiet and tranquility, or a
place that inspires clarity. A different level of flexibility is developed however when we bring our
practice to places that we perceive as chaotic, noisy and
intense. Yet another level is developed when we bring our practice to mind states that we
perceive as emotionally chaotic, noisy and intense. A flexible mind is
a mind that is able to actually experience different states. It has the freedom to choose.
Through finding peace within the most intense fits of anger we see
through the illusion. That is, we realize that peace exists regardless of anger. We first need to
trust that it exists and then we need to listen for it. We just
need to actually practice finding it. This reality cannot be realized if we wait until we are calm
until finding peace. It’s a different reality - it simply shows us
that peace exists when we are calm. This is in itself is a very valuable state, but it requires a
condition that we be calm before acquiring peace.
Listen for love within a mind that feels hatred, forgiveness within a mind that writhes with
jealousy, peace within a mind that screams with anger, compassion
within a mind that churns with confusion. The mind that can see more than what a particular
energy or emotion would trick it into being, is a mind that is free,
flexible and powerful. Shifting into this way of seeing we can begin to realize and actually
experience love which actually is unconditional - whether we are full
of hate or full of joy. We can begin to understand inner peace which actually is eternal -
whether we are angry or full of jealousy. All our programs and
attachments are shaken up because they live through the experience of actually feeling and
seeing infinite states made real. This is deep power and it is a
state that everyone is capable of realizing today. Even if the connection to an infinite mind
appears to be the merest thread of the beginning of imagination,
stay with it - it is the thread which will eventually lift up the veil over our eyes.
There are no chosen ones because we are all chosen. Empowerment does not come only for
those that are joyous, calm and happy. It exists for us all
unconditionally. Even if we be in the deepest of despair, wracked by guilt, shame, doubt or grief
the opportunity to connect to more exists. “More” opens up
again and again, moving towards the essence of infinite mind, the reality of which leads to
freedom of choices. Some of these choices are unconditional love,
inner peace and empowerment, which takes us full circle, because each of those states is a real
and true experience of sanctuary.
All journeys start with a step. That step may be in the form of a thought and intention. Allow
that thought to be in the form of finding your own inner center -
your sanctuary. Once activated this sanctuary is a true and eternal friend.
Hieu Doan
The Master’s Trap
Published by admin September 12th, 2006 in Unlimited Mind
The feeling that we are just beginning to understand the essence of mastery comes not from
low self worth. It comes from being open to knowledge and so
with this mind set we gain knowledge.
We need not be falsely modest and say that we know very little. We simply remain open to
what it is that we are seeking to achieve and we will be open to
the knowledge that we need. We will see the opportunities that we need. In this way knowledge
and the opportunities to understand this knowledge will
come in droves. There is a vast difference between the image of being open and being open.
One of them has as it’s goal the acquisition to further ones
pride. The other has as it’s goal the acquisition to further one’s knowledge. As long as we are
open to knowledge there will be knowledge to receive.
The title of “master” carries power - but this very power can stand in the way of the path of
knowledge. If we believe that a master has learned all they have
to learn, if we believe that a master can teach themselves all that they need to learn, if we
believe as a master that our system is the only one that is relevant
- then we close ourselves to much knowledge. Master is a word that is not always a reflection of
skill, because skill is not about title, it is about results - and
results improve with knowledge and experience. Mastery of the self requires that at some point
we let go of the false pride that would achieve this goal simply
for the accolades and to focus our energies simply on being a master. The aspects that crave
mastery simply to fulfill an insecurity of worth need to be
resolved. True self-mastery is able to accept the energies of insecurity to the point where we
can transcend those energies - and so we no longer need to
cater to them at all. We are not concerned with external appearances or agendas because we
are not attached to the emotional state of pride, insecurity and
fear. True pride can then be revealed. The true path is then illuminated even brighter.
True pride is the feeling that we are following our true path. True pride is congruent with the
feeling of self-honor.
When we transcend the attachments to desires that we do not truly wish then our mind
becomes united. Our mind is not in struggle with itself, our energies
are not dissipated.
Do not try to appear like a beginner. Do not try to appear humble. Simply be humble. Be open
to all knowledge that is applicable to your path. Investigate
and observe when your pride feels a sting - and in this moment listen for a part that feels true.
It may be faint, it may be strong - but it is the part that
honors what you know to be you.
It exists in inner chaos as much as it exists in inner order.
True humility does not need to exist in appearances. It exists regardless of face and demeanor.
It exists when we are arrogant just as it exists when we are
at peace. We simply need to know how to find it. We need to practice listening for it when the
landscape is happy, we need to listen for it when the landscape
is sad. We need to remember and take action on that memory.
Being open means that we ask for what we need. Accepting who and where we are means
acknowledging when we may benefit from asking for knowledge
from others and requesting teachings. A true master is able to become a beginner because they
understand that the true goal requires doing what is needed
to achieve it. False pride, images of grandeur, wisdom and stature fall away when it is
understood that they simply hinder the journey. Looking the fool,
appearing ignorant or clumsy are not concerns when our goal is self-mastery. In fact as we
begin to realize the goal, all these human “flaws” are experienced
with true compassion because we allow ourselves to forgive every aspect of ourselves. At this
point, like babies, we learn to walk unimpeded by a mind
fraught with concerns of failure, image and false pride. Our goal becomes simply to walk.
To one that has forgotten what it is to play, a child will be a master.
Explorers of mastery will rarely be understood by the collective consciousness because to the
collective anything out of the acceptable is ridiculous, scary or
just generally incomprehensible. Seeking self-knowledge we will walk lines that often contradict,
we will often illustrate dualities, observe blatant hypocrisy
and be accused of being over-analytical to the nth degree - and this is merely the tip of the ice-
berg that they see of us. Of course all of these things are part
of being human. It is just that the more our awareness grows, the more we become aware of
the seeming chaos of the mind - and this is where the real
opportunity lies. As we see so we gain the chance to meet what we find with understanding and
compassion. Journeying deeper into our depths we find more
“madness” and we gain the opportunity to realize and listen for peace. In time peace will
permeate to our inner most core and it has followed the path of
understanding at each juncture.
This is the reason why those who have come before us have left path notes which remind us to
remain ever vigilant. At each juncture there is the lure to
simply go the way that we have always gone. If however we remain conscious and choose the
path of understanding, then we reconcile that part and it is reintegrated
in the whole.
At any point of the journey it is important to be aware of pride. To be open to knowledge even if
it’s presence defines that we are still beginners. We are not
here simply to be called masters or for that matter beginners. We are here to learn and grow.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Flow
Published by admin August 31st, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Paths of Power
The power of flow comes from the opportunity it affords us to understand cause and effect and
therefore reality. Flow is a tool, it is a method to understand
the way we interact with the world, energy, emotions, people, the universe, thoughts and so on.
We move with the frequency of these energies and in moving
with them we understand what makes them what they are. In this moment of becoming one we
flow and we gain opportunity. We can choose to enhance this
energy, we can choose to dissipate it or we can choose to allow it to be. What we choose is
ultimately decided by where we are going in life. What flow does
is afford us the opportunity to have greater freedom of choice. It allows us to transform our
feelings, emotions, energies and thoughts so that they are
congruent with our “higher” purpose and so move into our own power.
When we can choose what we feel and what we think - when we can choose to feel at peace
with our inner world, then we no longer struggle with the
external world around us. The more power we have within, the less we need to control or
struggle with the outside. As a result the choices and experiences
that we make and have in the external world can become congruent with how we feel inside.
All emotions, feelings and thoughts are energy. When we can find flow in the energy of apathy
then we will not be a prisoner of stagnation. When we can find
flow in confusion then we can realize clarity. The same principles can move us from anger to
inspiration, despair to compassion and so on. We no longer need
to avoid learning because we don’t like failure. We simply learn to transform the energetic
signature of failure into inspiration. We no longer need to go
without experiencing potential because of apathy, we simply learn to transform the frequency of
apathy into passion, inspiration or discipline.
The journey that we are on becomes easier and infinitely more enjoyable when our inner self is
not at war with itself. A mind without limiting beliefs, emotions
and thoughts is a powerful mind indeed because all that was once against is now in full support.
When the mind is unified then inner victory is assured.
Remember that flow is a principle. The shape and feel of flow will change, but the principle stays
the same. For example, to go with the flow of resistance
means that we need to become the resistance - and the first level will feel like we are resisting.
It will feel like full blown resistance! To go with the flow of
pain we need to become the pain. It often feels as if the pain actually intensifies. What is
actually happening is that our mind is becoming more acutely
aware. This awareness has the capacity to open up into the realization of flow.
When our mind matches the exact frequency of that which we are seeking to flow with then it’s
as if a key opens up the door to it’s inner self. Our minds have
learnt to penetrate the external form to experience the inner flow. At this point the mind
transcends this particular energy, emotion, thought form or feeling
as a form of resistance, pain or obstacle at all. It no longer has a hold on us. We see it and feel
it. We are fully and acutely aware of it and yet we are not
attached to it because our mind has experienced reality beyond it.
Imagine not needing to feel a certain way when the body releases the sensation of anger.
Imagine not needing to feel a certain way when the body expresses
the sensation of hate, or apathy, stagnation or inner struggle. Instead of being the puppet who
is pulled on strings each time certain emotions are released,
we become the master who is able to experience what we choose at any time we choose. We
then experience the reality that has not been the world and
other people that make us feel the way we feel, it has been us all along. We simply haven’t had
the freedom to choose our inner reality.
We are not actually seeking to create flow. It already exists. We are learning to listen for the
flow within all things whether seemingly solid, stubbornly
resistant, righteously angry, joyously happy, deliriously hateful or lethargically apathetic. Even
the most immovable of emotions, pain or thoughts has within it
flow. A rock at it’s surface seems static, yet at a deeper level it is made of the same atoms that
we are made of. There is always movement present.
The realization of flow happens when we let go of the restrictions in-between. That restriction
may be a knot in the muscle, it may be a perception in the mind
- but it is interesting that a knot in a muscle can be released by moving the mind deeply into it,
becoming it and dissolving the tension. At it’s core all flow is
realized when the mind becomes aware of it.
Exploring resistance, playing with it, finding ways to open it, shift ourselves around it, moving in
and out of it we start to get the gist of what is resistance and
what is flow.
Think of a block of ice. For water to get to the core of that ice the ice needs to melt or provide
some way through. Our perceptions create barriers like the ice
- they are unable to connect to frequencies that are like water. When our minds and bodies are
open and receptive then we are able to feel more. If we are
not feeling empowered it is because we are blocking or restricting the flow of the frequency of
empowerment. We are stopping ourselves from perceiving it
and therefore being it.
When our mind is stuck in a pattern of thought, feeling or emotion then it is unable to connect
to what is outside this pattern. This pattern is like a “box”.
Greater opportunity is found in an unlimited mind, flow trains the mind to move around limits
and so directly leads to empowerment.
Reality because it is always changing and different is formless. A pattern or “box” on the other
hand is a form. It is our personality or mind or body trying to
conform into what we think is “right”. The flow keeps moving and we keep bring our mind back
to the “shape” or pattern we are used to. And so we keep
missing the power within us. We become so attached to how power should be that we hide our
eyes from where it actually is.
It is impossible to grasp the universe or the world for that matter and put it into a box. It is a
constantly changing and evolving thing. When our mind creates
a set of limiting beliefs it simply creates a box. The universe around us still exists in it’s infinite
opportunity but everything we see is a perception out of that
box. Damn!
The funny thing is, being “stuck” is also an illusion - as the mind believes or perceives itself to
being stuck - so will it be. By bringing the mind to the
realization of “movement”, the perception of flow has already begun. Continuing on this path we
begin to realize that flow has been there all along. It was
that we had “frozen” our minds to the perception or illusion of being “stuck”.
Emotions and feelings, sensations and thoughts are consciousness. Imagine that we use 90% of
our resources, conscious and unconscious to hold them back.
This leaves 10% to direct and fuel us to where we want to go. When we allow all those
emotions, feelings, sensations and thoughts to flow we can then use
90% or even 100% our energy to direct us where we want to go. Many people believe that if
they let go of trying to hold back all their “stuff” things will get
out of control. It’s actually the opposite - all the repression leads to loss of control and very little
energy to truly be or even remember what we want to be.
When we let go at first there is a mad rush - like all this water coming out of a dam. Then it
slows down and we see that we can swim easily where we want
to go. Before it is released all that energy is like the dam - trying to hold it all in.
Some resistance is rigid and obvious. Some resistance is subtle and hidden. The practice of
simple awareness opens us to the availability of resistance.
Acknowledging where it is the first step to doing something with it. The practical application of
flow begins with observation. Observing ourselves allows us to
see where we have created these “dams” these areas of resistance. By observing objectively,
feeling them and sensing them we learn to let them flow. It is
actually by doing nothing that the “dams” and resistance begin to dissolve - then we have
realization of flow. In the beginning when we begin this practice we
realize that we have been using all our effort to keep these blockages in place. This is what it
means to “let go”, “surrender” and “accept.” This is a very
receptive energy - a yin energy. Then when we begin to swim, we bring forth an active or yang
energy. The balance between resistance and flow is the key to
creating a life of our choosing.
Hieu Doan
Esoteric Alchemy
Published by admin November 5th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind, Healing
Esoteric Alchemy is the study and understanding of cause and effect. By learning how to move
our mind and consciousness in and out of reality, mind, body
and spirit we gain the ability to shift and transform energy and therefore reality.
The art of Esoteric Alchemy begins by learning to trace the paths of reality as they are. Through
experiencing these paths and being guided through the
doorways that lie within each path, we learn how to discover reality as it is not. Once again we
learn to trace these paths. We experience and then are guided
through the doorways that allow us to understand how reality as it is not can exist. We learn the
rules and how they relate to the rules of our own reality. We
experience the opposing “tensions” that allow contradiction to exist.
As the body and mind is guided to experience multiple, contradictory and tangential realities
and experiences, the consciousness is directed and made to
expand. Training in Esoteric Alchemy is facilitated by pulsing or directing frequencies through
specific “gates.” These gates are the waypoints of the personality
as it exists at both the conscious and sub-conscious levels. In some ways it is similar to having
a good rapport. There is a reciprocal communication happening
and we understand how to feed into the conversation. Esoteric Alchemy takes this to an
energetic level. The results are that clients can be taken on guided
tours with their Higher Self, group astral projection journeys, shown directly how to heal and
remove emotional blocks and turn on and off psychic senses.
The main advantages to developing Esoteric Alchemy with a partner or teacher is that the
teacher’s role is to watch the inter-changing energies and direct the
energies that are needed to facilitate shifts. The client or other partner’s intellectual mind need
not be involved to a great extent and for the most part they are
able to simply experience the trip. The benefits are much like being a passenger in a car. We
are able to see how to get back there as well as take in the little
details. The other advantage with a teacher of course is that they will have been there to a far
greater depth and will be able to know exactly what is needed
to move further, to return and to facilitate intellectual, emotional and physical comprehension of
what has occurred.
It is important that the partner or client who is developing their consciousness in this way is
given the appropriate support. Awareness, knowledge and
experience is one thing, being able to accept and reconcile the experiences is another. Both are
necessary in order to sustain inner peace, happiness and a
sense of empowerment. Grounding meditation and stretching are two of the easiest methods to
facilitate harmonious integration, but those of us interested in
serious development would benefit from working with acupressure and meridian therapy,
transpersonal psycho-therapists and experienced healers and
meditation therapists. This being said if you are keen to explore the basics of Alchemical Healing
find a willing partner and begin to play with some of the
various energetic techniques that have been outlined in this site in previous articles. Here are
some tips for practice:
Only practice with a willing partner.
Bring yourself to a centered and grounded state of mind. Experiment with the difference in
practice when you do not center yourself first. *For more on
developing grounding and centering energy refer to “Psychic Protection,” and “the Power of
Grounding.”
Take your time scanning and observing the inner energy of your partner.
When ever you “remove” an energy make sure to “replace” it with a new energy or the old
pattern will return. You may prefer to think of the whole process as
transforming the energy.
At the end of the session bring yourself back to a centered state. Clean and clear your energy
body and mind. Experiment with how it feels if you do not clear
your consciousness. Observe the differences in energy and overall body feel.
These are basic guidelines for Esoteric Alchemy. The practices themselves are developed in a
similar way as any relationship of communication is developed -
time and practice. Smooth, articulate speech and rapid understanding, the ability to
communicate in other “languages” through learning other techniques and
being guided through journeys - all of this comes through experience and immersing ourselves
in deeper wells of understanding.
Hieu Doan
Sharing Wisdom
Published by admin September 8th, 2006 in Esoteric Alchemy, Unlimited Mind
We are as a planet, and group consciousness moving together toward a goal. Sure there is
diversity, fluctuations, deviances and tangents - but as a whole
there is a certain frequency that we are all maintaining and moving within together. The
destination will be decided by the overall intensity. It has been said
that it will only take 1000 people becoming enlightened to pull everyone else into the slip
stream. Whether you agree or not the concept is worth reflecting
on. Any type of development becomes exponentially more powerful as more people take it on
themselves to realize empowerment.
The more people who are living a life of empowerment, purpose and meaning the easier it is for
others to join the stream of consciousness. The flow of
inspired, resonant energy becomes easier to tap into. New heights are always easier to reach
when the base that we stand on is stable. This is achieved by
creating strong consciousness.
These exact same principles apply to group consciousness as they do to individual
consciousness. Any skills that we would develop become more powerful and
easier to develop when we have a strong base conscious to reach from.
Sharing our wisdom by actually living it, talking the talk and walking the walk changes the world.
We throw a stone of our essence into the river of life and the
ripples spread out, affect others who affect yet others.
If our essence has meaning and purpose then others will feel this resonate deep within them. It
will inspire and motivate others who seek this same path. As
they grow they will support our own continued growth. As others begin to strengthen, stabilize
and support the vibration, then it takes less energy for all of us
to support the vibration. We can then use it as a foundation to raise consciousness once again.
All of us have most probably felt the effect of a room full of people resonating to certain
energies of purpose. Inspired energy literally fills the room with vital
life.
Healers of all sorts are on the planet right now. Their gift comes in many packages and in a
variety of shapes. Water to revive and sustain life. Compassion
to refresh the spirit. Hands to protect and nurture. Words can break the stone covering a heart
with the same intent that a smile can bring remembrance to
the soul.
The greatest healing has and always will be self-understanding.
Self-understanding follows the parable of “give a man a fish and feed him for a day, teach a
man to fish and feed him for a lifetime.”
Understanding heals because it is the realization of our own true power. Once we see it we
realize the truth. That there is nothing to heal, but without
realization then we will continue to live in struggle with ourselves.
When wisdom is shared the foundation from which we grow becomes powerful. From this power
we gain the opportunity to move higher and broader.
Wisdom is giving of what will benefit and nurture our journey. It is knowledge, it is gratitude, it
is words whether hard of soft, it is thoughts, it is interaction -
and like all journeys the giving of wisdom must start with where we are and the wisdom we
have.
In what way can we now share of what we are abundant? How can we contribute to the journey?
The size and strength of our wisdom is not important, the form of our wisdom is transient. What
is essential is that we give of who we are. A child’s laughter
can raise the spirits of a household, the knowledge of a student can inspire a teacher - the
power of who we are will shine for as long as we continue to be
honorable to what is meaningful.
In sharing we affirm our abundance. We affirm our worth and we realize our abilities in
supporting a goal that is precious to us. The two become congruent
and the path becomes stronger, the way more illuminated. When we do not share then we
affirm a lack of abundance. We affirm that we do not have
enough knowledge, energy or power - and so we block our own power. We also affirm that the
goal is not important enough to us, and so the relationship
does not reciprocate.
If you want knowledge then put knowledge out there - let it interact. If you want money then
put money out there - let it reciprocate. If you want power then
put power out there - let it communicate. If you want enlightenment - then put enlightenment
out there - let it be realized. If you want love - then put love
out there - let it be felt.
Broadcast your truth in whatever your essence commands. Words, feelings, a smile, a song,
thoughts, wealth, creation - expose what is genuine meaning
within you and allow it to be seen and heard.
The nature of the relationship formed will be specific to the essence in which we communicate.
Listen for the genuine feeling of that gratitude. Gratitude is the essence of abundance. Come
from here. All expression born of pure and true gratitude
integrates the realization of abundance into the deepest levels of body and mind.
Abundance goes beyond what we believe we have.
Give one extra smile a day to a stranger - then add a kind word. There will be an instant
reciprocation of energy, the ripples of which give the opportunity to
understand the essence and levels of kindness. Break a five dollar bill into ones and give five
people a dollar each. Observe what you have given and observe
what you have received. Are the feelings as you would wish? If not then listen for the genuine
frequencies that you desire to give and receive. Wisdom exists
here.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Mudras
Published by admin October 2nd, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Paths of Power
Mudra is an Indian term for seal or circuit. Essentially we connect fingers with thumbs or fingers
with fingers to create circuits. The “okay” sign which is
usually indicated by connecting the pad of the index finger to the thumb pad is a basic mudra
for focus. Mudras form electrical circuits in the body which
influence our emotional, physical and mental states. They are, like breath work, chakra work
and visualizations, another method to connect to specific
frequencies easily. There are mudras for improving concentration and focus, mudras for the
immune system, connection to spiritual realms - there’s pretty
much a mudra for everything. Understand though that it is essentially the mind that is doing it.
A mudra is not a magic wand - using the “okay” sign mudra
for instance won’t instantly give us the concentration of Buddha. What it does is essentially give
an extra push of energy in a particular “direction”, it is
helping to give shape or form to a specific request. When the mind familiarizes itself with
frequencies it can bypass all chakra work, mudras and breath and
just go direct to the source. In the meantime however use these tools. They are all free and
provide an easy and tangible method.
Basic mudras revolve around thumb to index finger, middle finger, ring finger and little finger.
We can vary the frequency of energy by instead of touching
pad to pad, touching pad to knuckle crease, pad to knuckle - the variations are literally in the
thousands. Then we can work with both hands. Suffice it is to
say that I’m not going to go through all the combinations here! Interestingly enough many
people will enjoy discovering subtle shifts in energy and purpose
by themselves. For example feel the difference in doing the “okay” mudra and then touch
thumb pad to the pad of the little finger. Feel different?
Here are a few others to play around with:
Touching the pads of the thumb, middle and index fingers together is said to help release sinus
congestion and improve the immune system.
Touching the pads of the thumb, little and ring finger directs life force through your body for
health and well-being. Also good for nervousness and anxiety.
The “okay” sign of touching thumb pad to index finger pad gives energy for focus and helps to
move energy through laziness, anger and depression.
Touching the pad of the thumb to pad of little finger helps to sustain the physical body from
fatigue, weakness and dehydration. Helps to connect to etheric
dimensions.
Moving through each mudra in meditation or breathing with the intention to release and charge
will clear and energize the related electrical pathways in your
body. It’s interesting to see pictures of gods, goddesses, Buddhas and Jesus holding variations
of what seem to be mudras and finger modes.
Explore the subtle differences in feeling between mudras, observe and also use intention and
visualization to essentially create your own mudras. Remember
that it is about direction. Direction to move your energy toward a particular goal. Learn to direct
your goals, coordinate your energy and your body and mind
will work congruently to achieve them.
Working with physical structures like mudras, breath, Yoga, Internal martial arts, chanting and
so on gives us a fairly tangible method to connect to
frequencies and feelings. This “bridge” or window to feeling gives us the opportunity for
recognition. After enough practice we do not need the window or “bridge.” Our mind is able to
move directly to the feeling. It is like learning to ride a bike. At first we use training wheels to
find the right balance. In time
our muscles and mind understand the necessary balances and we can simply jump straight on
and ride. It is useful to remember that just as we need to move
to the stage where we wean ourselves off training wheels in order to ride free, we also need to
move away from physical structures such as reliance on breath
and mudras in order to create a mind that can move freely. The journey of the mind can be
delightfully cyclical however. There may be times when we soar
freely and powerfully without the use of any aids - at other times we may benefit from coming
back to the beginning and working with the basics. There is no
shame in this - only wisdom.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Gratitude
Published by admin September 6th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Paths of Power
Gratitude is the key to realizing abundance. It is literally the ability to infuse everything that we
see, hear, feel, smell and taste with the energy of
appreciation. This energy integrates with and through all our gates of perception and through
this connection our external world begins to reflect our
realization of abundance.
Before going on let’s get one thing straight. Gratitude has nothing to do with guilt. Guilt is guilt.
Gratitude is gratitude. The truth of it is simple:
Guilt is feeling like we should be thankful.
Gratitude is feeling thankful.
Gratitude is about appreciation. It’s about actually enjoying and loving the experiences that we
are having. The power of gratitude works by bringing power,
beauty and greatness to everything that we have now.
Let’s use the example of the body and mind conduit being like a sponge. If we do something out
of guilt then it is basically guilt that is filling the sponge.
Sure our actions and words may seem all politically correct and “right” but our inner being is not
doing it out of gratitude, and so the “sponge” gets filled with
the frequency of obligation and guilt.
On the other hand if we begin to listen for the genuine feeling of gratitude and allow our minds
and bodies to connect with this feeling, then the “sponge” will
be filled with this feeling. In the process each cell of our body will begin to realize a feeling that
we appreciate it. This is something that is actually
experienced - it is felt and it is an amazing gift to allow yourself to experience.
The frequency of gratitude is powerful because it supports, nurtures and enhances who you are.
When you allow the frequency of gratitude to touch your sight, your ears, your feeling, taste
and smell - what you are doing is appreciating yourself. You are
thanking yourself for giving you the opportunity to touch, taste, smell, feel, think and hear. You
are infusing appreciation through yourself.
Life purpose is deeply meaningful to us and so will always be connected to inspiration, passion
and love. These are the feelings that for many of us make life
worth living. It is the polar opposite of a life which is lived only to fulfill obligation and avoid
guilt and shame. Life purpose and gratitude go hand in hand
because every moment that we live our purpose is enjoyed and inspired. As an extension each
moment is a moment we are grateful to be able to share and
this is illustrated in the expression our essence. Gratitude is not something that needs to be
forced. It is something we experience willingly and joyfully. We
feel inspired and we genuinely desire to express our gratitude for it.
Gratitude is pure pleasure - it has to be. It comes from really, really appreciating things in life
and this will always feel good. The essence of experiencing gratitude is simple: take time to
connect to it. Train the mind to find genuine gratitude regardless of all the other aspects of self
that exist. Keep refining the sensitivity of the mind to find deeper levels of genuineness. “Listen”
and feel for it at the cellular level of the body and mind.
It really is as simple as that, but it only actually works when we do it.
Life can be heaven or it can be hell - it depends on what we feed into ourselves. Playing the
guilt and shame game will always lead to pain. It is an endless
circus of running around trying to avoid it, but being caught in the vicious cycle of it. Gratitude
is a cycle of reward and healing. As we express gratitude to
our mind and body, it reflects gratitude back to us. This relationship with ourselves is one of the
most powerful we can know.
Hieu Doan
The Quickening
Published by admin October 8th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Spirit, Esoteric Alchemy, Life Purpose
The Quickening is a phenomena being used particularly in spiritual circles to describe a building
of energy toward a particular destination. This build up of
energy could be compared to the build up of an audience before a rock concert or the gathering
of energy as an athlete or groups of athletes prepare for an
event. In this case the Quickening refers to the direction of the planet’s group consciousness as
a whole. This is not to say that it is everyone’s destiny. It is
more to say that this is where the biggest “waves” are happening at this part of the galaxy.
The Quickening or for that matter any acceleration of energy is about pressure. It is simply a
build of momentum and direction. Spirit refers to a subtler
energy and because it is subtler it is able to penetrate into more substances. For example if we
were to look at a stone: it’s energy is quite dense it’s
structure is unable to mix with dirt very well. Spiritual energy refers to an energy that is finer
than air - it is able to mix with and infuse with dirt, stones,
humans, this planet and the kitchen sink. For this reason spiritual energy is said to be
everywhere and in everything. This is also congruent with the practice
of raising our vibration. What we are actually doing is making our density finer. The finer or
subtler we are capable of becoming the more options we have to
move our consciousness around the place. We also gain the opportunity to shift into a different
dimension which is essentially what the Quickening is about.
Alchemy describes everything as being on the path to the original Source - give or take a couple
of scenic routes and rest stops. Being true to ourselves
seems to minimize the rests stops, decrease time spent in areas that aren’t congruent with the
our truth and generally accelerate our journey toward the
Source. This is expressed on this planet as more people wanting to realize life purpose, have
meaningful relationships and generally waste less time
experiencing things that have little meaning to us. This would also be the reason why interest in
personal development, spiritual growth and so on is becoming
more popular. When people are unsatisfied they either put up with it or look for answers. The
growing trend in interest towards personal and spiritual
development means that there are more people looking for answers. The really interesting thing
is that people are finding them. There was a time where the
personal and spiritual development field was looking a little flaky. There was a lot that seemed
like pure fantasy and other stuff that people just found too
difficult to integrate into their daily lives. The desire for methods which were effective and
applicable for everyone, began to manifest the resources that we
have available today. In truth the door to the higher self, spiritual realization, emotional
mastery and effortless manifestation has always been there for
everyone. It is just that understanding how to open that door is becoming easier and simpler.
This too is something that is becoming more obvious as we seek
to be true to ourselves.
There is a period of adapting where the body and mind in general is “stretching” and getting
used to accommodating the expansion of consciousness. The
body is learning to be open to the finer and faster frequencies of energy. This energy has
always been available to us - the ears and eyes of our body and
mind are just learning to see and hear it. It’s part of our truth and so as we seek our truth it is
revealed. Energy is a communication - a cause and effect.
Whether dense or subtle all energy interacts. Our body and mind is simply learning to interact
at another level. We are adding another dimension to our
consciousness. We are not necessarily detracting or diminishing the denser realities - we are
simply adding more. Hence the term expanded consciousness.
Having issues within relationships, workplaces and so on is not always directly the issue with
being true to ourselves - more to the point it is the perception
that we are unable to experience certain truths while in those relationships or workplaces.
Sometimes we may need to close those doors in order to open up others. Sometimes we may
need to work with what and where we are in order to gain the wisdom which is inherent in all
experiences. This enables us to
experience a part of ourselves that perhaps had been hidden. The external world of experience
leads us to the internal world of cause and effect.
Work with this exercise for adaptation to the Quickening:
Observe yourself. Notice your posture, breathing, thoughts and emotions.
Let the thoughts, feelings and emotions come at you as fast as they need.
Grasp nothing. Allow all that comes to ebb flow.
Invite it to come faster. Seek to comprehend nothing. Let comprehension come and go.
Let thought and feeling, sight and sound to move through you at the speed of light.
Intellectualize nothing. Let ideas, thoughts and inspiration come and go.
Let go of letting go.
Allow yourself to be open to the full acceleration of consciousness.
This method is seemingly the opposite of the detailed investigation which occurs in deep
observation. In actual practice they are the same. Acceleration and
deceleration of energy is happening simultaneously in our consciousness. By specifically
following the path of acceleration we are simply directing the mind to
one specific stream of what exists in the consciousness. When we come back to our “normal”
consciousness we find that our range of motion has lengthened
and expanded. It’s all about stretching the mind. With each stretch we explore new knowledge
and ground, moving closer and closer to inner freedom. This
is what the Quickening is truly about.
Hieu Doan
*Those of us who are experiencing tumultuous times may notice that this exercise helps to
create a feeling and aura of inner peace - in spite of the chaos. In
essence this is because the practice tunes us into the frequency of the Quickening. We are
connecting and moving with the flow instead of resisting it.
The Power of Water
Published by admin October 6th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Paths of Power
Dr. Masaru Emoto brought many of his discoveries about the nature of water to the world
through his book, “The hidden messages in water,” as well as the
movie, “What the Bleep do we know?” For those that aren’t familiar with his findings they
basically show that water will react to forms of energy, thoughts,
emotions, sounds and so on. The relevance to human beings of course is pretty big considering
that our bodies have such a high water content.
It’s always interesting when experiences that people have through their own journeys in
personal and spiritual development begin to have parallels in science.
The art of positive thinking, imagery and so on has been discussed and researched for some
time now and while there are arguments as to whether straight
positive thinking is sustainable - the fact that it does have an effect on the body and mind is
pretty obvious.
Correlating Dr. Emoto’s findings to actual experiences in people seems to show the similarity
that water is transient in the way it holds frequencies. It’ll shift
form pretty quickly. This seems similar to the way that humans are able to shift moods and at
least provides some insight into why many people perceive
sustained positive thinking to be almost futile.
From my experience bringing the body and mind to a “high” vibration is not difficult for most
people - sustaining it is. The reason for this is because of the
blueprint. The blueprint is the part of the mind and body that believes that there is a primary
pattern of emotions and thoughts that we need to follow. So
when we shift out of it that blueprint like a rubber band is trying to pull us back. It has it’s own
inertia. Of course with enough sustained focus we can keep
our state going long enough that we create a new magnetism or inertia. But many people don’t
get to this stage. The other thing is that there are differing
levels of water in our body depending on whether we are working with organs, skin, muscles or
bones. The denser areas require slightly different mindset to
shift and sustain the new vibrations.
Of course if we had sufficient depth and flexibility of focus to go into every iota of the body and
mind and transform it to our liking then the transformation
would be instant - but this degree of focus is only developed by learning to sustain it in the first
place. It’s ironic that by the time we have developed depth
we’ve also developed resiliency.
Practice brings experience, experience brings knowledge and knowledge deepens practice.
Here is a simple exercise for charging water:
Fill a glass with water and have a sip. Notice how it tastes and feels.
Holding the glass of water in your hand, focus on feeling and seeing it being filled with love.
Imagine you are giving the water a genuine hug. Feel the energy shifting within the water.
Now have a taste. Can you taste the difference?
Working with food may feel slightly different because of the structure of the food. It tends to
retain its form - but most of us will have experienced having
eaten food that seems to be “cooked with love” before - it is not an uncommon thing.
Here is a simple exercise for charging food:
First taste the food. Notice how it tastes and feels.
Focusing on the food, feel and see it being filled with love. Imagine the frequency of this love
penetrating into the food. Visualize it moving into the atomic
structure of the food.
Allow this shift to occur effortlessly and easily.
Now have a taste. Can you taste the difference?
Programming water or programming denser structures like food or clothing simply requires a
slightly different mind-set. Work with the intention that your
thoughts and feelings are moving into the specific structures and like water finding it’s way
through rocks, your mind will become fluid and also find it’s way.
It’s more a matter of having the belief and confidence to sustain the practice than anything else.
For years detractors of this kind of thing have said that it is “all in the mind.” This is in fact what
explorers, practitioners and masters have said all along! The
difference is that while some seem to imply that being “all in the mind” is no big deal - masters
have been reminding us that it is in fact a very big deal. The
mind literally creates our reality. Science is simply catching up with this because science is
essentially the study of cause and effect.
Practice charging your food, water and then notice the parallels to charging your body, thoughts,
emotions and actions. Notice how long a charge of for
example happiness or motivation will sustain in your body before former blueprints move back
in. Explore subtle differences in how you can program your
energy so that they sustain longer and easier. Everything is energy - becoming a master of this
playground we become a master of ourselves.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Resistance
Published by admin September 2nd, 2006 in Unlimited Mind, Paths of Power
Guided resistance is what brings us to our goals.
Resistance defines a direction out of the pure flow that is reality. It is the necessary “friction”
that steers our mind and therefore our life. Resistance is the
counter balance of flow. Learning to blend these two elements is how we accurately and
effectively create our life purpose.
Understanding resistance allows us to give form to our path, it allows our steps to have
direction and shape, it is what we use to create a journey of purpose
and meaning.
Essentially resistance is about choices. We express what is meaningful to us by choosing the
paths that have reason and purpose and leaving the paths that
do not. This is guided resistance. Resistance is also what is needed to transform patterns and
beliefs that no longer serve us. Finding the right balance of
flow and resistance allows us to understand how to divert an object be that emotion, thought or
feeling from it’s current course and into a new direction.
Application of resistance for best results is something that must be understood through
experience. Sometimes we would benefit from an intense burst of
resistance. Like taking massive action to get ourselves motivated and moving. In the long term
however a balanced and sustained approach is what will
prevent burn-out. Rather than meeting a force head on, we apply resistance at points that we
understand to have the most significance and that will result in
maximum results with minimum energy used. In a sense we are understanding how to use
leverage to move and transform our minds. In the long run
sustained action will prevail over bursts of inspiration. This being said however there may well
be times when we choose to experience high intensity in order
to grow in other ways. Opportunity for realizing power is present in every moment.
The most basic focusing meditation teaches us to leave everything as it is and simply hold our
mind on the object of focus. Even this basic exercise contains
within it the principles of balancing resistance with flow. The foundation of this practice is to
allow all extraneous forces to simply be as they are - to not let
the mind be involved in their struggles. We do not seek to play or communicate with the
chattering mind, we do not feed limiting emotions, thoughts or
feelings. We just let things be as they are. This is the principle of flow in action. At the same
time we have an objective. We are focusing on an object be it
our breath, the building of inner strength or clarity. This focus is direction, it is resistance.
As we advance in practice we develop the experience to know how much to give (resistance)
and how much to take (flow). This sensitivity can only be gained
from actual practical experience. We need to feel the pull of the opposing and contradictory
forces of flow and resistance and how they affect us achieving our
goal. The exact same principles are expressed in any journey of self-growth. As we learn to
refine our application of the principles we will experience a reality
that is congruent with our desires.
The balance of resistance and flow is the balance that allows us to reconcile self-acceptance and
striving for more than what is. These two contradictory forces
pull us in seemingly opposite directions. Self-acceptance seeks to accept what is. Striving for
more seeks just that - more than what is.
Sensitive guiding of resistance is the practical application of looking honesty at what we are not
and what we choose to become - and then tempering this with
acceptance and compassion.
It is the accepting of the process even while extending ourselves toward all that we dream for.
Interestingly it has been said that one of the last things that
Buddha needed to let go of was his craving for enlightenment (or it could be argued his aversion
to suffering!). The irony can be seen here however because it
was this very desire for enlightenment that brought him to that point.
With acceptance and compassion we avoid beating ourselves up for not being everything that
we want to be today and right now. With honest appraisal of
where and who we want to be we give ourselves the opportunity to actually acknowledge and
therefore create what we want.
If self growth is something that we desire then developing resistance is something that is
necessary to the path - even if the destination of that path is one of
non-resistance. Resistance is our vigilance that keeps us on track. Resistance is what allows us
to stretch in new directions and explore potential and
possibility.
Developing the mind to be able to move from fierce resistance to gentle means at will means
that we will have more choices. We will have greater flexibility.
For example the blend of flow and resistance when meditating in a quiet room is one thing, but
a different combination of flow and resistance is needed when
accessing this mind-state when we are sleep deprived and catering to a room of crying babies!
Similarly the blend used when creating a mind state of
enthusiasm and initiative will be different than when creating a mind state of deep peace. We
need to work our capacities of flow and resistance within their
respective ranges of motion. This is what brings these concepts more and more into practical
and usable reality. Other wise a common situation is that people
find that they are able to focus well in one or two environments, but that they “lose” their mind
in others.
Make it a staple to first work with the mind in a quiet space. We want to stack the cards in our
favor! Then we would explore practicing the same exercise
when we are highly agitated, angry or sleepy. Likewise we could practice in a busy, bustling
room full of people or on a train, or while our boss is screaming at
us. We can even do it while talking to people. Each situation trains the mind to find different
ratios and balances of resistance and flow.
Understand what it is that you wish to achieve in each experience and extend and direct your
mind and energy accordingly.
In the context of realization, resistance is the part of the mind that “holds” the imagination or
visualization. Flow is the part of the mind that balances this by
keeping the resistance as effortless as possible. Expressing the two seamlessly is what gives us
power.
Hieu Doan
Creativity ~ Part 1
Published by admin March 1st, 2007 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Intuition
Evolution is about the consciousness and for consciousness to grow, it must find new paths,
opportunities and perspectives. This is what creativity is. It is the
new paths, the new opportunities and the new perspectives. It is refining an idea of what is
“better” or more suited to our destination, and then putting that
idea into action.
The art of guiding our evolution must be alive with wisdom and intelligence. This means moving
toward a deeper and deeper understanding of why we are
practicing the way we are. We must reflect on what we are achieving and measure it up to our
destination.
Consciousness that is alive is consciousness that is creative. This expression of consciousness
can only exist by constantly challenging our own dogma. This
does not necessarily mean throwing away that which we find of value. It simply means to not
hold what we believe to be the right way or method so strongly
that we refuse to look for different and perhaps better opportunities. When we believe that what
we know is “good enough,” then we limit our ability and the
action we will take to find something closer and more congruent to our destination. Creativity is
transformation, and transformation is both the destruction of
a form and the creation of a form. Creativity then in its most pure form must be willing to
completely destroy or let go of old ideas, methods and systems -
because in that moment the potential for complete creativity and transformation is possible.
Pure creativity exists without fear. Pure creativity does not fear loss of skill, ability or experience,
because pure creativity is potential and the ability to
manifest that potential.
Grasping to a system, a form, a method or practice, because we believe it too be the best will
simply result in us never discovering that there may be
something more suited for us out there. Interestingly that “thing” may not be a form or system
at all. It may well just be pure creativity, spontaneity and
trust. Trust that in connecting to the creative consciousness we will not be without
“experiences” and without “results.” Trust that in letting go of rigidity, the
fear that we must grasp a system or form, that we will not “ascend” or be on the “right path.”
The creative consciousness has no “right” path. All paths belong to the creative consciousness,
because all paths have potential. Grasping at what we may
lose, we may never experience all that we may gain. There is always a reason or two why we
must and need to stay fixed in our rigidity. But rigidity in truth
is not about empowerment - it is about fear. Fear that we will lose our way, fear that we will
regress or fall into the darkness. It is that very fear that holds us
back. Creativity is the action that releases us from the fear of fear.
Hieu Doan
The Power of Honesty
Published by admin September 4th, 2006 in Life Purpose, Unlimited Mind, Paths of Power
Honesty is integral for achieving real empowerment.
Without honesty we never really know what we truly want. Dishonesty within, will struggle
against any developments in awareness. The two are fundamental
opposites. To be honest with ourselves means to listen and see - even when what we hear and
see is not particularly to our liking. It is the difference between
telling ourselves what we like, want and feel - and listening to what we actually like, want and
feel.
Honesty is the reality as it is, not as we want it to be.
Without looking and perceiving clearly what reality is here and now, we are living in delusion - a
state which must be cleared before the path to our destination becomes clear. We need to start
where we are. We must listen to the many voices that speak within us. The many feelings that
rise to be heard - and then we must ask what is the meaning of this communication?
When we create an internal governor, an entity or aspect of our mind that will stand for the
purpose and meaning for our highest good, then we have the opportunity to bring
understanding and unity to the other selves. First we must hear them speak, and to truly hear
we must be willing to be honest.
Honesty reveals the way through and to all levels of the self.
Perhaps one aspect of the self is restless or agitated. In listening we will understand why there
has been struggle in this area, and so we gain the opportunity to resolve and reconcile. This
cohesion brings inner peace at this level. Perhaps another part is grieving and in listening
honestly, we gain the opportunity to understand why it is grieving, and so we gain the
opportunity to find healing.
Without honesty we choose to live in the dark and yet wonder why the feelings, thoughts and
reality that we have are not the ones we want. Doing the same thing over and over and
expecting a different result is truly insane. In being honest we allow ourselves to look and see
the cause and effect of our actions.
We gain the opportunity to ask: “Is this what I truly want? Or do I desire a change in paths?”
Honesty is congruent with the development of observation and self-awareness. On one level
honesty is admitting that we do indeed desire a particular experience, be that emotional,
physical or mental. On another level observation may show us whether or not the path we are
on will likely bring us that experience. If for example we seek empowerment, are the choices
and actions we take supporting the creation of that reality? Are we feeling more empowered
overall than we were last year? If we would like to have more fulfilling relationships, are the
choices and actions that we have taken supporting the reality of this desire? Are we
experiencing more fulfillment here and now than we have in the past?
Honesty allows us to achieve results in a concrete way. Rather than hoping that chance will
throw a bone our way, we systematically learn to know ourselves and understand the nature of
cause and effect. Understanding brings empowerment.
Mechanically speaking honesty is easy. It is the simplest way to true fulfillment. In practice it is
challenging because of pride.
If we do not want to “lose”, then we may hold back from admitting that we already have. Until
we allow ourselves to look honestly at what is actually happening here and now, we don’t have
a chance of creating our reality with any conscious direction. It all just keeps rolling from the
product of our past patterns and reactions.
The honesty path although it may require us to look at some truths that sting, actually allows us
to create a life that is imbued with experiences that contain for us meaning and purpose. In
retrospect the sting of honesty will be like water off a ducks back. It’s this experience that
allows people to genuinely laugh at themselves, because they have elevated themselves above
the part of their ego that would do anything to avoid that sting, that feeling of loss.
In letting that part lose, we actually win - big time.
We laugh because we experience real inner victory. We see what we have gained and realize
the experience of that sting of pride for what it is. No big deal.
In the long run we gain exponentially more by allowing ourselves to grow than holding
ourselves back. At the top of the mountain the pride that we gain from having achieved so
much far outweighs any pride lost in the journey. Furthermore the journey itself has shown us
the transient nature of pride itself - and so we learn to laugh at ourselves, because we can see
that regardless of our “flaws” and “foibles” we are capable of climbing mountains!
Be honest about your strengths and be honest about your weaknesses. Each has the capacity to
help the other.
Admitting that things have not worked out, that our “causes” have not had the “effects” that we
desired, we actually get the biggest opportunity to make a major overhaul. It’s like a company
realizing that a certain product just isn’t selling. If they don’t want to admit that they might
have been wrong on something, then they continue to lose. If they admit that for some reason
it’s just not working, then they gain opportunities to turn it around.
Hear what the inner critic has to say, but know that just because the voice comes from within, it
doesn’t mean that it’s the last word. Develop the inner governor, a voice of reason and wisdom
that can communicate with all the other aspects of yourself with understanding and compassion,
but also firmness. It is the part of you that will listen but then make the decisions that need to
be made. It is that part that listens with understanding, responds with compassion and
acceptance, but is still able to do what is needed. In short it is the councilor who hears, loves
and respects the child’s voice yet knows that there are other considerations also. It is the higher
self that sees from a bigger perspective that can understand the paths that lead to fulfillment
and those that are dead ends.
The honesty exists in listening to all concerns openly, knowing that they may come in the form
of thoughts, words or feelings and emotions. The strength exists in allowing the honesty to be
there. It also exists in learning how to meet each aspect of the self with understanding while
still directing a larger, higher and more expansive picture.
Each aspect, each voice has a purpose, a reason for being that is connected with us.
Understanding that purpose gives us the opportunity to integrate
directions and find reconciliation within. All aspects of the self have an honesty that is revealed
when we are honest with ourselves. Meeting each one openly and allowing the inner governor to
genuinely seek understanding with each is the essence of honest communication.
Hieu Doan
The Struggle to Awaken - Part 1
Published by admin September 10th, 2006 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Motivation
Awakening to spiritual consciousness, realization and self-mastery has always contained within
it many potential challenges. Some are fun, some are a real
pain in the butt. In the end however the skills developed in learning to move through them are
the very skills that we used to move further.
A friend once told me a story: he had taken it upon himself to help a butterfly get out of the
cocoon that it seemed to be struggling with. Having a good heart
he helped to remove some of the trappings that were keeping the butterfly in. Then he went
about his day. It was only a few days later when we related the
story that he realized that the very muscles developed when the butterfly broke apart it’s
cocoon were the ones which were required to fly. In essence he had
killed the butterfly.
A similar thread exist in all struggles. There is always the opportunity to develop our strengths
and these strengths allow us to explore higher and vaster
realms of ourselves. This article will address several areas that are usually encountered at one
stage or another on the path to self-realization.
There is the struggle of moving from the societal collective stream of consciousness, to one of
an explorer, branching out to new areas and searching new
depths. New paradigms usually go through a process. First there is disbelief, then ridicule, then
perhaps reluctant acceptance, and finally it will be accepted
as norm. As explorers we are usually exploring aspects outside of the norm, perhaps in the
realm of disbelief and ridicule. Moving away from a majority
consciousness will often require that we work through a certain amount of energetic and
emotional resistance - both from within and without. This new
direction can be supported by understanding that regardless of doubt and regardless of
confusion a way still exists. The essence of effort is that it is and will
find a way given time. Creating a sanctuary both in the physical reality and in our own selves
will provide us with the support that we initially need to push
out from the collective flow. In time we will develop enough of our own momentum and inner
strength to be able to maintain our direction regardless of the
flow of the collective stream.
“The greatest sanctuary of all is a disciplined and focused mind.”
There is the struggle of moving from programmed patterns of being into conscious awareness.
Patterns of emotion and being have within them a very strong
inertia. It is this stream of consciousness that we are meeting when we first make the decision
to be aware. Be gentle. Awareness in itself is a powerful step and it is often confronting to
observe the inner working of the self.
“Awareness gives us options.”
There is the struggle of moving from consciousness into directing the creation of reality.
Awareness alone affects a change but not necessarily the change that
we wish. We must understand what we are seeking and direct our consciousness toward the
reality that we desire. In a moment of consciousness everything
floats for a moment. In this space we can guide our minds to realize that the consciousness we
seek exists here and now.
“Energy goes where attention flows. Realize your desires and they will become apparent.”
There is the struggle of doubt. Imagine trying to see the night sky through a brick wall. This is
often the experience when we first attempt to connect with
new consciousness. In time we may see just one star, but perhaps so faintly that it is easy to
dismiss. Doubt can prevent us from ever looking again,
however if we continue to look we will eventually realize that there is in fact a brick wall
obscuring our vision. With further enquiry we will discover methods to
take out bricks, perhaps one by one at first, but eventually many bricks at a time. One day we
will gaze unhindered at the full night sky. We will acknowledge
that the presence of doubt told no true account of what did indeed lie beyond.
“Argue for your limitations and sure enough you’ll have them.” R. Bach
There is the struggle of pride. The “master’s trap” has always been pride. The more “advanced”
we become, the more understanding we gain, the more our
ego believes that it is better, “higher” and more worthy of respect and praise. It is a game. The
real power of pride comes from knowing that we can bow our
heads to the true quest: the quest for realization and self-mastery. The massive trip of false
pride gives us the opportunity to find humility, to know that it
exists regardless and to be open to learning and growing. In time a glowing and genuine pride
is realized, it is one which is honorable to our “highest” self.
“With a beginner’s mind, see things as they are.”
There is the struggle to understanding how to systematically connect with powerful spiritual
experiences on a daily basis. Big shifts occur when we have our
first powerful spiritual experiences. We often perceive them as dramatic simply because relative
to our usual everyday life they are. In time we may wish for
our spiritual experience to become the norm, rather than the exception. When we integrate
spirit into our everyday life then everyday life becomes spiritual.
“Profound” will have different meaning for different people. For some the stillness and silence
they receive from simple meditations will be regarded as
profound, for others astral projection or meeting their higher self is what is sought. When
spirituality becomes truly important in our lives then we will find
that not a moment goes by that we do not seek to be aware, observe consciousness and
integrate our spiritual practice. We thirst for more and more
knowledge, we question, we study and we teach. Then one day we realize that many of the
things that we once sought have already happened.
“Before we are seekers mountains are mountains and rivers are rivers. When we seek
understanding mountains are no longer mountains and rivers are no
longer rivers. When we have understanding then mountains are mountains and rivers and
rivers.”
Hieu Doan
Healing Through Anger
Published by admin August 11th, 2006 in Emotional Healing, Basic Techniques, Esoteric Alchemy, Meditation
Healing and empowerment through anger is realized when we are able to connect with anger
where it exists. This is infinitely different from the reaction that
we usually have to anger. We usually “manage” anger by repressing it or releasing it. As a
result we fear anger as opposed to being empowered by it. Today
we will be discussing a method to shape our minds in such a way that we channel the frequency
of anger to nourish and support our body and mind.
The desire to repress or release anger comes from our aversion to this particular frequency. Our
minds have developed patterns of management that have also
formed ideologies. It has become normal for us to either criticize the world that seems to make
us angry or to criticize ourselves. Or we simply choose to deny
the fact that we are angry at all and repress the emotion. These patterns occur because we
have an aversion to the feeling of anger. It is as much a physical
reaction to the biochemical reaction as it is a mental and intellectual reaction.
Learning to become empowered through our anger requires a training on the physical as well as
mental level.
When we can coordinate our mind with the frequency of anger a shift takes place. We learn to
move into the embodied manifestation of anger consciously and
we gain the ability to channel it’s energy with 100% purpose and focus. It becomes an energy
which can be use creatively and consciously, as opposed to the
usual reaction of repressing or releasing. The two principles are at opposites. One is a rejection
of the frequency of anger - the other is an embracing.
Ironically through embracing anger we actually become free of the usual negatively associated
symptoms of anger. Instead we learn to use it’s energy for
nourishment, inspiration and conscious action.
Connecting consciously with the frequency of anger is a different path from that which most of
us are accustomed. We have not been trained to do it, we also
have beliefs about the rights and wrongs of anger. Many of us will already have an aversion to
the mere word “anger”. Practicing the method outlined here will
aid in healing the many beliefs and wounds we have developed around anger.
Work with this exercise:
Begin by observing your body. Pay attention to how it feels.
Begin to think about the things which seem unjust and wrong.
Give yourself permission to complain, rant and rage. What is it that is wrong with the world?
How have you been wronged?
How have you wronged yourself?
Think about the things that you would stand up for.
Who is the part of you that would fight for what is right? Who is the part of you that would
protect your family? Your friends?
Give yourself permission to feel the reflections of anger within.
Is there hate? Revulsion? Observe how they feel in your body.
Take how ever long you need to connect with this feeling. If it should fade simply find that place
again.
We are not forcing anger to arise. We are simply feeling for the frequency however light or
subtle it may be - however hidden or strong it may be.
At the volume of a deep breath allow yourself to say “ah.”
Allow the pitch of the “ah” to rise and match the pitch or frequency of the anger. We are not
aiming at volume but intensity. It may become like a silent roar or
scream.
If your face or body feels like expressing, let it express.
Connect the “ah” to the frequency and feeling of anger.
Give yourself permission to really let it out.
Stop making the sound and simply observe the sensations of your body. Observe where the
anger was manifesting and notice the feeling of it.
Allow your consciousness to touch it.
How does it feel?
Has it changed at all?
Move through and into it. Observing how the feeling feels physically in your body.
And again begin the silent roar.
Really put yourself into it!
It’s best to explore and find the pitch of the intensity for yourself but here’s a tip if you’re
feeling lost. Most people feel anger as a very high vibration in their
heads. It is also reported as feeling or sounding like a roaring in the head.
Where ever or however it is, allow your consciousness to move into it.
We are training our minds to move into the fire, to become one. We learn to sit in the fire and
become the fire. There is no need to fear. Become the pure
energy.
Visualize yourself moving into the anger. Allow your mind to yield and become non-resistant. In
it’s formless state it is able to become the shape of anger.
If you simply feel echoes of anger allow yourself to feel into these. Know that they are portals to
the full experience of anger.
Come back to observing the body. Allow it to be. Allow your thoughts to be. Simply bring your
mind to the feeling of the anger. Allow everything else to be as
it is.
If you should visualize anything there, simply allow these sights to pass like a movie. Observe.
Good results seem to come from this practice when we alternate the silent roar with moments
of observation and so on. Explore and experiment. Find what
works best for you. You may also find that a different sound than “ah” works better. Go for it.
The practice is about results and results are about what works
for you.
In the beginning when practicing there may be fear upon entering anger, we may flinch or we
may be in awe. Whatever comes up allow it to come and just
continue with the focusing on the feeling of anger and the “ah.”
We feel fear because we can feel our mind stretching, expanding - we feel as if we should surely
burst and erupt with anger - but we do not. We are developing the full consciousness of body
and mind to feel the anger. We are developing an expanded consciousness.
Our former aversions to anger are simply a perception of the mind. When we learn to fully
embrace anger with body and mind - a deep peace and power will
be experienced. It is a very humbling and noble experience.
We can also observe that by opening ourselves to anger in this way we can clearly and
coherently begin to understand the messages of the anger. It is telling
us not what it believes is wrong - it is telling us what we believe is wrong. It is a messenger
showing us how we perceive the world. We then have the
opportunity to choose. Do we change the world or do we change our reactions to the world.
What we have gained is the clarity to make this decision based on
the unity between emotion and intellect.
Anger will stand up for the things that are important to us. It will elicit change for the things
which we decide matter to us. It will stand up for the values and
principles which we choose to make important.
Anger is needed when we need to to do something dramatically different. It may require us to
take a good hard look at ourselves and ask what is wrong. It
gives us a sign that there is something to be looked at - something to be made right.
Know that right and wrong are rules which we give meaning to - and where there is meaning
there will be importance. If the principles that are right to us are
violated and ignored, then anger will give us it’s message. It is asking us to take action. To
change the circumstances that we are in - to transform.
We desire to feel differently. Anger gives us this opportunity.
Our reasons for change may be related to the work we do, interactions with friends or loved
ones - but ultimately it is the way that we are communicating with
ourselves.
One thing to keep in mind with this practice is that the implementation into daily life requires
the mind and body connection to unite. We have within us a
strong pattern that with anger must come release - and so when intense anger comes our body
and mind react instantly. Through practice we can train our
bodies to surpass the external release and we enter into the anger. By practicing on the smaller
echoes of anger during solo practice, we can prepare ourselves
for eventually being able to channel the energy of the larger more intense manifestations.
But remember to forgive yourself if you do at times lose yourself to anger.
While repression or projection can lead to us being a prisoner of anger - expansion of the mind
leads to liberation and empowerment.
Anger is a very confronting emotion for many of us to manage let alone change our beliefs and
the way we respond to it as drastically as I have outlined in this
article. If we observe our usual relationship with anger however we must admit that many
methodologies have not delivered us real results. We need to assess
what works and what does not if we are to get where we want to go in this world. I for one will
not tell anyone what their path is - I simply offer a method for
finding healing through anger. As always I encourage you to explore if it is right for you.
Hieu Doan
P.S. Of course the technique is far easier to explain person to person ( I’m doing my best to put
it into words). If you have any questions or comments
regarding it feel free to contact me.
How to Realize Life Purpose
Published by admin August 5th, 2006 in Basic Techniques, Life Purpose
At it’s heart Life Purpose is about feeling. We are seeking to find that which gives us the feeling
of meaning, reason and purpose. This is the reason why two
people can duplicate the same external experiences and yet not attain the same inner
experience. We must look within for what truly resonates with us as
purpose. We must begin with listening to what makes us as individuals feel purposeful.
It begins with knowing desire.
By listening to what it is that we desire we will find our purpose. This is what something as
seemingly simple as a wish list is. A wish list is asking ourselves -
what do I want? What do I desire? Then simply writing it all down. Allowing it all to come out,
the “good”, the “bad” and the “ugly.” It is listening to what we
desire as opposed to telling ourselves what we should desire. This is what allows us to truly
know ourselves - and what allows us to know our life purpose
which is of course a part of ourselves.
The written word is perhaps one of the quickest and easiest ways of manifesting our expression
of desire into the physical world. In mere moments of the
desire being acknowledged it is there before our eyes. It is not enough particularly in the
beginning to simply connect mentally to our desires and wishes -
they can be fast and fleeting - in short forgotten and overlooked. Writing them down and seeing
them in physical form makes our conscious mind acknowledge
them.
The power of this expression is that it allows us to know - and knowledge is the whole point
here.
Connecting to our life purpose is difficult only when we do not know what we desire. Know what
we desire and life purpose becomes easy.
Begin writing a wish list - keep it safe, keep it private.
Keep updating and adding to it and see and review what you have after a week, a month and a
year. Once we get started it can seem like we have an infinite
supply of dreams, wishes and desires - and only through experience and practice can we learn
to recognize the ones that are just fleeting and the ones which
deeply connect to our purpose.
Remember it is not about saying “no to those desires and wishes that seem too ridiculous or too
childish or wrong. It is about connecting to the emotion of
desire and purpose in whatever form it may appear. As we learn to connect to the feeling of
desire our consciousness will begin to reveal our life purpose.
For most people the main obstacle to starting a wish list will be the belief that it is a ridiculous
thing to do. Do it anyway. The results will be found in the
experience of it.
Wishes can be anything - just as desire can be anything. Some examples that I’ve heard are:
being really really funny; creating an empire; for the phones to stop ringing for 5 minutes;
telling people what to do; learning how to paint; inner peace; world
peace; becoming an astronaut; seeing the pyramids; going for a walk on the beach; unlimited
wealth; respect; a day off work; true love; knowing absolute
happiness; eating chocolate all day;
Just to name a few!
Remember that what is important is not to judge whether this energy, desire or wish is wrong
or right - but to simply acknowledge that it is desire. Observe
and enjoy the feeling that desire awakens in you.
All the wishes that we express have within them a link to deeper and emotional purpose. If we
enjoy telling people what to do perhaps we would make a good
director, a project manager or personal development coach. If we wanted to be really funny we
could set a goal to tell at least 1o new jokes a day, start
noticing the funny side of life or practice laughing! Nasa may or may not accept us becoming an
astronaut, but in any case knowing that we are interested in
space travel could lead us to writing science fiction, taking up classes in creative visualization or
building life size model space ships!
If our wish is to be truly happy we may perceive many of our other wishes and desires to be
“superficial” or “frivolous.” The thing is if it is true happiness that
we seek, then perhaps we need to consider that the reason we have not found it, is because we
have closed ourselves to the echoes of the very thing that we
seek. The trick is to learn to recognize it wherever and whenever it appears. When we begin to
define when it is appropriate to feel happy and when it is not
then we shut ourselves to the experience and reality of it. All our wishes and desires echo and
reflect our connection with happiness in some way.
Understanding all that we desire is the key to connecting with the deeper and greater well of
purpose and life’s desire that dwells within.
How often do we get the opportunity to express our wishes and desires? How often does
someone ask us “what do you want out of life?” When we take the
opportunity for ourselves then we wait for no one. Take the time right now - open a notepad
and right down at least 5 wishes. Write 500 if you wish. Keep
adding to it.
As soon as you begin you start a process in your consciousness whereby you are taking action
to discover your life’s desire and purpose. Continue and sustain
this process and you will eventually come to full understanding. This is the nature of experience.
Hieu Doan
The Way of Astral Projection
Published by admin May 6th, 2007 in Spirit, Unlimited Mind, Mastery
Astral projection is the ability to move the consciousness deliberately into the plane of reality
known as the ‘astral.’ This plane exists at a subtler level than the
physical and so in this plane it is easier to create and receive mental manifestations. If for
example we wish to see a particular person we can move to them
instantly, without the usual physical process of getting transport to meet them, or making sure
that they are home. Knowledge and information too is created
at a faster speed without the friction of the physical to slow it down.
The planes of the astral work in densities. The higher planes have a lesser density and the lower
planes have a heavier density. This is the reason why mastery
of the mind and emotions is important for higher level astral work. All thoughts and emotions
have a particular density and form. These forms act quite literally
as obstacles to moving into the subtler realms. The harder that we push, the more impatient
and ‘power’ that we try to muster, the more these realms elude
us. The impatience, tension and force that we create has a density that prevents us from entry.
Ironically it is by diminishing the effects of desire, impatience
and force that we enter these gates. This principle holds true all the way from the most simple
astral projection to the most deep and subtle.
The main pre-requisites to astral projection are relaxation and focus, although in truth all that is
really required is focus. In the beginning we learn to control
our bodies to the extent that we can effect a complete and deep relaxation. The body literally
falls asleep, yet part of the mind remains conscious and awake.
This is simply a shift from what we normally do, which is to allow the mind to move into the
sleep state with the body. In this case we are training the mind to
be awake while the body sleeps. This simple practice develops aspects of mind control in that
the mind must learn to not fall asleep and instead focus. Each
time the mind tries to fall asleep with the body, we will it remain conscious.
It is interesting that many modern people are not actually ‘embodied.’ So much of our lives are
spent thinking and living in the future of possibilities or in the
past of happenings, thoughts and emotions. What is interesting about this is that when it comes
to splitting the consciousness from the body a reaction sets in
that seeks to prevent us from projecting or leaving. It is not so much an intellectual fear as a
primal one, yet it is not at the unconscious level as much as at
the conscious and subconscious.
Our bodies do quite well with out the interference of the conscious mind. Our heart beats, our
lungs breathe, our immune systems fight off disease – none of
these require our direction ~ they simply does what they do. The fear that we will die if we
leave our body does not come from the fear that our body will die.
It comes from fear of the unknown. Of what will happen to our mind if we leave our body. The
more that we face this threshold, the more that we face this
fear, the easier it becomes to cross it. Slowly, like babies we venture further and further until
we realize that we are in fact safer leaving our bodies as we are
safe to leave the house.
What is also interesting is that we all leave our bodies every night that we sleep. It is just that
we are unconscious of this and we do not remember. Our
subconscious plays out its reactions and interactions within the astral realm which is why
dreams can be so crazy. Flying pink elephants can and will appear
instantly if this is what is required in a dream. The difference between the dream and astral
projection is being conscious. Being consciousness in the astral
just as in life is what provides the opportunity for deliberate choice and intention.
The importance of being conscious ties right back to the foundational process required to astral
project. At the moment the body sleeps, if we lose
consciousness then we lose deliberate choice and intention. If we remain conscious then we
keep choice and intention. This is the difference between simply
falling asleep and astral projection.
Hieu Doan

You might also like